STATION SQUARE PARK (08-0007-EN)OF
N
PUBLIC SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
CITY OF CLEARWATER
POST OFFICE: Box 4748, CLEARWATER, FLORIDA B758-4748
TELEPHONE (727) 462-6126 FAx (727) 462-6989
OFFI „ i,ll RECORD",RAID July 21, 2009
Y..F?:.1SL/,J!`,`E R1'G5 DEPT
Angle & Schmid, Inc.
Attn: Mr. Gerard Schmid
P.O. Box 40907
St. Petersburg, Florida 33743-0907
Re: Station Square Park (08-0007-E1)
Dear Mr. Schmid:
The work of the above referenced project is completed and acceptable as of February 25, 2009.
However, if at some later date any defects appear due to construction, you will be expected to accept
the responsibility according to the Guarantee of the General Conditions which reads:
"The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to
other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final
acceptance".
At this time we have also included your "Contractor's Evaluation" for this project.
Very truly yours,
4erry M. pez
Construc Manager
City of Clearwater
/ae
cc: Gary A. Johnson, C.G.C., Public Services Director
Tara Kivett, Construction Project Coordinator
Rick Bennett, Construction Inspector, II
Susan Chase, City Clerk Specialist, Office of Official Records & Leg. Services
Project File
Warranty File
TQUAL EMPLOYNIFN I' AND AFF1R"Wriw AcTioN EMPLOYER "
ro
CITY OF CLEARWATER CONSTRUCTION DIVISION
CONTRACTOR'S PAST PERFORMANCE REPORT
Contractor: Angle & Schmid Inc.
Address: 2150 - 34`h Way N.
City/State/Zip: Largo, Florida 33771
Project Name: Station Square Park
Project Number: 08-0007-EN
Type of Work:
Phone: 727 530-1467
Completion Date: 2/25/09 220 da s• NTP 7/21/08
180 days revised 211 days
Fax No.: 727 531-4895
Final Contract Amount: $1,230,310.82
ANSWER ALL QUESTIONS
Performance
1. Pursuit of the Work.
2. Proper MO'T' and Minimize Impacts to Traveling Public
3. Timely and Complete Submittal of Documents.
4. Timely Completion of Project.
5. Coordination / Cooperation with CI Personnel,
Property Owners and Utilities Company.
6. Mitigate Cost and Time Overruns
7. Environmental Compliance
8. Conformance with Contract Documents.
Total Score
Maximum Rated
Value Value
12 12
12 12
8 7
16/20 note #4 10
10 10
12 12
10/12 note #4 10
20 20
100/106 93
7/16/09
Construction Coordinator (signature) Date Constructi Ma ager Date
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
-.;';
I
---
I
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
AND
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
STATION SQUARE PARK
(08-0007 -EN)
>-
I-
LL
o
-
u
ISSUED FOR BID
APRIL/2008 2 7 '
.
l
I-
I-
I
I.
I.
I.
I
I.
I.
I.
I.
I
I,
I
I.
I
I
I
ADDENDUM NO.1
STATION SQUARE PARK
CLEARVVATER,FLORIDA
PROJECT NO. 08-0007-EN
MAY 21, 2008
The purpose of this Addendum IS to revise the Plans and/or Specifications for the above
referenced project.
All addenda are a part of the Contract Documents and each bidder will be bound by such
addenda, whether or not received by him. It is the responsibility of each prospective bidder to
verify that he has received all addenda issued before bids are opened.
Specifically, the changes are as follows:
I. ANSVVERS TO SUBMITTED QUESTIONS:
A. Question: Please provide specifications for the cast stone. Color, finish, etc.
Response: The specified cast stone item including color and finish is indicated
on Sheet SD-04.
B. Question: Please provide specifications for the concrete stain, including color.
Response: All information related to the stain including the specified
manufacturer and color is shown on Sheet SD-06.
C. Question: Please provide specifications for the Portland Cement Stucco including
lath, trim, thickness, finish, etc.
Response: Section 09220 - "Portland Cement Plaster (Stucco)" is attached.
Details 3/SD-04 and 4/SD-04 shall be modified to indicate %" stucco finish.
D. Question: We need specifications for the plumbing work, piping, valves, fixtures
and fittings.
Response: Refer to specification Section 02510 - "Water Distribution" for
requirements related to potable water. Requirements related to the fountain are
found on Sheets w'4.01 and w'4.02, as well as throughout the fountain
drawings and details sheets.
.
E. Who is the manufacturer of the decorative fountain and what is the selected model
number and finish?
Response: The fountain manufacturer is 'Architectural Accents of Naples',
telephone 1-239-594-7090. The model is the 16' Mendoza with quatrefoil basin,
three tier center piece, 8' high with 48" lower bowl, and includes 8 shell
scuppers. The finish is 'Pinon '.
:1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
F.
O.
Electrical Sheet EP-02 - "Existing Load Center Installation" indicates that a Panel
"C" is existing, and will feed new panels "0" and "F". Sheet EP-Ol - indicates a
new feed for Panel "C" - "Extend (1) 4" PVC wi (4) 500 CD & (1) #1 OND to
utility point of connection". Where is "Point of Connection"? Please clarify.
Response: The point of connection is at a Progress Energy power pole on
Laura Street north of the park, between the Station Square Park and the new
Station Square Condominium project. It is 50 linear feet in distance from the
north property line of Station Square Park to the pole.
Pavers - Is it the intent that any existing pavers are not to be reused in this park?
Response: That is correct. Existing pavers in the park are not being reused.
However, refer to Sheet D-Ol, "Demolition" for salvage requirements.
H.
Sheet C-02 identifies the proposed grades. What are the existing grades so the
amount of cut/fill can be determined?
Response: See revised sheet SV-Ol, attached.
1.
If alternate 2 is awarded, how is the additional excavation for the concrete base
paid?
Response: Include any work (ie. excavation) required to place the 6" concrete
slab under the pavers in this line item.
J.
The pay item description for the straight and curved access ramps indicate that the
walls for these ramps are incidental to the unit price for these items (Items 30 &
31). Please identify the walls that are incidental to the ramps and the wall that are
considered "Planter Walls and paid by items 47&48.
Response: The walls adjacent to the two access ramps are included in the unit
price. They are defined by the beginning and the end of each ramp, approx 24'.
K.
Are the walls at the steps incidental to Item 29 - Steps?
Response: The walls adjacent to the steps are not included in the unit price of
Item 29.
L.
Is fiber reinforcing required in the concrete in addition to the steel reinforcing for
the concrete slab under the pavers?
Response: Fiber reinforcing is not required in the concrete slab under the
pavers.
M.
Will a grab bar be required on the aluminum railing at the access ramps so that
they are ADA compliant?
Response: The aluminum railing shown in detail 5/SD-05 is the ADA grab bar.
See detail 4/SD-05 for end connection. Install end handraiVgrabber to meet all
ADA regulations.
N.
Detail 2/SD-Ol calls out "planting and soil backfill by City of Clearwater".
Supplemental Technical Specification 01275 Bid Item No. 32 - 34 reads that the
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II.
III.
planting soil is incidental to the planter pots. Does the contractor install the pots
only or the soil and planting materials as well? Please provide a planting schedule
and identify how the plants are paid if the contractor is to install the planting
materials.
Response: The contractor is responsible for the pots, irrigation, and dry well,
only. The City will provide the necessary soil and planting material for the pots.
O. How does the decorative fence attach to the existing and proposed walls (sheet
SD-02)? Detail 3/SD-04 calls out 6-#8 rebar each way through fence post (typ.).
Please clarify the intent here. How does this detail apply to the existing wall
where the aluminum fence is to be placed?
Response: The intent is to keep a round post from spinning but since the post is
square it is not necessary. Please disregard the call out for 6-#8 rebar each way
on detail 3ISD-04. The existing wall will be surface mounted.
P. The wall details shown on sheet SD-05 show #57 stone behind the wall but not
any weep holes or perforated under drain pipe. Will this be necessary to relieve
the hydrostatic pressure behind the wall?
Response: Weep holes or perforated under drain pipe will not be necessary.
Q. Detail 3/SD-06 calls out a 3500 psi 18" wide, 6" thick concrete slab and 3000 psi
6" concrete base. If the paver thickness and sand bed total 3-3/8", then the
thickness of the band is either 3-3/8" or 9-3/8". Please clarify the thickness.
Also, it appears from the detail that this is a monolithic pour. If this is a separate
pour so that the 18" band is 3500 psi, how is the contractor to make this
connection, i.e., dowel size and spacing requirements?
Response: The 3 318 concrete band and the 6" slab is to be all one pour.
Disregard the note for the concrete band to be 3500 PSI. All concrete related to
detail3lSD-06 will be 3000 PSI.
PROJECT MANUAL/SPECIFICATIONS:
A. Specification Section 01610 - Product Substitutions: the Section 01610 found in the
Project Manual is to be replaced with the attached Section 01610. Note that
strikethroughs in text indicate wording deleted from the Section, and underlined text
indicates wording added to the Section for clarification regarding revisions made.
Also take note that the revisions indicated in the new Specification Section 01610
(attached to the Addendum #1) are as discussed and agreed upon at the pre-bid
meeting.
REVISED BID PROPOSAL SHEET
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 09220 - PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and SupplementalY
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Included as part of the work of this Section, but not necessarily limited by it, are the
following items:
1. Bonding agent
2. Trim accessories
3. Portland cement stucco
4. Furring channels
5. Control joints
B. The telm cement plaster or stucco as used in this Section, in a general sense, refers to an
application of cement and mortar applied to the surfaces in sufficient coats to
completely bond and cover with stucco or cement plaster on concrete masonry units.
The surface, upon completion, shall be level without voids, irregularities or rough
texture.
C. Related Sections include the following:
1. Concrete Masomy Units: Section 04200
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Environmental Requirements: Do not apply stucco in weather that will be adverse to
good workmanship and curing, unless protection is provided to keep stucco from dlying
too rapidly.
B. Quality of Installers: For actual installation of metal lath and stucco, use only skilled
joumeymen plasterers having three (3) or more years of experience producing similar
work and who are completely familiar with the referenced standards and requirements
for this type of work.
C. Rejection: In acceptance or rejection of stucco work, no allowance will be made for .
lack of skill on the pa11 of the workmen.
D. Industry standards governing this work except as otherwise noted:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
a. ASTM C-35-81: Inorganic aggregate for use in gypsum plaster.
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO)
09220-1
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
b. ASTM C-91-87a: Masomy cement.
c. ASTM C-144-87: Aggregate for masonry mortar.
d. ASTM C-150-86: Portland cement.
e. ASTM C-206-84: Finishing hydrated lime.
E. Coordination:
1. Coordinate application of stucco with aU trades affected with requirements of
backing for metal lath preparation or concrete block unit areas.
1.4 SUB:MlTIALS
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01330.
Boo Product Data: Within thirty-five (35) calendar days after the Contractor has
received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit:
1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided u.nder this Section.
2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with
the specified requirements.
3. Mix designs for base coats and finish coats, stating proportions proposed to be
used.
C. Warranty: All materials and workmanship under this Section shall be wan'anted against
failure due to materials or workmanship of cement plaster (Stucco).
1. Warranty shall commit this Section to prompt repair or replacement at no
expense to Owner, of any part of this work which may prove defective. or not
properly bonded to substrate, peeling or excessive cracking. during a period of
one (1) year from date of Substantial Completion.
1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Deliver all manufactured materials in the original packages, containers or bundles
bearing the name of the manufacturer.
B. Protect metal goods against rusting by providing adequate storage and cover. Damaged
materials will be rejected.
C. Materials within the building shall be neatly stored leaving passageways open for
traffic when work in these areas is not in progress.
D. All cementitious material must be kept dry until ready to be used; must be kept off the
ground and under cover and away from sweating walls and other damp surfaces.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO)
09220-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. All materials for cement plaster shall be manufactured by one of the following or equal,
as approved by the Landscape Architect.
I. United States Gypsum Company
2. National Gypsum Company
3. Fibermesh Company
4. Owens-Coming Fiberglass Corp.
5. Lambert Corporation
6. Approved equals for any or all of the above.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: Comply with AS1M CISO, Type I and n.
B. 'Masonry Cement:. ASTM Designation C-91, Type II non-staining type, natural color.
C. Lime: Provide special finishing hydrated lime complying with AS1M C206,
Type liS" or provide normal fmishing hydrated lime complying with ASTM C6,
Type "N" with maximum unhydrated oxide content of 8% by weight, according
to the proportions shown in the approved mix designs.
D. Aggregates:
1. Comply withAS1M C144.
2. Natural white manufactured sand complying with ASTM C144 for finish coat-
regular sand for base and scratch coats.
3. Gradation: For base coat, provide gradation within the following
tolerances:
U.S. standard percent retained by weightj:2%:
Sieve Minimum Maximum
No.4 0
No.8 0 10
No. 16 10 40
Sieve Minimum Maximum
No. 30 30 65
No. 50 70 90
No. 100 95 100
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO)
09220-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
4. For finish coat, provide same gradation as for base coat; except with all
aggregate passing the No.8 sieve.
5. Fibrous Stucco Reinforcing: (Harbourite)
a. 100 percent virgin polypropylene fibrillated fibers specifically
manufactured for use as stucco reinforcement, containing no
reprocessed olefm or glass fiber materials.
6. Control Joints: Equal to Plastic Components No. 2038.
7. Specialty Items: As required, vinyl.
9. Corner Bead: Equal to Plastic Components No. 1A.
10. Casing Bead: Equal to Plastic Components No.1 078.
F. Bonding agent for cement plaster shall be as manufactured by one of the following or an
approved equal.
1. Bondrite as manufactured by the Lambert Company.
2. Hornbond as manufactured by A.C. Hom.
3. Weldcrete as manufactured by Larson Products Corp.
4. Link as manufactured by Sta-Dri Company.
G. Water: Use water which is potable and free from impurities that affect setting of
pOltland cement (stucco) plaster.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 JOB CONDmONS
A. Inspections:
1. Applicator shall examine all areas and conditions under which cement plaster
( stucco) is to be applied and shall notify General Contractor, in writing, of any
conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of his work. Do not
proceed with this work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a
manner acceptable to the ApplicatOl'.
2. Starting of this work will be construed as applicator's acceptance of surfaces
and conditions within any particular area; any corrections that may be required
will be at the expense of the Applicator.
3.2 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. The Contractor shall protect the work of all trades against damage or undue soiling.
Finish surfaces shall be cleaned of cement plaster the same day and left in new
condition.
B. Work damaged by other trades shall be corrected prior to painting or finishing.
C. Concrete pavers and walks shall be protected by dry sand or other approved means.
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO)
09220-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
D. All spaces shall be kept :free from waste materials after each operation. Miscellaneous
trash shall be removed from the building areas daily. Spaces prior to application of
stucco shall be broom clean.
E. Leave the areas all clean at completion.
3.3 CONTROL JOINTS
A. Apply 4-inch wide self-adhesive neoprene tape on over control joint full }Yidth.
B. Apply specified control joint over tape, fasten with proper fasteners.
C. Proceed with stucco work as specified.
3.4 MIXES
A. General Procedures:
1. Prop0l1ion and measure the materials for each batch of stucco accurately. Use
one (1) cubic foot container. Use of shovel count is not acceptable.
2. Prepare batches in quantity for complete use within a maximum of one (1) hour
after mixing.
3. Do not retemper or use partially set stucco, except stucco which has stiffened
only fi.-om evaporation.
4. Withhold about 10% of the required water until the mixing cycle is nearly
completed, then add water as needed to achieve the required consistency.
5. Do not mix by hand unless specifically so approved by the Landscape
Architect.
B. Mechanical Mixing:
1. Mix each batch separately.
2. Clean the mixer thoroughly between batches, removing set or hardened
materials prior to loading new materials.
3. Continue operation of mixer while adding material.
C. Stucco shall be mixed in proportion of:
1 part Portland cement (94 lbs.) white for fmish coat
1/2 part Masonry cement (40 Ibs.)
2-112 parts Sand (2-1n cu. ft. loose damp sand)
In gallon Bonding agent additive (minimum) per 94 lbs. of Portland cement.
Six (6)ounces ofFibermesh Harbourite fibers.
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO)
09220-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
D. Any changes of above proportions shall not be made without prior approval of the
Landscape Architect.
3.5 APPLICATION
A. Uniformly dampen absorptive bases by use of a fine fog spray of clean water.
B. Where specified, apply the approved bonding agent.
1. Schedule application of stucco to precede application of other finishes and
installation of other items, which could be damaged by accidents incidental to
the plastering.
2. Apply portland cement stucco by machine or by hand.
3. Apply each coat continuously, inten'Upting only at control joints, at openings or
at junctions of plaster planes.
4. Produce the total stucco thicknesses shown on the Drawings, if not shown,
thickness shall be not less than 3/4 inch.
C. Base Coat:
1. Apply with sufficient material and force to insure tight contact and complete
coverage of substrate. Score to receive the succeeding coat.
D. Three-Coat Application:
1. Apply bonding agent over total area to receive stucco one (1) hour before and
between scratch and brown coats of stucco and one (1) hour before fmish coat
of stucco.
2. Do not apply the second coat sooner than 48 hours after installation of the base
coat, keep damp during this period. Apply with sufficient material and force to
cover the substrate and form a good bond. Bring out to grounds, straighten to a
true surface and leave sufficiently rough to ensure adequate bond of the finish
coat.
E. Finish Coats
1. Do not apply fmish coat sooner than seven (7) days after application of the last
underco~t, keep damp during this period.
2. Apply with sufficient material and force to cover the substrate and form a good
bond.
3. Finish to a true and even surface after moisture has left the surface.
F. The final fmish is to be "Fine Sand" stucco.
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO)
09220-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
.1
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
G. Do not use a hand-held natural or rubber sponge without a stiff backing for fmal
coating.
H. Wipe all metal accessories clean after application of finish coat.
I. Stucco Color: To be selected by Owner or Landscape Architect.
3.6 TOUCH-UP
A. Upon completion of the work of this Section, inspect all Portland cement (stucco)
plaster surfaces and correct conditions which do not meet specified requirements.
B. Remove protective materials and plaster materials from adjacent surfaces and .I'emove
stains which would adversely affect finishes.
3.7 CLEANUP
A. Periodically clean up and arrange for removal of all debris resulting from work to assure
a presentable job at all times. Following completion ofthis phase of the work, clean up
all dirt and rubbish, remove from the premises and leave the spaces broom clean.
END OF SECTION 09220
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO)
09220-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 01610 - PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS (REVISED PER ADDENDUM NO. 1)
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTIONS
A. Work hlcluded: Make substitutions under the requirements ofthe Contract Documents, and
submit the necessary information required by the contract documents to establish compliance
with those documents.
I
B. Individual requirements for Substitutions also may be described in pe11inent Sections of these
Specifications.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. General Conditions.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Coordination of Substitutions:
1. Prior to each submittal for Substitution, carefully review and coordinate all aspects of
each item being submitted.
2. Verify that each item and the data submitted for it conform in all respects with the
specified requirements.
3. By affixing the Contractor's signature to each submittal, certifythatthis coordination
has been performed.
1.4 SUBMIITALS
A. Voluntary substitutions &ftall must be made at the time of bidding up to ten days prior to the
bid opening on the Substitution Request Form. Supportive submittal data; shop drawings,
samples, etc., shall be made in accordance with Section 01330, Submittal Procedures.
PART2-PRODUCT
2.1 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM
A. Contraetor's Base Bid shRIl be peF Drawings aDd Prajeet Mallual using only thase
maDufacturen listed.
I. Voluntary substitutions for products fftfty must be requested during bidding period or
up to ten days prior to the bid opening by submitting completed Substitutions
Request F01ID with the Bid.
2. Landscape Architect will consider requests from the Contractor, utilizing this section
for the Substitutions of Products in place of those specified, only when:
1. Substitution is listed at time of biddiag, made within the time period
stipulated on the fonn provided therefore in the bidding documents, along
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS - (REVISED PER ADDENDUM #1)
01610-01
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
with requested submittal data to be reviewed by the Landscape Architect to
substantiate request.
2. aad ymea sl:lbstaatiated BY the Ccmfraolor's submittal data '.>Alain 20 ealendm'
days after a.....erd eftke eeRtraet.
B. Substitution Request Form is attached to this Section.
C. Submit separate request for each substitution.
2.2 SUBSTITUTION SUPPORT DATA
A. Support each request with:
1. Complete data substantiating compliance of the proposed substitutions with
requirements stated in Contract Documents.
a. Product identification, including manufacturers name and address
b. Manufacturers literature; which must identifY
1) Product description.
2) Reference Standards.
3) Performance and test data.
c. Samples, as applicable
d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used and date
of each installation.
2. Itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with project specified; list
significant variations.
3. Data relating to changes in construction schedule.
4. Any effect of substitution on separate contracts.
5. List of changes required in other work of products.
6. Accurate cost data comparing proposed substitutions product specified.
7. Designation of required license fees or royalties.
8. Designation of availability of maintenance services, sources or replacement materials.
PART3. EXECUTION
3.1 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE
A. Furnish and install Products specified, under options and conditions for substitutions stated in
this Section.
B. Contractor's Options:
1. For Products specified only by reference standard, select Product meeting that
standard, by any manufacturer.
2. For Products specified by naming several Products or manufacturers, select anyone
of products and manufacturers named which complies with specifications.
3. For Product specified by naming several Products or manufacturers and stating "or
equivalent", "or equal", or "Landscape Architect approved equivalent", or similar
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS - (REVISED PER ADDENDUM #1)
01610-02
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
wording, submit a request as for substitutions for any Product or manufacturer which
is not specifically named for review and approval by the Landscape Architect.
D. Substitutions will not be considered for acceptance when;
1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals without a
formal request from the Contractor.
2. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents.
3. In judgment of Landscape Architect, do not include adequate information necessary
for a complete evaluation.
4. If requested after bids ar-e reeeived the stipulated due date often days prior to the bid
opening.
E. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without acceptance of Landscape
Architect.
F. Landscape Architect will determine acceptability of proposed substitutions.
G. Contractor's Representation:
1. In making formal request for substitution, Contractor represents that:
a. He has investigated proposed product and determined that it is equivalent to or
superior in all respects to that specified.
b. He will provide same warranties or bonds fOl' substitutions as for product
specified.
c, He will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into the Work, and will
make such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all
respects.
d. He waives claims for additional costs caused by substitutions which may be
subsequently become apparent.
e. Cost data is complete and includes related costs under his Contract, but not:
1) Costs under separate contracts.
f. Cost Elata Reed Bet be submitted if request is {-or inelusioa in an addeRdum.
R~quests after Conkaet avl8l'.G shall eOHtaiB eomplete east eemparison.
H. Landscape Architect's Duties:
1. Review Contractor's requests for substitution with reasonable promptness.
2. Notify Contractor, in writing, of decision to accept or reject requested substitution
within five days of the bid opening.
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS - (REVISED PER ADDENDUM #1)
0161O~03
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM:
CONTRACT A WARD
DATE:
TO:
PROJECT:
We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the above
project:
DRAWING SHEET #:
SPEC._SECT. NO.
PARAGRAPH
SPECIFIED ITEM NAME:
Proposed
Substitution:
Attach complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications, which proposed substitution will
require for its proper installation.
Submit with request all necessary samples and substantiating data to prove equal quality and performance to
that which is specified. Clearly mark manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance.
Fill in the blanks below.
1. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on the Drawings?
Yes No If yes, indicate changes.
2. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and
detailing costs caused by requested substitution?
Yes No If no, fully explain.
3. What affect does substitution have on other Contracts or other trades?
4. What affect does substitution have on the Construction Schedule?
5. Manufacturer's Warranties of the proposed and specified items are:
Same Different (explain on attachment).
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS - (REVISED PER ADDENDUM #1)
01610-04
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
6. Reason for request:
7. Itemized comparison of specified item (s) with the proposed substitutions; list significant
variations:
8. Accurate cost data comparing proposed substitution with product specified.
9. Designation of maintenance services and sources:
(Attach additional sheets if required.)
ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITY FOR EQUAL PERFORMANCE
_ Accepted
_ Accepted as noted
Undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to the specified item.
Submitted by:
By:
Signature
Title
Date:
Finn
Address
Telephone
Date
CERTIFICATE OF EQUAL PERFORMANCE: (For Use by Landscape Architect)
Accepted
_ Accepted as noted
Received too late
Remarks:
By:
Signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind his firm to the above items. Failure to provide
legally binding signature will result in retraction of approval.
END OF SECTION 01610
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS - (REVISED PER ADDENDUM #1)
01610-05
I
I' /1
/
(
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS
SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION IV-A SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 1 -
SECTION 01100
SECTION 01115
SECTION 01230
SECTION 01250
SECTION 01270
SECTION 01275
SECTION 01290
SECTION 01310
SECTION 01320
SECTION 01330
SECTION 01420
SECTION 01500
SECTION 01520
SECTION 01610
SECTION 01770
SECTION 01781
DIVISION 2 -
SECTION 02000
SECTION 02230
SECTION 02231
SECTION 02300
SECTION 02510
SECTION 02518
SECTION 02577
SECTION 02630
SECTION 02751
SECTION 02800
SECTION 02810
Station Square Park - TOe
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Summary of Work
Contractor's Use of the Premises
Alternates
Contract Modification Procedures
Unit Prices
Measurement and Payment
Payment Procedures
Project Management and Coordination
Construction Progress Documentation
Submittal Procedures
References
Temporary Facilities and Controls
Maintenance of Traffic
Product Substitutions
Closeout Procedures
Project Record Documents
SITE WORK
Site Work - General
Site Clearing
Tree Protection and Trimming
Earthwork
Water Distribution
Interlocking Concrete Unit Paving
Pavement Markings
Storm Drainage
Cement Concrete Pavement
Landscaping
Irrigation Systems
Page 1
I
I /
SECTION I
ADVERTISEMENT
FORBID
I
I
{ i
1,/
I"
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
STATION SQUARE PARKCONTRACT # 08-0007-EN
CLEARWATER, FLORIDA
Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this project will be available on Monday, April 28, 2008,
for inspection and/or purchase by prospective bidders at the City of Clearwater's Website
(www.mvclearwater.comlcitvDroiects) until no later than close of business three (3) days preceding the
bid opening. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the website, reflects production
costs only.
The work for which proposals are invited consists of, but is not necessary limited to: DEMOLITION,
EARTHWORK, GRADING, PAVERS, DRAINAGE, UTILITIES, ELECTRICAL AND
LIGHTING, GAS SYSTEM, SITE FURNISHING, SPECIAL FEATURES, LANDSCAPING AND
IRRIGATION, TOGETHER WITH ALL NECESSARY APPURTENANCES TO CONSTRUCT A
24,000 SQUARE FOOT URBAN PARK.
A MANDATORY Pre-Bid Conference for all prospective bidders will be held on Thursday, May 8, 2008
at 10:00 a.m. at the Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, First Floor, Human
Resources Training Room #130, Clearwater, Florida. Representatives of the Owner and Consulting
Engineer will be present to discuss this Project.
Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasin; Mana!!er, at the Purchasin!! Office, located at the
Municipal Services Bid!!.. 100 So. Myrtle Ave.. 3r Floor. Clearwater. Florida 33756-5520. until 1:30
P.M. on Thursday, May 29, 2008, and publicly opened and read at that hour and place for STATION
SQUARE PARK (08-0007-EN).
A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and
proposal form is available only to City pre-qualified contractors who are qualified to bid Urban
Streets cape projects with a minimum prequalification amount of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00)
Contractors wanting to pre-qualify to bid this project, must do so two weeks (10 workinl! davs) orior to
the bid opening. Prior to contract award, the successful contractor shall submit a list of three similar
urban streetscape projects completed within the last five (5) years, which have involved assisting the
merchants/retailers with maintaining normal business operations, which were affected by the
streetscape construction operations. These projects must have safely provided for maintenance of
vehicular and pedestrian traffic.
Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre-qualified but who may be interested as a possible
subcontractor, supplier, etc., may purchase a "Subcontractor" package consisting of plans, specifications,
and pay items worksheet.
A 10% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater projects.
The right is reserved by the City Manager of the City of Clearwater, Florida to reject any or all bids.
The City of Clearwater, Florida
George McKibben, Purchasing Manager
(727) 562-4634
Sectionl - Station Square Advert.doc
Page 1 of 1
Revised: 4/16/2008
I;
1/
SECTION II
INSTRUCTIONS
TO
BIDDERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION II
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Table of Contents:
SECTION II ................ ................. ........ ......... ............................ ..... ........... ............ .......... ........ ... .... i
1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCU'MENTS.......................................................................... 1
2 Q U ALIFf CA TION OF BIDDERS .................................................................................. 1
3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE .................................1
4 INTERPRET A TIONS AND ADDENDA .......................................................................2
5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND ....................................................................................3
6 CONTRACT TIME.... ............ ... .... ....................... ... ....... ....... ........... ......... .......... ..... ..... ... 3
7 LIQIDDA TED DAMAGES ............................................................................................. 3
8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQIDPMENT ......................................................... 3
9 SUBCONTRACTORS ............. .... ..... ............ ........ ......... ... ................ .........................,....... 3
10 BIDIPRO POSAL FO RM ................................................................................................. 4
11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS .................................................................................................. 4
12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS .................................................... 5
13 REJECTI ON OF BIDS .................................................................................................... 5
14 D ISQU ALIFI CA TI ON OF BIDDER.............................................................................. 5
15 0 PENIN G OF BIDS ......................................................................................................... 5
16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES ........................................... 5
17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE ............................. 6
18 AWARD OF CONTRACT ............................................................................................... 7
19 BID PROTEST ................. ........ ............... .... .............. ............. ........ ................................... 7
20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT ................................................................................................. 8
SectionIl Revised: 3/26/2008
I
/
1;//
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
-I
Section II - Instructions to Bidders
1 . COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
1.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are available for the sum stated in the
Advertisement for Bid from the Office of the Purchasing Manager. TIlls amount represents
reproduction costs and is non-refundable. A complete bidders package containing plans~
specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and bid/proposal form is available only
to pre-qualified bidders. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre-qualified but who
may be a possible subcontractor, supplier, or other interested person may purchase a
"Subcontractor" package consisting of plans, specifications, and list of pay items.
1.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor
the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of
incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub-bidders or others.
1.3 The City, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, does so
only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and does not confer a license or grant
any other permission to use the documents for any other purpose.
2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
2.1 Each prospective Bidder must pre-qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the
City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial
resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner before obtaining
drawings, specifications and contract documents. An application package for pre-
qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering
Department, Engineering Services Division at P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758-
4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street
address only) or by phone at (727) 562-4750._ All qualification data must be completed and
delivered to the Director of Engineering at the above address not later than fourteen (14)
days prior to the time set for the receipt of bids. Bidders currently pre-qualified by the City
do not have to make reapplication.
3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE
3.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder, be(ore submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract
Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in
any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and
abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and
(d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract I?ocuments, and
notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents.
3.2 In reference to the Technical Specifications and/or the Scope of the Work for identification
of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have
been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely
upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non-technical
data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the
purposes of bidding or construction. In reference to those drawings relating to physical
conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities)
which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in
preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical
Section" .doc
Revised: 3/26/2008
Section II - Instructions to Bidders
data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of
bidding or construction.
3.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground
Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the
City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not
assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in
the Contract Documents.
3.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective
Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions"
possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing
conditions appear in the General Conditions.
3.5 Before submitting a Bid,-each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any
additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any
additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface
and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost"
progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other
terms and coriditions of the Contract Documents.
3.6 On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such
explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for
submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former
condition upon completion of such explorations and tests.
3.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements. for access
thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are
identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for
temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by
the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing
structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents.
3.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the
Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that,
without exception, the Bid i~ premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required
by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures
of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the
Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding
of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work.
4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA
4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents. are to be directed to the
Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response
to such questions will be issued by Addenda, either by mail or facsimile transmission, to all
parties recorded by the Purchasing Manager as having received the Bidding Documents.
Questions received less than ten (10) days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be
answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and
other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect.
SectionJI.doc
2
Revised: 3/26/2008
I :'
/
/
/
ti
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section 11- Instructions t(} Bidders
4.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Docume~ts as deemed advisable by the
City or Engineer.
5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND
5.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in
an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of
a certified or cashiers check or a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a surety meeting the
requirements of the General Conditions. A cash bid bond will not be accepted.
5.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed
the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the
Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the
Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract
by the City Commission, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will
be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable
chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of
the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid
opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after
the Bid opening.
5.3 The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company
qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of Florida.
6 CONTRACT TIME
6.1 The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set
forth in the Technical Specifications.
7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
7.1 Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement.
8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
8.1 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the
Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or
"or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications
that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance
will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract
Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General
Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications.
9 SUBCONTRACTORS
9.1 If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so
requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer
an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence
of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the
Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed
fifty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If
the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed
SectionlI.doc
3
Revised: 3/26/2008
Section 11- Instructions to Bidders
Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award
of the Contract.
Agreement to the City Commission, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable
substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder
declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest
and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and
other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not
constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid security to the City of any Bidder. Any
Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom
the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the
City Commission will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such
acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General
Conditions.
9.2 No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or
organization against whom he has reasonable objection.
10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM
10.1 The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be completed in
ink or by typewriter. Allblanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. The Bidder
must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations
or erasures, the price for which he will perform the work as required by the Contract
Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the BidIProposal form. The lump
sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for
completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be
found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the
work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the. actual construction of the
. work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct
proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items.
10.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-
president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the
corporate seal shall beaftixed. .. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be
shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or
partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind
the corporation or partnership.
10.3 Bids by partnerships. shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general
partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address'ofthe
partnership shall be shown below the signature.
10.4 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature.
11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS
11.1 Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the
Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in the bid envelope provided with the bid
documents. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the
notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the City of Clearwater,
attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the
Seclionll.doc
4
Revised: 3/26/2008
I
t/
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
/
/
Section 11- Instructions to Bidders
Advertisement Wltil the time and date specified. Telegraphic or facsimile bids received by
the Purchasing Manager will not be accepted.
12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
12.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the
manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of
Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person
duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to
submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for
receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified.
12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for
typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a
typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the
requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction
is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or
modify ~y bid.
13 REJECTION OF BIDS
13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City
reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. GroWlds
for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, Wlauthorized
alteration of form, Wlauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or
irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City
believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public. to make an award to that
Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is Wlqualified or of doubtful
financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the
City. The City reserVes the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in
the interest of the public.
14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER
14.1 Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists
among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future
proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non-Collusion Affidavit
contained in the Contract Documents.
15 OPENING OF BIDS
15.1 Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement
for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids.
16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES
16.1 The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as
specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply
with all Federal and State Laws, County and MWlicipal Ordinances and regulations, which
in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees
SectionII.doc
5
Revised: 3/26/2008
Section II - Instructions to Bidders
and impact fees will be waived except as. specifically stated otherwise in the Technical
Specifications.
16.2 The Contractor shall asswne all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any
construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically
stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be
stated by the Contractor.
16.3 The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consurner,.useand other taxes required by law.
The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales
tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements.
17 . IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE
17.1 In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor
Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders
with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with
respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of
commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has
implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process.
Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied
bidders have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace
program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six
statements and the accompanying certification statement:
(1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution,
dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and
specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such
prohibition.
(2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy
of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and
employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for
drug abuse violations.
(3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that
are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection(I).
(4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of
working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will
abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or
plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled
substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the
workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction.
(5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance
or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee
who is so convicted.
(6) . Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through
implementation of this section.
I certify that this firm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above
requirements.
SectionlLdoc
6
Revised: 3/26/2008
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section 11- Instructions to Bidders
18 AWARD OF CONTRACT
18.1 Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words.
Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in
favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of
figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum.
18.2 In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or
not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may
be requested in the BidlProposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and
experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by
the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City
deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility,
qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and
other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents to the Cjty's satisfaction within the prescribed time.
18.3 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive
Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the
best interest of the City.
. 18.4 Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items
in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will
be awarded to only one Contractor.
19 BID PROTEST
19.1 RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the
solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of hislher complaints initially with
the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with
protest procedures set forth in this section.
19.2 PROTEST PROCEDURE:
A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for
proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the
opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposal. Opening dates for bids or
due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself.
B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of
five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each
bidder, which ever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders
upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite
specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly
been violated.
C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be
granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have
knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of
intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions
should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception.
D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five
business days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully
SeclionlI.doc
7
Revised: 3/26/2008
Section II - Instructions to Bidders
coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City
Manager.
E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager~.
he/she may then submit in writing within five business days of receipt of that
response hislher reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of hislher original
formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City
Manager.
F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the
matter of protesU? The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten work
days of receipt of the appeal.
19.3 STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the
Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all
administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written
determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best
interest of the City.
20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT
20.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections
553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and
Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650
Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws.
SectionlI.doc
8
Revised: 3/26/2008
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION III
GENERAL
CONDITIONS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION III
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Table of Contents:
S ECTI 0 N II"I.. ............ .......... ... .... ... ............ .... ......... ... ... ........ .... ....... ........ ..... .......... ......... ......... ...... i
GENERAL CONDITIONS . ................. ............................................................ ........................... i
1 D EFIN'ITI 0 N S . ...... ..... ... .... ..... ........ .... ... ...... ........ ... ... ....... ... ...... .... ...... ... ....... ........ ........... 1
2 PRELIMIN' AR Y MA T-TERS.. .... .... ............... ..... ...... .... ... ... .......... ...... ...... .... .................... 4
2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE ............................ 4
2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS ..................................................... .................................. ..... 4
23 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING
THE PROJECT............. ................. .................................................................................. 4
BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION ..................................................................... 5
PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE ................ ..................... ................................... 5
CONTRACT DOC'UMENTS, IN"TENT ......................................................................... 5
INTENT. .................. ........... ............................................................................. ................ 5
REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES ..................................................6
AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
REFEREN CE PO IN"T S .... .... ................... ..... ....... ... ..... ..... .... ......... ......... .......... .......... ........ 6
4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS...............................;......................................................... 6
4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS ................ ......... ....................................... ............ 6
4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES ,.................................... 7
4.4 REFERENCE POINTS.............. .... ............ ....... ...... ....................... ....... ........................... 7
5 BONDS .AN'D mSURAN CE ............................................................................................ 7
5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND............................... 7
5 .2 INSURANCE....................... .............................................. .............................................. 8
5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE........................................................... 9
5.2.2 PUBliC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE .............................. 9
5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY.................................................... 10
5.3 WANER OF RIGHTS ....... ...... ................................................................ ..................... 10
6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSmILITIES ..................................................................... 11
6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE ............................................................. 11
6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ............................................................... 11
6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS .............................................................. 12
6.4 RESPONSffiILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS........ 12
6.5 USE OF. PREMISES............ .......................................................................................... 13
6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES ................................... 14
6. 7 LAWS AND REGULA TIONS...................................................................................... 14
6. 8 PERMITS........................... ................................................. ... .. ................... ............... . ." 14
6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION ......................,..............................................................15
6.10 EMERGENCIES.................. ........................... ........ ..................... ....... ......... .................. 15
6.11 DRAWINGS........... .................. ..... .......:............... ......................................................... 16
SectionIII.doc
Revised: 5/09/2007
SectionIIl.doc
ii
Revised: 9/26/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section II1- General Conditions
6.11.1 SHOP DRA WINGS AND SAMPLES.. ..... ........................................... ................. .... 16
6.11.2 AS-BUILT DRA WINGS.................................. .......................................................... 17
6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS................ ..... .......... ............. ....................................................... 19
6.11.4 DELIVERABLES:.................................................. .................................................. 20
6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE........................... 20
6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK ........................................................................................ 21
6.14 INDEMNIFICATION.. ........... ...... ....................... ........ .................. ........................... ..... 21
7 0 THER WORK..... ................................ it.......... ............................. ... ..................... ......... 22
7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE ......................................................................................... 22
7 .2 COORDINATION.. ..... ... ................ ...................................... ... ... ...... .................. ..... ...... 22
8 OWNERS' RES PO NSIBILITY ............ ........... .... ............................................................. 23
9 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION .............................................. 23
9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE ................................................................................... 23
9.2 CLARIFICA nONS AND INTERPRETATIONS ........................................................ 23
9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................................................ 23
9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS .................................. 24
9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES. .............. .................... ................ .................... ........... ...... 24
9.6 LIMITATIONS ON ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................... 25
10 CHANGES IN" THE WORK.......................................................................................... 25
11 CHANGES IN" THE CONTRACT PRICE................................................................... 26
11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE..................................................................,. 26
11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT ....................... 26
11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK .................................................................................................... 27
12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME .................................................................... 27
13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE
OF DEFECTIVE WORK.............................................. .................................................. 28
13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION...... .............. ...... ....... ....... .............................. ............ ........ 28
13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK .................. ................ ............. ......................... ..... .......... 29
13.3 ENGINEER MAY STOP THE WORK ........................................................................ 29
13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................29
13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD ...................................................................... 29
13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ................................................................... 30
13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK ....................................................... 30
.14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION .........................................31
14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT ........................................................... 31
14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE ............................................................... 31
14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS ..........;..................... 32
14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION ........ ...... .......... .............. ........ ................................ .............. 32
14.5 FINAL INSPECT-ION ............ ........... ..................... ........ ..... ...... ........ ................... ......... 33
14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT ...................................................................33
14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE................................................................... 33
14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS ................................................................................................. 34
(;/
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION .................................................... 34
15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK...................................................................... 34
15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE ...................................................................................... 34
15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE ...........................;............... 36
16 DISPUTE RESO L UTI 0 N .............................................................................................. 36
17 MIS CELLANE OU S .. ................. ...... ......... .............. ................................. ...................... 36
17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS................................................................. 36
17 .2 GIVING NOTICE....... ................................................................................................... 36
17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM ........ ...... .................. .................... ........... ...................................... 36
17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED........:............................ 37
17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT .................................................................................37
17.6 RENEWAL OPTION .................................................................................................... 37
SectionIII.doc
iii
Revised: 9/26/2007
SectionIII.doc
Revised: 9/26/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
1 DEFINITIONS
Addenda
Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct
or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents.
Agreement
The written contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be
performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part
thereof as provided therein.
Application for Payment
The form accepted by ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting
progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting
documentation as is required by the Contract Documents.
Approve
The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or
methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given
in the Contract Documents.lt does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer
to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications.
Bid
The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the
prices for the work to be performed.
Bidding Documents
The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the
proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids).
Bonds
Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security.
Change Order
A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition,
deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract
Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement.
City
The City of Clearwater, Florida.
Contract Documents
The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid
(including documentation accompanying the bid and any post-Bid documentation
submitted prior to the execution ofthe Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the
Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any
Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits
identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of
the Agreement.
Contract Price
The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments)
payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work.
I
I
I
I-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
Contract Time
The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work.
Contractor
The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement.
Day
A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight.
Defective
An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory,
faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the
requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the
Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final
payment.
Drawings
The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement,
which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been
prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop
drawings are not Drawings as so defined.
Engineer
The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the
purposes of this contract, the City Engineer or his duly appointed representative.
Engineer's Consultant
A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent
professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as
such in the Supplementary Conditions.
Furnish
The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar
meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and
install complete in place and ready for service".
Inspection
The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to
ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and
Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or
overseeing.
Laws and Regulations
Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind
of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction.
Liens
Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal
property.
Milestone
A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate
completion date or time prior to the final completion date.
SectionIII.doc
2
Ftevised: 9/26/2007
SectionIlI.doc
3
Revised: 9/26/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
Notice to Proceed
A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the
Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his
obligations under the Contract Documents.
Owner
The City of Clearwater, Florida
Project
The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents
may be the whole. or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
Partial Utilization
Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is
intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work.
Shop Drawing
All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by
or for Contractor to illustrate some portiori of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard
schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a
supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the
Work.
Specifications
Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of
materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the
Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto.
. Subcontractor
A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the
performance of a part ofthe Work at the site.
Substantial Completion
The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the
opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion,. it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so
that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended;
or ifno such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment
as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms
"substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the
Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof.
Supplementary Conditions
The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions.
Supplier
A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman or vendor having a direct
contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to
be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
Surety
Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be
responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid,
Performance or Payment Bond.
Underground Facilities
All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such
facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been
installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity,
gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable
television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or
water.
Unit Price Work
Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices.
Work
The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof
required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and isthe result
of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the
construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as
required by the Contract Documents.
Work Change Directive
A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement
and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or
responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be
performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or
Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or
documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued
Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract
Price or Contract Times.
2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE
When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to
Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this
contract.
2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS
Engineer shall furnish to Contractor four copies of Contract Documents for execution.
Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction.
2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO
PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT
The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor
shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall
be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run.
SectionIII.doc
4
Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION
Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the
Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable
field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or
discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or
clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however,
Contractor shall not be liable to Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in
the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should
reasonably have known thereof.
No verbal agreement or conversation with anyofficer, agent or employee of Owner or Engineer~
either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or
obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without
approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be
the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
Within twenty days of Award of Contract and before the start of the Work, the Engineer may
schedule a conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer and others as appropriate to
establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule
of the Work and general Contract procedures.
The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor
concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents
are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of
the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be
constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment
which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or
from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and
performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well-
known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials
or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning.
Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Engineer.
Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or
association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such
reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or
code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise
specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard
specification, manual or code (whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the
responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents) shall changethe
duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor or Engineer, or any of their agents or employees
from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract
shall be issued by Engineer. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be
inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be
SectionIIl.doc
5
Revised: 9/26/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
read and enforced as through it wen~ included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any
such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly. inserted, then upon the application of either
party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion.
The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or
discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary
Conditions, General Conditions, Drawings, Technical Specifications. In a series of Modifications
or Addenda the latest will govern.
3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES
If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or
discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any
provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any
such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor
shall report it to the Engineer in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work
affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract
-Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications,
provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report
any such conflict, .error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should
have known thereof.
4 AVAilABiliTY OF lANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL
CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS
4.1 AVAilABiliTY OF lANDS
Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is
to be Performed, rights-of~way, easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are
designated for the use of contractor. Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of
general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor
will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent
changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by Owner, unless otherwise provided
in the Contract Docpments.
4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS
Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for
identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical
conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which
have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such
reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract
Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify Engineer in writing of any subsurface or latent
physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those
indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those
conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall
obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and
Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are
subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the
SectionIlLdoc
6
Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a
work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions.
4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES
The information and data shown or indicated.. in the Contract Documents with respect to existing
Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to
Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise
expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for
the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following
will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i)
reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of
such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such
Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The
Contractor is required to call the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER
prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a
member of the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any
excavation. The LOCAL. PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the
protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in
local telephone directory.
4.4 REFERENCE POINTS
Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which
in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor
shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference
points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner.
Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires
relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the
accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by professionally qualified personnel.
The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information
regarding the provision of construction surveys. Excessive. stake replacement caused by
negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the
Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be
computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments with
a minimum charge of one hour.
5 BONDS AND INSURANCE
5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND
Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond, in an amount at least equal to the
Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's
obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after
the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws
and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as
are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the
Contract Documents and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of
"Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as
SectionIII.doc
7
Revised: 9/26/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff,
Bureau of Government Financial Operations, u.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an
agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall
be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such
language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified
to do business in the State of Florida. The Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the
Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its
right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases
to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after
notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to the
Owner.
5.2 INSURANCE
Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the
Work being performed and. furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below
which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance and furnishing of the Work and
Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or
furnished by Contractor, and Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts
any of them may be liable for the following: (i) Claims under worker's compensation, disability
benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; (ii) Claims for damages because of bodily
injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; (iii) Claims for
damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than
Contractor's employees; (iv) Claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability
coverage which are sustained by any person as a result of an offense directly orindirectlyrelated
to the employment of such person by Contractor, or by any other person for any other reason; (v)
Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible
property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and (vi) Claims for
damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the
ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with
copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of
insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Owner or any other additional insured)
which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with this paragraph. The
policies of insurance so required by this paragraph to be purchased and maintained shall: (i)
include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional
liability) City of Clearwater and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary
Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insured, and include coverage for the
respective officers and employees of all such additional insures; (ii) include completed
operations insurance; (iii) include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity
obligations in Article for Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) contain a provision or endorsement
that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at
least thirty days prior written notice has been given to the Owner, and Contractor and to each
other additional insured identified in the Supplemental Conditions to whom a certificate of
insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor as
described in this paragraph); (v) remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times
thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in
accordance with Article for Correction of Defective Work; (vi) with respect to completed
operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, shall remain in
SectionIlI.doc
8
Revised: 9/26/2007
SectionIIl.doc
9
Revised: 9/26/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III -'- General Conditions
effect for at least two years after final payment. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other
additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance
has been issued evidence satisfactory to Owner and any such additional insured, of continuation
of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and telephone number
ofthe authorized insurance agent for the Insurer.
The limits of liability for the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than the
following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations:
5.2.1
WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE
Contract A ward Amount Contract A ward Amount
Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over
(1) Workers' Compensation Statutory Statutory
..
(2) Employer's Liability $500,000. $1,000,000.
5.2.2
PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE
Comprehensive General Liability including Premise/Operations; Explosion, Collapse and
Underground Property Damage; Products/Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual,
Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities:
Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount
Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over
(1) Bodily Injury: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each
Occurrence Occurrence
$1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual
Aggregate Aggregate
(2) Property Damage: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each
Occurrence Occurrence
$1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual
Aggregate Aggregate
..
(3) Personal Injury, with $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual
employment exclusion deleted Aggregate Aggregate
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
5.2.3
COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
including all owned (private and others), hired and non-owned vehicles:
Contract A ward Amount Contract A ward Amount
Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over
(1) Bodily Injury $500,000. Each Person $1,000,000. Each Person
$500,000. Each Accident $1,000,000. Each Acci~ent
,
(2) Property Damage $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each
Occurrence Occurrence
Receipt and acceptance 15y the Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other
similar document does not constitute ~cceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages,
which may be less than required by these Contract Documents. Owner shall not be responsible
for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor,
Subcontractors or others in the. Work. The Owner may at its option require a copy of the
Contractor's Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document
shall provide full coverage from the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No
deductibles will be accepted without prior approval from the Owner.
Lon2shore and Harbor Worker's Compensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. .932,
requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of
benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U.S.
Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self-insurer.
For General Contractors: Section4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable
for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sectiop.s 7,
8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcontractor
fails to. secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and. be required to
secure the payment of compensation.
5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS
owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance
will protect Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other
persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or
additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages
caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that
in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against
any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, Owner and Contractor waive all rights
against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and
damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies
and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights
against Sub-contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities
identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under
such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the
SectionIIl.doc
to
Revised: 9/2612007
Section III - General Conditions
rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise
payable under any policy so issued. In addition, Owner waives all rights against Contractor,
Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and
agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential
loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner's property or the Work caused
by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by Owner and; (ii)
loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting
from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed
Project or part thereof by Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after
final payment.
6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBiliTIES
6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE
Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting
such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the
means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but Contractor shall not
be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means,
method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated. in and
expressly required by the Contract Documents.
Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the
Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a
competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to Owner and
Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's
representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All
communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor.
Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever Engineer shall
notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful,
disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed from the project and shall
not again be employed on it except with the written consent of Engineer.
Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as
a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner's normally
approved holidays. At Owner's option, overtime costs may either be deducted from the
Contractor's monthly payment request or deducted from the Contractor's retention prior to
release of final payment or the Engineer may elect to receive a monthly check from the
Contractor in the amount of the overtime costs. Minimum number of chargeable hours for
inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per
hour shall be $40.00 per hour.
Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary
accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the
requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer.
6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, layout and construct
the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good
SectionIlLdoc .
II
Revised: 9/26/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
discipline and order at the site. Except as . otherwise required for the safety or protection of
persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated
in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours
and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday,
or any legal holiday without Owner's consent given after prior notice to Engineer.
Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume.full
responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and
machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities,
temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing,
performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work.
All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish
satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and
equipment The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used
in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly
stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing.
All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and
conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator,
supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS
Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents
by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or
description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the
specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or
"or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material
or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an
item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and
sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by
Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment
proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a
proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the
Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is
essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for revi~w
of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other
than Contractor.
Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to
Engineer and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination.
All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "or equal" item will be
at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or
submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability.
6.4 RESPONSIBiliTY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND
OTHERS
Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and .omissions of the
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a
SectionIlI.doc
12
Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible.. for Contractor's own
acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer
and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of
Owner or Engineer to payor to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor,
Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating
the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the
work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all
Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to
communicate with the Engineer through Contractor.
The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications.ofany Drawings shall not
control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the
work to be performed by any specific trade.
All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an
appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically
binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract
Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer.
Contractor shall not payor employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable
objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person
or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable
objection.
Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his
Subcontractors or between Subcontractors.
6.5 USE OF PREMISES
Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the
operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract
Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of.:.way, permits and
easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or
other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any
such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting
from the performance of the Work. . Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant
because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party
by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in
or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify
and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors,
employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out ofar
resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant
against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or
based upon Contractor's performance of the Work.
During the progress of theW ork, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of
waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the
Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials,
rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction
SectionIlLdoc
13
Revised: 9/26/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all
property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents.
6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES
Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the
performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process,
product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular
invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use. in
the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is
subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to
others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents.
To. the fullest extent permitted by Laws . and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold
harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents
and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and
damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident
to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any
invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall
defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. .
Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in
accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental
agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work.
6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Contractor shall give all notices and comply witli all Laws and Regulations applicable to
furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by
applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for
monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any
work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, . Contractor
shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however,
it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and
Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of
Contractor's obligations to Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above.
6.8 PERMITS
Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for
all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining
such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees
necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which ~e applicable at the time of opening of Bids.
Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and Owner shall
pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment
fees.
Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, City of Clearwater Building Permit Fees will
be waived.
SectionIlI.doc
14
Revised: 9/26/2007
SectionIlI.doc
15
Revised: 9/26/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION
Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions
and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for
the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i)
all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all.the Work and.materials
and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site;, and (iii) other
property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements,
roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation
or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work,
or during inclement weather, or whenever Engineer may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause
Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the
weather. If, in the opinion of Engineer, any portion of Work or materials shall have been
damaged or injured by.reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so
protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of
Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which
shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the
education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe
conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees.
The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program
and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of
construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal
protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The
Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to Owner's employees,
equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of
loss. for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to the Owner, and the Contractor shall
remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all
persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his
employees required. to handle or use toxic materials or other. harmful substances regarding their
safe handling and. use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians
and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity.
Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss;
and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety. and protection. Contractor
shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when
prosecution of. the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection,
removal, relocation and replacement oftheir property. All damage, injury or loss to any property
caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any
other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish
any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by
Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall
continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner
and Contractor that the Work is acceptable.
6.10 EMERGENCIES
In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or
adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or
Engineer, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or
variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If Engineer determines that a
change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in
response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to
document the consequences of such action.
Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the
Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will
be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria,
materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to
provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples
to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample,
Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions,
specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar
information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication,
shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work,
and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means,
methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and
programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop
Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the. requirements of the Work
and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that
Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to
Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall
give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample
submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a
written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific
notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and
approval of each such variation.
Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the
items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to
the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of
the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's
review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of
construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety
precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will
not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make
corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of
Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall
direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer
on previous submittals.
Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from
responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless
Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of
SectionIII.doc
16
Revised: 9/26/2007
SectionIII.doc
17
Revised: 9/26/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III -General Conditions
submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written
notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor
will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with
the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor.
6.11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As-Built Drawings, in good order
and legible condition to be continuously marked-up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and
annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes
or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans,
including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the
construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical, locations, in the
plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were, not
indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which
are revealed during the construction period.
The As-Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineerat all times during the
progress of the Project.
The As-Built, Drawings shall be reviewed by the City Inspector for accuracy and compliance
with the requirements of "As-Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests.
The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked-up blueline prints do not conform to the "As-
Built Drawings" requirements. As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the City Inspector for
approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay request.
Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer
intersection'drawings, as specified for the water mains.
The City's acceptance of the "As-Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole
responsibility for the accuracy and completeness ofthe As-Built Drawings.
6.11.2.1
General
The Contractor shall prepare. an "AS-BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 61G17-6, Florida
Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land
surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the City two hard copies of signed and sealed As-Built
Drawings and an AutoCAD file.
61G17-6.002 Definition: (lO)(a) As-Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal
and/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and
delineated: also know as Record Survey.
This survey shall be clearly titled "As-Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida
registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the City of Clearwater Construction
Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the City will
procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and
will back charge the contractor a fee of $1 ,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the City
with the required As-Built Survey.
6.11.2.2 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems
1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation)
based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
construction plans. New sanitary service connections and replaced sanitary service
connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All . manholes,
cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions,
pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if
one exists.
2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted.
6.11.2.3 Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain)
All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the
approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction
plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new
and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described
above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear
type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points.
6.11.2.4 Electrical and Control Wiring
The as-built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as-built
drawings shall "also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where
this information is too voluminous to be contained on the bluelineprints, the Contractor shall
prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional
conduit runs, I-line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic
diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder
diagram.
6.11.2.5
Horizontal and Vertical Control
The As-Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction de~ign plans
or if required by the City the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90
(horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement shall be
the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical),
must be approved by the City of Clearwater Engineering Department.
6.11.2.6 Standards
The As-Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 61G17 and the
Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that
pertain to the as-built survey it is the requirement of the City to have minimum location points at
every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes.
6.11.2.7
Other
The As-Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same
level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans.
SectionIlI.doc
18
Revised: 9/26/2007.
SectionIII.doc
19
Revised: 9/26/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
6.11.3
6.11.3.1
6.11.3.1.1
CAD STANDARDS
Layer Naming
Prefixes and Suffixes
DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities
EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected
EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols
PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols
FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) -line
work and symbols
TX suffix denotes text - use for .all text,. no matter the prefix
6.11.3.1.2
GAS gas lines and appurtenances
ELEC power lines and appurtenances
PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances
CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances
curbs .
BOC
WALK sidewalk
WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers
STORM storm lines and appurtenances
TREES trees, bushes, planters
SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances
FENCE all fences
BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation
DRIVE driveways
EOP edge of pavement without curbs
TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes
TOPBANK top of bank
TOESLOPE toe of slope
TOPBERM top of berm
TOEBERM toe of berm
SEAWALL seawall
CONCSLAB concrete slabs
Layer Naming Definitions:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
WALL walls, except seawall
SHORE shoreline, water elevation
CL centerline of road
CLD centerline of ditch
CLS centerline of swale
CORNER property comers, monumentation
BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks
Other layers may be created as required, using above format.
6.11.3.2 Layer Properties
All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer.
All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer.
All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts.
6.11.3.3 Text Styles
Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 00, and a text height of .008
times the plot scale. . -
Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.50, and a text
height of. 010 times the plot scale.
6.11.4 DELlVERABLES:
The as-built survey shall be produced on vellum or bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1 "=20'
unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver all drawing files in digital format.
Acceptable file formats include: DWG, DXF of a shape file.
Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail
address Tom.Mahony@mvClearwater.com .
6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE
Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work
will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's
warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism,
modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until
the. acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the
Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part
thereofby action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution
or non-execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own
expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its
completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any
defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom
which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance".
SectionlII.doc
20
ltevised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by
Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work,
which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the
Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of
Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's
obligation to perform theW ork in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by
Engineer, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Engineer, (iii) the issl,1ance of
a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by Owner to contractor under the
Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any
acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or
Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer.
6.13 CONTINUING THE 'WORK
Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or
disagreements with Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any
disputes or disagreements, except as Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing.
6.14 INDEMNIFICATION
Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the
officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and
against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other
dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work,
provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable t() bodily injury, sickness,
disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itself),
including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any
negligent actor omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or
indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose
acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or
omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such
indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person.
If, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or. any Subcontractor
shall suffer loss or damage on the work, Contractor shall settle with such other Contractor or
Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or Subcontractor will so
settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against Owner on such
account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, Owner shall notify Contractor, who shall
indemnify and save harmless Owner against any such claim. In any and all claims against Owner.
or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, or employees by
any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any
Subcontractor, any
Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of
the work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation
under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of
damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Sub..contractor,
Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts
or other employee benefit acts. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under this
SectionlILdoc
21
Revised: 9/26/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III ~ General Conditions
paragraph shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants, officers,
directors, employees, or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any
of them.
7 OTHER WORK
7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE
Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the site by Owner's own forces, or Jet
other direct contracts therefore which shall contain General Conditions similar to these, or have
other work performed by utility owners. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was
not noted in the Contract Documents, then: (i) written notice thereof will be given to Contractor
prior to starting any such other work, and (ii) Contractor may make a claim theref~re if
Contractor believes that such performance will involve additional expense to Contractor or
requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof.
Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and each
utility owner (and Owner, if Owner is performing the additional work with Owner's employees)
proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of
materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and
coordinate the work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,
Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the work that may be required to make its
several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not
endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will
only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Engineer and.the others whose work will
be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this paragraph are for the benefit
of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for
the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and
other contractors. Should the Contractor cause damage to any other contractor on the Project, the
contractor agrees, upon due notice, to settle with such contractor by agreement or arbitration, if
he will so settle. If such other contractor sues the Owner on account of any damage alleged to
have been so sustained, the Owner shall notify the Contractor, who shall defend such
proceedings at his own expense, and if any judgment against the Owner arises therefrom the
Contractor shall payor satisfy the judgment and pay all costs incurred by the Owner.
Ifthe proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's work depends upon work performed
by others under this Article. Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to
Engineer in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it
unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's work. Contractor's
failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for
integration with Contractor's work except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies in
such other work.
7.2 COORDINATION
If Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the
following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and
responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be
identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be
itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless
SectionlII.doc
22
Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III .:.. General Conditions
otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and
responsibility in respect of such coordination.
8 OWNERS RESPONSIBiliTY
Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications
to Contractor through Engineer.
Owner shall furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and
shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General
Conditions.
Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The
Work.
Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is. set forth in the
Article on Tests and Inspections.
In connection with Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may
Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with Owner's right to
terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. .
The Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible. for,
Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. Owner will not be
responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
9 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION
9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE
Engineer will be Owner's representative during the construction period. The duties and the
responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner's representative during
construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written
consent of Owner and Engineer.
9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of
the requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as Engineer
may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable
from Contract Documents. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on
Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies
an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to
the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided
in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time.
9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK
Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Engineer believes to be
defective, or that Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the
SectionIlLdoc
23
Revised: 9/26/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed
Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Engineer will also have
authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is
fabricated, installed or completed.
9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS
In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop
Drawings and Samples. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Change Orders, see the
articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Engineer's
authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and
Completion.
9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES
Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge
of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the
acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents
pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for
Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred
initially to Engineer in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this
paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be. delivered by the
claimantto Engineer and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than
thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting
data will be submitted to Engineer and the other party within sixty days after the start of such
occurrence or event unless Engineer allows an additional period of time for the submission. of
additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing
party shall submit any response to Engineer and the claimant within thirty days after receipt of
the claimant's last submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time). Engineer will render a
formal decision in writing within thirty days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if
any, in accordance with this paragraph. Engineer's written decision on such claim, dispute or
other matter will be final and binding. upon Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from
Engineer's decision is taken within thirty days of the Engineers decision, or the appeal time
which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between the Owner and Contractor for
the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into,
a.written notice of intention to appeal from Engineer's written decision is delivered by Owner or
Contractor to the other and to Engineer within thirty days after the date of such decision and a
formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to
exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim,
dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty days of
the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Owner and Contractor.
When functioning as interpreter and judge, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or
Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in
good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Engineer with respect to any such
claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by Owner or
Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract
Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter
pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. ,
SectionIlLdoc
24
Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
9.6 LIMITATIONS ON ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision
of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or
not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any
authority or responsibility by Engineer shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by
Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to
any surety for or employee or agent of any of them.
Engineer will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for
Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, . or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Engineer will not. be
responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish th~ work in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor,
any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishinganyofthe work.
Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all
maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of
inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the
Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements
oftheContract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that
the results certified indicate .compliance with the Contract Documents.
The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to
Engineer's Consultants and assistants.
10 CHANGES IN THE WORK
Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or
from time to time,.order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions; deletions
or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change
Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work
involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents
(except as may otherwise be specifically provided).
If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the
Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a
Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions.
Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the. Contract
Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions
except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in
article for Uncovering Work.
Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments
recommended by Engineer covering:
changes in the work which are (i) ordered by Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of
defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective
SectionIII.doc
25
Revised: 9/26/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section ill - General Conditions
Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the
parties;
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written
decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes;
provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any
such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable
Laws and Regulations, but dUring any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and
adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work.
If notice of any change affecting. the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract
Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the
provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's
responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond wilt' be adjusted accordingly.
11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE
11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE
The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments)
payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations
assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the
Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written
Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice
of claim stating.the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the c1aim.to
the other party and to Engineer promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of
the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with
supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event
(unless Engineer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data
in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the
claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said
occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not
submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order
or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where
the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application
of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not
covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum
(which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered
by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit
prices for the Work.
11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT
It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the
Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such
sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances
include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment
required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii)
Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead,
SectionlII.doc
26
Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract
Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the
foregoing will be valid.
Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer
to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the
Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly
adjusted.
11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK
Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work,
initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to
the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times
the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of
items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solety for the purpose of comparison of
Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and
classifications of Unit Price Work perfonned by Contractor will be made by Engineer. Each unit
price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover
Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. Owner or Contractor may
make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price
Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of
such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment
with respect to any otheritem of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled
to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner
believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree
as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, the Owner endeavors
to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is
expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not all unit
quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract
unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result
in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract
Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid.
12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME
The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written
Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on
written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Engineer
promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to
the claim and stating the general nature of thedaim. Notice of the extent of the claim with
supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless Engineer
allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and
shallbe accompanied by the claimant's written statementthat the adjustment claimed is the entire
adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence
of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be determined
by Engineer. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid ifnot
submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph.
All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement.
SectionIII.doc
27
Revised: 9/26/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time
(or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones)
may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made
therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the
Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by
Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the
article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God.
Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be
delays within the control of Contractor.
Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times
(or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both Owner and Contractor, an extension of
the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be
Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall Owner be liable to
Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee
or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or
within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but
not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility
owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other
Work.
13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR
ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION
Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required
inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to
facilitate required inspections or tests.
Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform
all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these
inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in
the Contract. Documents.
If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (orpart thereof)
specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such
public body including all City Building Departments and City Utility Departments, Contractor
shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals,
pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection
or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, City permit and impact fees will
be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all
costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's
acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix
designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for
incorporation of the Work.
If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by
Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be
uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at
SectionIlLdoc
28
Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention
to cover the same and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such
notice.
13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK
If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it must, if requested by
Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer's observat~on and replaced at Contractor's expense.
If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or
inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer's request, shall uncover, expose or
otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer may require, that
portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is
found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages
caused by, arising out.. of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection
and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all
costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate
decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to
agree as to the amount thereof, may make a c1aimtherefore as provided in the article for Change
in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be
allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract' Time (or Milestones),
or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing,
replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent
thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract
Price and Change of Contract Time.
13.3 ENGINEER MAY STOP THE WORK
If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable
materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed
Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer may order Contractor to stop the Work,
or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of
Engineer to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Engineer or Owner to
exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Engineer stops
Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or
increase in Contract Price.
13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If required by Engineer, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work,
whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer,
remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all
claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal
(including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others).
13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD
If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may
be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee
required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any
Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in
SectionIlI.doc
29
Revised: 9/26/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IaI
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section II1- General Conditions
accordance with Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been
rejected by Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii)
satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others
resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions,
or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the
defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs,
losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not
limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor.
In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continupusservice
before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from
an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written
Amendment.
Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected,
removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such
Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and
replacement has been satisfactorily completed.
13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If, instead of requiring correction or removal and. replacement of defective Work, Owner prefers
to accept it, Owner may do so.
Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to Owner's evaluation of
and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to
reasonableness). If any such acceptance occurs prior to Engineer's recommendation of final
payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract
Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an. appropriate decrease in
the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may
make a claim. therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance
occurs after the Engineer's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid
by Contractor to Owner.
13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK
If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct
defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineerin accordance
with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any
other provision of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven days' written notice to
Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under
this paragraph Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such, corrective and,
remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession. of all
or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take possession of
Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site, and incorporate
in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which Owner has paid
Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's
representatives, agents and employees, Owner's other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer's
Consultants access to the site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this
paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising
SectionlII.doc
30
Revised: 9/26/2007
Section 1I1- General Conditions
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
such rights and .remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued
incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and
Owner shall be entitled to -an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are
unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the
article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not
be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by
correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be
allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the
performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies
hereunder.
14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units
completed.
14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT
Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Engineer for review an
Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering theW ork completed as of
the 25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the
Engineer and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,
payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment
will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials,
labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount of each Application
for Payment for the total of all Work completed to date will be held until final completion and
acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be
construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract.
In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Engineer may require the
Contractor to produce for the Owner, within fifteen days of the approval of any progress
payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have been paid
any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required
herein shall result in further progress or partial. payments being withheld until. the report is
provided.
14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE
Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by
any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Projector not, will pass to Owner no
later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the W orkshall
be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a
conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller.
Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies. used by him in the Work,
free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner
harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers,
workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment,
power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract.
Contractor shall at Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the
nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do
so, then Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid
SectionlILdoc 31 Revised: 9/26/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
bills, of which Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation
a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until
satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon
payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no
event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon Owner to
the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, Owner shall be
deemed the agent of Contractor and. any payment so made by Owner shall be considered as
payment made under the Contract by Owner to Contractor, and Owner shall not be liable to
Contractor for any such payment made in good faith.
14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS
Engineer will within twenty days after receipt of each Application for payment, either indicate a
recommendation of payment and present Application to Owner, or return the Application to
Contractor indicating Engineer's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case,
Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Engineer may
refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to the Owner. Engineer may also
refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the
results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to
such extent as may be necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect Owner from loss because: (i)
the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or
replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii)
Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Engineer has
actual.. knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated. in the article on Suspension
of Work and Termination.
Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended. by the Engineer because:
(i) claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing
of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in .connection with the Work, except where Contractor has
delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such
Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended, or
(iv) Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner
shall give Contractor immediate notice of refusal to pay with a copy to the Engineer, stating the
reasons for such actions, and the Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld,
or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to
Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such.action.
14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION
Use by Owner at Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has
specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer and Contractor
agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner
for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the
remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject
to the following:
Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to use any such part of the
Work which Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If
Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to
Owner and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Engineer to
issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time
SectionlII.doc
32
Revised: 9/26/2007
SectionIIl.doc
33
Revised: 9/26/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section II1- General Conditions
may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of theW ork
ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate
of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such
request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to
determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be
substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons
therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions
of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to
certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility
in respect thereof and access thereto.
14.5 FINAL INSPECTION
Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire . Work or an agreed portion thereof is
complete, Engineer will make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify
Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is
incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to
complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies.
14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Engineer and has
delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions,
schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the
paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents as
may be required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make
application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final
Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (I) all
documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of
insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, (ii) consent of the surety, if any or if
necessary, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers
(satisfactory to Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filedin connection with the Work. In lieu of
such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or
releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor,
services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, .and (ii) all payrolls, material
and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner or
Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any
Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish
a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemrlify Owner against any Lien.
Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all
surplus and discarded. materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an
acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the
prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition.
14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if
Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment
and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the
balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section II1- General Conditions
to. be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage
stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for
Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that
portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Engineer
with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and
conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of
~~. .
If on the basis of Engineer's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection,
llnd Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation,
all as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has.. been
completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled,
Engineer will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to
Owner for payment. Thereupon Engineer will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that
the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Engineer will return
the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final
payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the
Application. .If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form... and
substance, Owner shall, within sixty-five days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount
recommended by Engineer.
14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS
The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by Owner
against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing
after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any
special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the
Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against Owner other. than those
previously made in writing and still unsettled.
15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK
At any time and without cause, Engineer may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a
period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on
which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor
shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or
both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim
therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time.
15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE
Upon the occurrence of anyone or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails
to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to,
failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere
to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time);
if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
if Contractor disregards the authority of Engineer;
SectionIII.doc
34
Ftevised: 9/26/2007
SectionIlI.doc
35
Revised: 9/26/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
if Contractor otherwise. violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract
Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this
Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of Owner, or
if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as
herein specified, or at any time Engineer certifies in writing to Owner that the rate of
progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part
thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed.
Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the
extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude
Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools,
appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent
they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion),
incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which Owner has
paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as Owner may deem
expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the
Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and
damages sustained by Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the - Work such excess
will be paid to Contractor.
If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the
difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed
by Engineer as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Engineer incorporated in a
Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph Owner
shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed.
Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect
any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue.
Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from
liability.
Upon seven days' written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and
without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In
such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items):
for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract
Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable
sums for overhead and profit on such Work;
for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services
and furnishing-labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in
connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and
profit on such expenses;
for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts
with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly
attributable to termination.
Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other
economic loss arising out of or resulting :from such termination.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE
If, through, no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety
days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or Engineer fails to act on
any Application for Payment within sixty days after it is submitted or Owner fails for sixty days
to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days'
written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such
suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from Owner
payment on the same terms as provided in the article for Owner May Terminate. However, if the
Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of the Owner, the Contractor. shall
not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement
and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an
Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for thirty
days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven day's
written notice to Owner and Engineer stop the Work until payment of all such amounts. gue
Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making
claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise
for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this
article.
16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION
If and to the extent that. Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for
resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution
method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for
resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on
Disputes, Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise
have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute
provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding
arbitration.
17 MISCELLANEOUS
17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS
The form of all submittals, notices, change orders and other documents permitted or required to
be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Engineer
subject to the approval of the Owner.
17.2 GIVING NOTICE
Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice
will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member
of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of
the notice.
17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM
Should Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error,
omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents
SectionlII.doc
36
Revised: 9/26/2007
SectionlII.doc
37
Revised: 9/2612007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the
other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The
provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the
provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose.
17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED
Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in
each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other
professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs.
17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT
The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without
the approval of the Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived. its
rights to notice of assignment.
17.6 RENEWAL OPTION
Annual Contracts issued. through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two.(2)
years, upon mutual consent of both the City and the ContractorN endor. All terms, conditions
and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or
in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the City, and must be
agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds,
and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Engineering
Department.
SECTION IV
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION IV
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Table of Contents:
SECTION IV.. .............. ................ ........ ....... .................. ....... ....... ... ......... ......... ......... ... ......... ......... .,,' i
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS............... ........... .............. ......... .............................................. i
1 SCO PE OF W 0 RK.......................................-.................................................................... 1
1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION ............................................................... ................ ........... ....... 1
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST ......................................................................... ......... 4
2 LINE, GRADE AND RECORD DRAWINGS................................................................6
2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR ............... 6
2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY....................;............ 6
3 D EFINITI ON 0 F TERMS ............................................................................. ............... ... 6
4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK ................................................................ 7
5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK ..........................................................7
6 CON eRE TE .............. .......... ..... ...... ......... ....... ............. ........... .... ..... ..... ..... ...... ...... ........ .... 8
7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK.......................................... 9
7 .1 EXCAVATION ........ .................. ................................ .......... ............... ......... ... ... .............. 9
7.2 FORMS....................................... .................................................................................... 9
8 RE INFO R CEMENT......... ...... ........ ........ ... ...... ..... ........... ......... ... ...'... ......... ..... ... .'. ....'.... ..'... ' 9
8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT ...,...... ................... .,........ ..........,............. ..... ..........,:.......,.... ....... 9
9 0 BSTR U CTI 0 NS ............... ..... ..........................................................................'...... ....,..... ,9
10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS
AND STREET PAVEMENT ..................................................... ..................................... 10
11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS .................................................................10
12 DEW A TE RING ......... ....... ...... .... ... ........ ..... ...... ................ ....... ......... ......... ....... .......... ..... .11
13 SANITARY MANHOLES ....... ........................... ......................... ... .....~........... ....... .........11
13.1 BUILT UP TYPE ................................................... .......... ............................................ ..11
13.2 PRECAST TYPE.... .................... ....................... ......... ............. ..... ................................. 12
13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) ........................................ 12
13.3 DROP MANHOLES ..................................................................................................... 13
13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS .......... .......... ..................... ................ ......... .................... ...... 13
13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS ........... .................... ............ ......... ......... ...... ............... ........ .... 13
13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES... ....................... ........ ........ ............. ...................... 13
14 B A C KFIL L.................. ................ ......... ... ......... .......... .................... ......... ......... ............... 13
15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. ....................................................................................... 14
16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE
STRUCTURES .......... ............... ....................... ............. ........... .............................. .......... 14
SectionIV.doc
Revised: 5111/2005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT.... ....................................;..... ..... ............... ......... ...... ......... ....... 14
17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL .REMOVAL ...................................................................... 14
17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ....................................................................................... 14
17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT .................................................................................................14
18 UND ERD RAINS ..................................................... ........................................................ 14
18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT...................................................................................... 15
18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................;................ 15
19 STORM SEWERS ... ............. ................ ............................... .............. .................. ......... .... 15
19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION. ........ ....................... ............ ......... .......... ............ .............. 15
19.2 TESTING ....... '" ............. .......................;..........;................. ...............; ...............;........... 16
19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT. ........................... ................. ....................... ............ ............. ..... 16
20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS.............................................................. 16
20.1 MATERIALS ........... ..... ....................... ................ ...... ........................; ..... ....... ..... ......... 16
20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE........................................................................................ 16
20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ....................................................................................... ...... 16
20.2 INSTALLATION ........ ........................... ...;........ ..... .................. ... ... .... ...... ....... ............. 17
20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE........ ....................:.............................. ............................. 17
20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ....................... ........................................................................ 17
20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS.... ..... ............ .............. .......... ........ ...... ....... .... ........ ...... ..... ...... 17
20.4 TESTING .......... ...... ........... ............ ...... ...... .... ........ ... ... .................. .............;. ..... ........... 17
20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS ........................................................................ 17
20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAfNS.............................................................................. 18
20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............. ........ ..... .................. ........... ................. .......... ......... ...... 18
20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE................................... ....................................... .;....; ....... 18
20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ....... ............. ........................ .-..........:..................................... 18
21 DRAINAGE ..................... ......... .......... ..................... ........ ............................... ..... .............. 18
22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE .........................................~................................ 18
22.1 BASE.........................................................;............................................. ..................... 18
22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE ...................20
22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE............................... 20
22.2 SUB GRADE ..... ......,....,............. ..... ...... .................:.... ........ ....... ;..... ................. ............ 20 '
22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT..................................................;. .... '" ... ... ......... ...... 21
22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT. ............... ........................ ........ ............;..;...;;...;........ ........... 21
23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS ................................................................... 21
23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE....... ........ ....................... ........... .............. ............... ............. 21
23.1.1 AGGREGATE....................... ................................................................................. 21
23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS.................................. ............................................... 21
23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT &
QUALITY ASSURANCE.... ........... .......... ............... .......... .......................................... 21
23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES.................................................................... 22
23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS............................... 22
23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS .................................................... 23
23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION .......... ............. ....................................... 23
SectionIV.doc
II
Revised: 5/1 112005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
23.6.1 CRA CKS..................................... ..... ...................................................................... 23
23.6.2 POTHOLES.................................. .................. ....................................................... 24
23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES ...............................................................................24-
23 .8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS.................................. .............. ............ 24-
23.9 SUPERP AVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE... .......................... ........................................25
23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................... .......................... ......... 25
23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 26
24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT ..............;.~.................. 26
25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................. 26
25.1 IRRIGATION.. ........................................... ......... ............... ...................................... ..... 26
25.1.1 DESCRIPTION ..................................................................................................... 26
25.1.2 PRODUCTS ........... ................. ;............ ..... ............ ........... ................ ..... ................ 28
25.1.3 EXECUTION.... ..... ....... .......... ........ ............... ..... ............. ................. .................... 32
25.2 LANDSCAPE ... .................. ..... .................... ........ ......................................................... 35
25.2.1 GENERAL.. ... .. .. .., . . ..... . .... . .... .:........:....... .... ... ......... ..... . ... ......... ......... ... ...... .. .... .. ~. 35
25.2.2 PRODUCTS ......... ...... ..... ..... ... ....................... ..... .............. ...... ..... ...... ... .......... ...... 40
25.2.3 EXECUTION......... .... ...... .......... ................. ..... ........ .... ........ ..... ..... ....... ... ... ..... ..... 43
26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING................................................... 50
26.1 INTENT.... ............................ ......... .............. .......... ...;................................................... 50
26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY ........................ 50
26.3 MATERIALS.... ................ .............. ........ ..... .................... ................... ............... ......... '" 50
26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION ................................................................... 51
26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION ................................................ ............ ................. .......... 51
26.6 LINER INSTALLATION ... ..................... ................ .... ... ................. ..................... .........52
26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION .............................. ................... ....................... ............. 52
26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ...........................................................-.............................. 52.
26.9 PAYMENT. ....... .......... ...... ....... ....... ........... ....... ..... .............. ..... ........ ............ ... ............. 52
27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS ................................................. ....... ................................... 52
27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT. ............................................................. .......................... 53
27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT .. ..................................... ................... .......... ................ ..... ........ 53
28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS ................................ 53
2 9 CON CRETE CURBS ...... ................. ..................................... ....... .......................... ........ 53
29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT............................................. ........ .................... ........ ..... 53
29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT .... ................ .................. .......... .......... ........... ..... ................. ...... 53
30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS...~..................................................... 54
30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS..... ...... ............. ........... ..... ................. ................. ................ 54
30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS .........:.................. .......................... ....................... ............ 54
30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT........................... ................ ....... ....... ........ ......... ..... ....... 54
30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................... .... ............................. .................. ............. .......... .... 54
31 SODDING ...... ........... ........................................... ................... ..... ............................ .... .... 54
32 SEED IN G................. ............ ................... ....................... ......... ........ ........................ ......... 55
SectionlV.doc
JII
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section IV- Technical Specifications
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM
S TR U CTURES ......... ......... .... .... ........ .......... ....... ......... ................................ ................. ................ ..... ........... 55
33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES ............................. ......... .................................. ........ 55
33.2 PRECAST TYPE .... ....................................................... ........ ... ........... ........ .... ... .......... 56
33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............ ............... ................... ....... ............................. ... ............ 56
34 MATE RIAL US ED ............ ......... ....................... ... ..... ....... ..... ......... ....... ....... ......... ........... ......................... ......... ,56
35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ...................................... 56
36 STREET SIGNS .................................................................... ....... .................................... 5(i
37 A UDI ONID EO TAPE OF WORK AREAS ................................................................. 57
37.1 AUDIONIDEO TAPE OF WORK AREA SHALL BE PREPARED BYTHE CITY 57
37.2 AUDIONIDEO TAPE OF ALL WORK AREAS SHALL BE PREPARED BYTHE
CONTRACTOR..................... .................... .................................................................. 57
37.2.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE......................................... 57
37.2.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE........................................................... 57
37.2.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS .................................................................57
37.2.4 EQUIPMENT........ ........ .............. .......... ................................................................ 57
37.2.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO................................................................ 57
37.2.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO ................................................................. 57
37.2. 7 VIEWER ORIENTATION...... ........ .............. ..................................................... ..... 58
37.2.8 LIGHTING.. ............... ....................... ...................................... ............................... 58
37.2.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL ............. .............................. ..... ............................................. 58
37.2.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX.............. ...... ......... .......... ... ........... ........................... ............. 58
37.2.11 AREA OF COVERAGE... .................. ............... .......... ........................................... 58
37.2.12. COSTS OF VIDEO SER VICES................ ..... ......................................... .......... ..... 59
38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL ....................~~........................~.................... 59
38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS................................................................. 59
38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES ............................. 59
38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SySTEMS.................................... 59
38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES...... .... ....... ............ .... ..... ........ :............. ...... ....... 59
38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS. ........... ....... ...... ......... .......... .......... ............. ...... ...... ........ 59
38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES ...................... 60
38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS .................................................................... 60
38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION .......................................................60 .
38.9 MAINTENANCE..................... ........... ..... ......... .................. ......................................... 60
38.10 COMPLIANCE... ..................... ..... ..... ......... ................ ....... ............. ................ ........ ...... 60
39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING................................................................. 64
40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE.................... 64
41 WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES ................................................................ 65
41.1 SCOPE .... ............................. ............... ............. ............................ .......... ....................... 65
41.2 MATERIALS ...... ...... .......... ..... ..... ...... ...... ................................................ ............. ....... 65
41.2.1 GENERAL. ..:.............. ..... ....... ............. ................ ......... ... ..... ....... ......... ......... .... .... 65
41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS.........................................................:........... 65
41.2.3 GATE VALVES............. ........ ........... .................... ... ... ............ ......... ........... ..... ....... 67
SectionIV.doc
IV
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
41.2.4 VAL"VE BOXES...... ............................................ ...... .............................. ....... .... ...... 67
41.2.5 HyDRANTS...................... ..................................................................................... 67
41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES...... ....... ................... ...... ........ .................. ................ ............. 68
41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS................................................;................. 69
41.2.8 BA CKFLO W PRE VENTERS ....... ...................................... ....... ................. .... ....... 69
41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES ...... ....... ........................ .... ....................... ........ .......... ........... 70
41.2.10 BLO W OFF HYDRANTS ....... ......... .......... ..... .... ..... ........... ......... .;........ ................ 70
41.3 CONSTRUCTION......... .~........... ...... ...... ...................................................................... 70
41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING..... .... .... ................ ......... ................... ........ ................. ..... 70
41.3.2 PIPE LAYING .... ...... ........ ................ .......... ......................... .......... ................... ..... 70
41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTSAND FITTINGS......................................,.. 72
41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES ............................................................... 72
41.4 TESTS.....................;................. .....................................................................~....... ....... 73
41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS... .... ..... ............... .......... .................... .................. .............. 71
41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST......... .......... ................. ..... .... .............. ..... ....... ............. ............ 71
41.5 STERILIZATION ...... ........................... .................................................... ..... ............... 73
41.5; 1 STERILIZING A GENT........ ........ ................ ......... ......... ........... ..... .... ....... ............. 73
41.5.2 FLUSHING SySTEM..... .......... ......................... .......... .......... ........... .......... ........... 73
41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE ....... ............... .................. ...................... ............ 73
41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS.. ..... ......... ........... ........................... .... .................. 73
41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS ..;........................................................................................... 74
41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ........................................................................... 74
41.6.1 GENERAL ........... ...... ..... ..... ..... ....................... ........ ..... ....... ............... .;.. ...,;.: ...:.... 74
41.6.2 FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS........................................................... 75
41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS ................................................................... 75
41.6.4 FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VAL"VES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND
CO "VERS.. .. ........... ............... ....... ......... ........... ..... ........ .......................... ........ ........ 75
41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS...................................;:.................. 75
42 GAS. SYSTEM SPECIFI CATIONS ............................................................................... 76
43 TENNIS COURTS ............. ................................. .................................... ........................ 76
43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS .......................................................................................... 76
43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS............. ...... ......... ............. ....... ........................................ ..... 76
43.1.2 BASE COURSE..;. ......... ........... ......................... .......... .......................................... 76
43.1.3 PRIME COAT ............................... ..... .......... ..... ................. ............;...................... 76
43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE.. ........ ........... .... ............ ... .................................................. ... 76
43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE ........................ ......... ............................... .....;............ ........... 76
43.1.6 COLOR COAT.................... ........... ..................... ................ .....;............................ 77
43 .2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS ..... ....... ......................... ........ ................. ........... ...... ............. 78
43.2.1 GENERAL.................. ..............................._................ ........................................... 78
43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION..... ........... ......... ............ ......... ..... .............................. ........... 79
43.2.3 SLOPE................ ..... ....... ............... .............................. .......................................... 79
43.2.4 BASE CONSTR UCTION.................... ...... .................. ........................................... 80
43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING.. .................... ............... .............................. .................... 80
43.2.6 SURFA CE COURSE...... ...... ...... ................. ......... ..... ........... ....................... .......... 80
43.2. 7 ROOT BARRIER......... ....... ........ ................. ...... ..... ...................... ...................... .., 80
43.2.8 FENCING..... ..................... ................................................................................... 81
43.2.9 WINDSCREENS.................................................. ................................................... 81
SectionlV.doc
Revised: 5/1l!2005
v
Section IV - Technical Specifications
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT....... .... ...... ................. ..... ........ ................ ....... .................... 81
43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE.......... ...... ;............................ ... ............ ...... ...;.......... ..... ...... 83
43.2.12 WATER SOURCE {Potable)................................................................................._ 83
43.2.13 CONCRETE... ... ........... ........ ...... ............... ................. ....... .......... ......; ............. ...... 83
43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING...............................;................. 83
43.2.15 WATER COOLER......... ......... ..... ...... ....... .... ........ .... .................... ..... ............ ......... 84
43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION......... .......... ....................... ....... ................... .............. ............ 84
43.2.17 WARRANTY.................. ............... ...................................... ......... ....... ................ .;.. 84
44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ......................................................................... 85
44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ......... 85
44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ..............................................................85
44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY........ .:. .......... ......... ................. ......H................................... 85
44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES................ ....;... ;............... ................. ........ ...... 86
44.3.1 ALL ROAD WAyS......... ..... .......... ................ ........... .... ........ ....;........ ................ ....... 86
44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS................. 86
44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS......................................................... 86
44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS............. ..................................... ............................................ 86
44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN................................... 87
44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIGCONTROL OPERATION.................... 87
44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ............................................. 87
44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIGCONTROL SUPERVISOR............ 87
45 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING.............................................................................. .88
45.1 INTENT ........... ..... ... ............. ... ..... ..... ............... ... ......... ..........;...... ..... ..... ..... .......... ...... 88
45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITy........................ 88
45.3 MATERIALS ........... ..................... ............ ............. ........... .... ......... ...... ......................... 88
45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE. PREPARATION....... ,.."... ...,..... ""'. .......... ..... ........ .......... ....... 88
45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION........ ................. ....... ........... ...................... ...................... 89
45.6 LINER INSTALLATION ... ...................... ............. ........... ............. ......... ............. ......... 89
45.7 . LATERAL RECONNECTION ............. .... ........................................................ ............ 89
45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ........ ............... .................... ............................................ 89
45.9 . PAyMENT..................... ............ .................. .... ...... ................ ......... ............... ........ ....... 90
46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING..................................... 90
46.1 MATERIALS............... ................... ...... ................................... ....... .............................. 90
46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS. ....... ..................... ....... ..... ....................... ......... ..... ........ .....90
46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL............................. ........................ ..................... ................. 90
46.1. 3 SAMPLES.................................................................... .......................................... 90
46.1.4 REJECTION... ... ......... ..... ............... ......... ......... ....................... ... ....... ............. ......~ 91
46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS ............................. ..............................;................. ........................ 91
46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES...... ....... ............. .................. ......... ................... ......... 91
46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE................................................ ................... ........................ 91
46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS.................................................................... 91
'46.3. 3 PIPE JOINING............................................................ ......................................... 91
46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE........................ ..... ..... ...... ................ ...... .......... ..... 91
46.4 SLIP LINING PROCEDURE........................................................................................ 91
46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS...................................................... 91
46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION......... ...... .......... ....... ........ ..... .......... ................ .... 92
SectionlV.doc
VI
Revised: 5/1112005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifi~tions
46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS .......................................................... 92
46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE liNER............................... ......................................... ........ 92
46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES ...................................................................... 93
46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED................................................ 93
46.4.7 BACKFILliNG ..................................................................................................... 93
46.4.8 POINT REPAIR .......... ................ ............................................ .... ....... ................ .... 93
46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS ...........,.......;....... ................... ...... ........... ..... ......... ...... 93
47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE...................... 93
47.1 SCOPE..................;....................................................................................................... 93
47.2 MATERIALS........................... ........... ..... ..................... ................................................ 94
47.3 PIPE.................................................. ............................ .................. .............................. 94
47.4 JOINING SYSTEM ................................................. ............. .... ..... .......... ..... ........i.. ..... 94
47.5 FITTINGS...................................... ...... ..... ................... ...... ........... ................................ 94
48 G UNITE S PECIFI CA TI 0 NS. ... ........... ...... .........~... .......... ... ...... ........ .... ..... ....... ....... ..... 94
48; 1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT ............................................................... ................. 94
48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE................. 94
48.3 COMPOSITION......... .................................... .... ....... ................................................... 95
48 .4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS ................ ........................ .......................................... 95
48.5 MATERIALS........................................................................................... ..;................,. 95
48 .6 WATER. ......................................... ...... .......... ............................................................... 95
48.7 REINFORCEMENT .............. .......................................... ........... ............. .... ................. 95
48.8 STORAGE .OF MATERIALS ........................ ........... .................. ....... ...... .... ................ .96
48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION .................................... ..................... .................... ........ .... 96
48.10 PROPORTIONING..... ..................... ........................ ........................... ...... .... ................ 96
48 .11 MIXING................................................................ ............... . .... .. ...... .. .................. ........ 96
48.12 APPLICATION.. .... .... ................ .................. ..... ......... .... ....... ........... ............. .... ............ 97
48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS... ........ .... ........ ................... ............... ...... .......................... 97
48.14 SURFACE FINISH. ............ ........... ............................. ...................... ................ ....... ..... 97
48.15 CURING................................. .............................. ........................................................ 98
48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION ..................................................................... 98
48.17 INSPECTION.... ..................... ...... ...................... :......... ......... ........................... ............ 98
48.18 EQUIPMENT... ...... ...... ................. ............................................... .... ............ ................ 98
49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION ........................... 99
49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT.. ....................... ....... ................. ........ ................ ........ ........... ..... 99
49 .2 PAYMENT .................. ................ .................. ............. ............................ i...... .... i............ 99
49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS .... ................................. ...... ............. ......i....... ...... 99
49.3.1 MATERIALS.............. ......... .................. ..... ........ ................. ................................... 99
49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION ....................... ........................................... 100
49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM .............................................. 100
49.4.1 MATERIALS.......................................... ..................... ....................... .................. 101
49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL...... .......... ............................. ................. ........... ..... ........ 101
49.6 GROUTING MIX.. ......... ............ ....... .............. .............. ............. ............ .............. ...... 101
49.7 LINER MIX................... ............................................................................................. 101
49. 8 WATER. ...... ........... .......... ........... ....... ............................. ..................... .......... ...... ~...... 102
49.9 OTHER MATERIALS. .......... .......................... ................ ........................................... 102
49.10 EQUIPMENT........ ....... ........ .......... ....................... ....... ...... ................................ ........ 102
SectionIV.doc
vii
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION ....................................................................... 103
49.11.1 PREPARATION.... ....... ................. ............ ....... ........... ......... .............. ...... ............ 103
49.11.2 MIXING.................. ........ ............... ........ ............... ..................... .... ............ .:.... .... 103
49.11.3 SPRAYING.. ................... ..:...... ...... ..... ..... ........ ........ ............. .............. ................. 103
49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING.. ..... ...... ....:........... ......... ....... ...................... ........:........ ..... 104-
49.11.5 CURING............. ...... ....... ...... ...... ............ ................... ........... ..~......... ...~.. ............ 104-
49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE ...................................................... 104-
49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM ....... 104
49.12.1 SCOPE........... ............................... ............................. ....... ........... ..... ............. ...... 104
49.12.2 MATERIALS..... ......................................... ................. ..... .............. ........ .............. 104
49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION ....... ...................................... ................:.... 107
50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS .......................................................................... 10~
50.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE ..... ..................... ...... .................................... ..............;......... 109
50.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE..........................,.................... 109
50.3 FIXED SIGN .............................................................................................................. 109
50.4 PORTABLE SIGNS. ............................ ............ ................ ............ ...... ...... ..... .............. 109
50.5 SIGN COLORING..... ............ ............ ....................... ......................... ........ ... ......... ..... .109
50.6 SIGN PLACEMENT ....... ..... ............... ................ ............. .............. ................. ;....... ....11 0
50.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE ......... .......... ...... ........ ............. ............ ....... .............................11 0
50.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN ....... ........................................ ............... ......... ................ ..11 0
51 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM .............................................................110
51.1 SCOPE..................................... ;.......................................... ......................................... .11 0
51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS..... ....... ........ ............ ............ ............. ........................ .....111
51.2.1 . ASPHALT........................................... .................................. .......... ...................... 111
51.2.2 CONCRETE............................................................................................. ............ 111 -
. 51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX............................................................................ 111
. -
51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT.......................................................... 111
51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE...........................................................lll
51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION .....................................................................................112
51.6 PLAYING LINES............................... ............................................... ................... .......112
51.7 GENERAL............ ........ ........................ ........................ ........ ........ ..... ......................... .112
51.8 LIMITATIONS......... ...... ................ ................................... ............ ............ .......... ....... ..112
52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION ..........................113
52.1 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION PERFORMED BY CITY............................................I13
52.2 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR ..........................113
53 GABI 0 NS AND MATTRESSES ..................................................................................114
53.1 MATERIAL .................................... ............ ............................................ .................. ...114
53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL................................................ ...114
53.1.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: ...............................................117
53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE............ ...........................;............ ................................ ......... ...117
53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC.... ...... ......... .......... ............. ............ .~.................. ............. .117
53.2 PERFORMANCE.......... ...................... .......................... .:.................... ....................... .117
54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS ...........................................................118
54.1 SCOPE.................. ...................... .................... ............................................................ .118
SectionlV.doc
viii
Revised: 5/1112005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
/1
~l
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK................................................... ......................................119
54.3 WORK METHODS .............. ................................................;......................................119
54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING ............... ... .......... ..... ....... ........... ...... .... .......... .119
54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT ............................................................................119
54.4 LITTER......................................... .... .... ................... ............................... .................... .119
54.5 VISUAL CHECK ............................. ..................... ....... .................................. .............119
54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING ...........................................................119
54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.)..... 120
54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL ................................................. ... .... ... ........ ..................... .......... 120
54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL... ........................................ .... ..... ..... ..... ........................ ...... .... 120
54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY. ..... .......................................... ..... ....................................... 120
54~ 11 PLANT FERTILIZATION............... ................... ............ ................ ......... ................... 120
54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA......................................................... 120
54.13 MULCH CONDITION .............................................................. ........... .................. .... 120
54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR .................................................................... 121
54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL..................................................... 121
54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION .............................. ............. ................................................. .121
54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION ................................................ ..... .............. ..............;.......... 121
54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE....................... ...... ............... ............................ ......................... 121
54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK ....................................................................................... 121
54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL ......................... ......... ........... ................................. 122
54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS ........ .................. ............ .......... .......... .............. ........... ........ 122
S5 MILLING 0 PERATI 0 NS ..... ....... ................................................ ............... ......... ........ 122
55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE...................................... 122
55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS .......................................................... 122
55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS ....... ....................... ........ ............ ..... ........ ............ ...... 123
55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS .... .......;..... ............................. ..... ... ..... .;........ ..........;...-.. 123
55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES .................. 123
55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES ............................................................ 124
55.7 TYPES OF MILLING..... ............. .......................... ......... ........ ......... ....... ........... ........ 124
55 .8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS ...................... ............ .......... .......... ........... ............. 124
55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...... ................................... ................. ....... ........ ....... .... 124
55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT ......... ............................................... ................. ...................... 124
56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING ................................................................................... 124
56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ........... ....... ................ ....... ......... ........... ............ ........... 125
56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............ ......... ..........;...... ....... ................. ............ .............. ......... 125
57 RlPRAP ..... ..... ................. ...................... ... .......... .... .................. ... ...... ............................ 125
57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 125
57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ...... ........ ............... ................. ......................... ............ ............ 125
58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY ................................................................................ 125
58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL ......... ................ ......... ....... .......... ................... ............. .......... 125
58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING ................................................................ 126
59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS........................................... 126
59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT....................................................... 126
SectionIV.doc
Revised: 5/11/2005
IX
Section IV - Technical Specifications
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
,
L
I
I
I
I
I
60' SI GNIN G AND MARKING................................................................ ......................... 12Ci
60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAyMENT....................................................... 127
61 ROADWAY LI GHTIN G............. .............. ....... ...... ....................................................... 127
61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAyMENT....................................................... 127
62 TREE PROTECTION .......... ........................................ ............. ............... .................... 127
'62.1 TREE BARRICADES ....... .............. ...........,......... ........ ..... ......,........ ...... .............. ...... 127
62.2 ROOT PRUNING .... .......... ........ ...... ......... ................ ............ ............. ......................... 128
62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING ..... .......... ...................... ................. ..... .......... ...... ............. 129
63 PROJECT -WEB PAGES .................................... ....... ................... ....... .....,.....~..,... ......... 129
63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN ....................... .... .................,....... ................ ...... ..... ........ ........ 129
63,2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES ........................................ ................... .......... 130
63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE..........................................,............ 130
63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS ............ ............. ........... .... ....... .......................... ....... ........... 130
63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS ........... .............. ........ ....... ................ ........... ..... ....,. ............. 130
63.6 POSTING ............................... ....... .... ........ ... .... ..... ...... ............. ................... ................ .130
63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES .............. ................. ............ ........ .......,. ...... .......................... 130
SectionIV.doc
x
Revised: 5111/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
1 SCOPE OF WORK
1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION
Project Name: STATION SQUARE PARK - 612 Cleveland Street
Project Number: 08-0007-EN
Scope of Work: The work to be performed under this contract shall be the construction of a new,
approximate twenty-four thousand square foot (24,000 S.F.) urban park known as Station Square
Park. This proposed urban park is located at 612 Cleveland Street in downtown Clearwater,
Florida. The work shall include, but not be limited to demolition, earthwork, grading, decorative
paving, curbing, drainage, utilities, electrical and lighting, gas system, site furnishing, special
features, . landscaping and irrigation together with all necessary appurtenances including all. plant,
labor, equipment and materials, to City Standards as shown on drawings prepared for the City of
Clearwater by Bellomo-Herbert & Company. Inc. numbered 08-0007-EN. The intent and expressed
purpose of these plans and specifications is to provide a finished product that exactly matches the
texture, fit and finish of the recently completed Cleveland Street Streetscape project.
GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR ALL WORK
PAY ITEMS - Payment items are contained in the proposal for demolition, earthwork, grading,
lighting, drainage, utilities, hardscape, site amenities, landscape and irrigation. Work for which a
specific pay item is not provided should be included in the most appropriate pay item given.
AWARD OF CONTRACT - The award of contract will be made to the Contractor with the
lowest overall price combination to accomplish all of the proposed work in the best interest of
the City of Clearwater.
SURVEY STAKE OUT - Engineering Division personnel will provide the Contractor with
vertical and horizontal survey reference control points. The Contractor shall then set his own
batter boards or controls for the complete construction stake out of the park and associated site
work.
OVERTIME INSPECTION - Contractor shall note that Construction Services does not have
sufficient funding to allow for normal overtime inspection. If required, . the Contractor wilrbe
charged $40.00 per hour for construction inspection. Contractor is encouraged to accomplish
work which requires immediate inspection during normal work hours. Contractor may work on
items, which do not require immediate inspection at his discretion.
CITY CONTACT PERSON - For any technical information needed prior to construction,
contract Mr. Timothy Kurtz, ASLA, Senior Landscape Architect at (727) 562-4737.
SectionIV.doc
Page I
Revised: 5/ 1112005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PROTECTION OF EXISTING PROPERTY. If adjacent property is affected .or endangered
by any work done under this contract, it shall be the responsibility of the Contrac~or to take
whatever steps are necessary to protect the adjacent property and notify the Construction
Inspector.
UTILITY LOCATIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS - All underground utilities shall be
located by the Contractor prior to construction. Relocation of utilities, if necessary, will be made
by others. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to verify existing dimensions,
elevations, site utilities and conditions at the site before proceeding with building construction.
NOTICE. TO PROCEED - Notice to Proceed will be given as soon as possible after the award
of contract and the scheduling of a pre-construction conference.
.PROGRESS MEETINGS. The Contractor shall note. that the Construction Manager may
conduct weekly progress meetings during construction operations. The Contractor is cautioned
to accept direction only from the Construction Manager, particularly where the Contractor may
expect additional contract costs.
PAVEMENT DAMAGE - Any asphaltic concrete pavement that is damaged due to construction
activities shall be repaired per City Specifications.
SHOP DRAWINGS - Shop Drawing submittals for construction materials are required for this
project.
BUILDERS RISK - The Contractor shall note in the contract that the City of Clearwater does not
accept any builders' risk during the construction period.
STAGING AREA: A stor~ge/staging area will be available to the Contractor near the project site.
Contractor shall restore storage/staging areas to original condition. .
RECORD DRAWINGS- Prior to final payment, the Contractor shall provide a set of marked,.
reproducible "record". mylar construction drawings for all site work. The City shall provide the
mylar of the site plan. If the drawings are made on Auto-CAD or other electronic drafting system
then the City will require a computer disc and paper copy of record drawing.
SAFETY - The Contractor is to take any and every step necessary to protect the work, the workers
and the public from harm during the progress of the work. This is of particular importance in as
much as the construction site is in downtown Clearwater with high volume pedestrian traffic.
SectionIV.doc
Page 2
Revised: 5/1112005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
-J
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
PROJECT SIGN - A Project sign is required on this project.
form for installation and maintenance of the project sign.
description and requirements of project sign.
An item is included in the proposal
See Technical Specifications for
PERMITS AND PERMIT FEES- The Contractor shall obtain "no fee" City of Clearwater
Building permits and City of Clearwater Clearing and Grubbing permit prior to construction
commencement. Applications for the various permits shall be coordinated by the Contractor and
submitted as soon as possible after the award of contract so that the permits may be obtained as
soon as possible. Necessary drawings will be provided for the Contractor's use. City Development
impact fees and permit fees, where applicable, will be paid by the City of Clearwater.
UTILITY WORK - Construct on site storm sewer, water service lines, electrical and lighting
systems, landscape irrigation system and coordinate gas system installation with Clearwater Gas
System as shown on drawings numbered 08-0007-EN. Coordinate all utility work with the City
of Clearwater's Construction Services Division.
SITE WORK - Bulk excavation, offsite fill, well compacted backfill to sub-grade, compacted
sub-grade and base, installation of concrete pavers and installation of specialty features,
landscaping, and site utility work. Coordinate all site utility work with the City of Clearwater's
Construction Services Division.
SOIL EROSION - The Contractor is to perform all construction activity so as to prevent soil
erosion into adjacent drainage feature in accordance with City erosion and siltation standards. A
pay item is included in the proposal sheet for the installation of silt fences.
SITE MAINTENANCE - The Contractor shall perform regular site maintenance to keep the
site free of accumulated construction debris and rubbish caused by his work. The Contractor
shall perform his work so as not to create conditions that produce excessive dust. Site
maintenance is of a particular importance on this project inasmuch as this site is in downtown
Clearwater.
REPAIR OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS - Any sprinkler systems damaged by the progress of the
work will be repaired by the Contractor as a part ofthe existing contract proposal items.
SectionIV.doc
Page 3
Revised: 5/ll/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST
Project Name: STATION SQUARE PARK - 612 CLEVELAND STREET
Project Number: 08-0007-EN
The following Articles of the Technical Specifications will apply to this contract if marked "X"
as shown below:
1 1ZI Scope Of Work
2.1 [gJ Line, Grade And Record Drawings - by Contractor
2.2 D Line, Grade And Record Drawings - by City
3 >< Definition Of Terms
4 '>< Order And Location Of The Work
5 [gJ Excavation For Underground Work
6 )< Concrete
7 )< Excavation And Forms For Concrete Work .
8 [gJ Reinforcement
9 [gJ Obstructions
10 ~ Restoration Or Replacement Of Driveways, Curbs, Sidewalks And Street Pavement
11 D Work In Easements Or Parkways
12 Dewatering
13 Sanitary Manholes
14 [gJ Backfill
15 D Street Crossings, Etc.
16 Raising Or Lowering Of Sanitary Sewer, Storm Drainage Structures
17 [8] Unsuitable Material Removal
18 Underdrains
19 [8] Storm Sewers
20 D Sanitary Sewers And Force Mains
21 [gJ Drainage
22 D Roadway Base And Subgrade
23 D Asphaltic Concrete Materials
24 D Adjustment To The Unit Bid Price For Asphalt
25 [8] General Planting Specifications
26 D Hdpe Deformed - Reformed Pipe Lining
27 D Plant Mix Driveways
28 Reporting Of Tonnage Of Recycled Materials
29 [gJ Concrete Curbs
30 [gJ Concrete Sidewalks And Driveways
31 D Sodding
32 Seeding
33 [gJ Storm Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins Or Other Storm Structures
34 [gJ Material Used
35 [gJ Conflict Between Plans And Specifications
36 [gJ Street Signs
37.1 D AudioNideo Tape Of Work Areas - by City
SectionIV.doc
Page 4
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
37.2 )( AudioMdeo Tape Of Work Areas - by Contractor
38 Erosion And Siltation Control
39 Utility Tie In Location Marking
40 Award Of Contract, Work Schedule And Guarantee
41 ~ Water Mains and Appurtenances
42 1><1 Gas System Specifications .
43 Tennis Courts
44 ~ Work Zone Traffic Control
45 1 Cured-In-Place Pipe Lining
46 Specifications for Polyethylene Sliplining
47 0 Specifications for Polyvinyl Chloride Ribbed Pipe
48 Gunite Specifications
49 Sanitary and Storm Manhole Liner Restoration
50 [Z Proiect Information Signs
51 0 In-Line Skating Surfacing System
52.1 Resident Notification of Start of Construction - by City
52.2 X Resident Notification of Start of Construction - bv Contractor
53 Gabions and Mattresses
54 0 Lawn Maintenance Specifications
55 0 Milling Operations
56 ~ Clearing and Grubbing
57 Riprap
58 0 Treatment Plant Safety
59 Traffic Signal EQuipm~t and Materials
60 Signing And Marking
61 Roadway Lighting
62 ~ Tree Protection
63 Project Web Pages
TIME: 180 DAYS
SectionIV.doc
Page 5
Revised: 5/1112005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV- Technical Specifications
PROJECT SIGN - Project signs are required on this project. An item is included in the proposal
form for installation and maintenance of the project signs.. See Technical Specifications for
description and requirements of project sign.
PERMITS AND PERMIT FEES- The Contractor shall obtain "no fee" . City of Clearwater
Building permits and. City of Clearwater Clearing and Grubbing permit prior to construction
commencement. Applications for the various permits shall be coordinated by the Contractor and
submitted as soon as possible after the award of contract so that the permits may be obtained as
soon as possible. Necessary drawings will be provided for the Contractor's use. City Development
impact fees and permit fees, where applicable, will be paid by the City of Clearwater.
UTILITY WORK...;. Construct on site storm sewer, water service lines, electrical and lighting
systems, landscape irrigation system and coordinate gas system installation with Clearwater Gas
System as show on drawings numbered 08-0007-EN. Coordinate all utility work with the City of
Clearwater's Construction Services Division.
SITE WORK - Bulk excavation, off site fill, well compacted backfill to sub-grade, compacted
sub-grade and base, installation of concrete pavers and installation of specialty features,
landscaping, and site utility work. Coordinate all site utility work with the City of Clearwater's
Construction Services Division.
SOIL EROSION - The Contractor is to perform all construction activity so as to prevent soil
erosion into adjacent drainage feature in accordance with City erosion and siltation standards. A
pay item is included in the proposal sheet for the installation of silt fences.
SITE MAINTENANCE - The Contractor shall perform regular site maintenance to keep the
site free of accumulated construction debris and rubbish caused by his work. The Contractor
shall perform his work so as not to create conditions that produce excessive dust. Site
maintenance is of a particular importance on this project inasmuch as this site is in downtown
Clearwater.
REPAIR OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS - Any sprinkler systems damaged by the progress of
the work will be repaired by the Contractor as a part of the existing contract proposal items.
SectionIV.doc
Page 3
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST
Project Name: STATION SQUARE PARK - 612 CLEVELAND STREET
Project Number: 08-0007,.EN
The following Articles .of the Technical Specifications will apply to this contract if marked "X"
as shown below:
1 l2$J Scope Of Work
2.1 ~ Line, Grade And Record Drawings - by Contractor
2.2 0 Line, Grade And Record Drawings - by City
3 ~ Definition Of Terms
4 x Order And Location Of The Work
5 x Excavation For Underground Work
6 ~ Concrete
7 ~ ExcavationAnd Forms For Concrete Work
8 ~. Reinforcement
9 Obstructions
10 Restoration Or Replacement Of Driveways, Curbs, Sidewalks And Street Pavement
11 Work In Easements Or Parkways
12 0 Dewatering
13 Sanitary Manholes
14 1ZI Backfill
15 0 Street Crossin~s, Etc.
16 0 Raising Or Lowerin~ Of Sanitary Sewer, Storm Drainage Structures
17 1ZI Unsuitable Material Removal
18 0 Uriderdrains .
.
19 ~ Storm Sewers
20 0 Sanitary Sewers And Force Mains
21 ~ Draina,ge ...
22 Roadway Base And Sub grade
23 0 Asphaltic Concrete Materials ..
24 Adjustment To The Unit Bid Price For Asphalt
25 ~ General Planting Specifications
26 Hdpe Deformed - Reformed Pipe Lining
27 0 Plant Mix Driveways
28 [ Reporting Of Tonnage Of Recycled Materials
29 ~ Concrete Curbs .
30 [X Concrete Sidewalks And Driveways
31 Sodding
32 0 Seeding
33 ~ Storm Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins Or Other Storm Structures
34 IX] Material. Used
35 ~ Conflict Between Plans And Specifications
36 ~ Street Signs
37.1 0 AudioNideo Tape Of Work Areas - by City
SectionlV.doc
Page 4
Revised: 5/1112005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
37.2 1><1 AudioMdeo Tape Of Work Areas - by Contractor
38 ~ Erosion And Siltation Control
39 Xl Utility Tie In Location Markin~
40 Xl Award Of Contract, Work Schedule And Guarantee
41 ~ Water Mains and Appurtenances
42 ~ Gas System Specifications .
43 Tennis Courts
44 [X Work Zone Traffic Control
45 D Cured-In-Place Pipe Lining
46 D Specifications for Polyethylene Sliplinin~ ..
47 D Specifications for Polyvinyl Chloride Ribbed Pipe .
48 Gunite Spe~ifications
49 D Sanitary and Storm Manhole Liner Restoration
50 1><1 Project InformationSi~s
51. In-Line Skatin~ Surfacing System
52.1 D ResidentNotification of Start of Construction - by City
52.2 rx Resident Notification of Start of Construction - by Contractor
53 Gabions and Mattresses
54 Lawn Maintenance Specifications .
55 Milling Operations
56 >< Clearing and Grubbin~
57 D Riprap
58 Treatment Plant Safety
59 D Traffic Signal Equipment and Materials
60 -1 Signing And Marking ,
61 D Roadway Lighting
62 rxI Tree Protection .
63 D Proiect Web Pages
TIME: 180 DAYS
SectionIV.doc
Page 5
Revised: 5/11/2005
SectionIV.doc
Page 6
Revised: 5/1l/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
2 LINE. GRADE AND RECORD DRAWINGS
2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE
CONTRACTOR
Benchmarks to be used shall be those as shown on the plans. Control points (for alignment only)
shall be established by the Engineer. Contractor shall submit cut sheets for all underground work
24 hours in advance of commencement of the work for. checking. Checking of cut-sheets. does
not relieve the Contractor of any responsibilities for any errors or conflicts whatsoever. Cut
sheets shall be submitted in triplicate. The Contractor shall provide three complete sets of Record
construction drawings prior to final payment being made.
2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY
At the completion of all work the contractor shall be respohsible to have furnished to the project
inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project.
Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and
grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be. charged to the Contractor at the
rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be
computed in one-hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The City will generate the
project Record construction drawings.
3 DEFINITION OF TERMS
For the purpose ofthese Technical Specifications the following definition of terms shall apply:
City
CityofClearwater,PinellasCounty, FL
Engineer
The City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized
representative.
Contractor
The person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by
the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative.
Inspector
An authorized representative of the City Engineer of Clearwater, assigned to make
official inspections of the material furnished and the work perforined by the Contractor.
FD. 0. T.
The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as
Specifications
issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition).
A.A.S.HT.o.
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials.
A.WS.
American Welding Society
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
A.S. T.M
American Society for Testing Materials
A.S.A.
American Standards Association
A.N.S.!.
American National Standards Institute
A. w: W:A.
American WaterWorks Association
o.S.B.A.
Occupational Safety & Health Administration
A. c./.
American Concrete Institute
Representative of Contractor
The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the
construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these
persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre-construction
conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City
Engineer.
Estimated Quantities
The Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on
the Proposal Sheet is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which
theaward ofthe contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that
the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall the
contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities. or
of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining
thereto.
4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK
The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to
the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the
Contractor shall work and order thereof.
5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK
The contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner
which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times
maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property.
The contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements
of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in
these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory
agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contractor.
F or the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to
consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as
OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for
SectionIV.doc
Page 7
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the
removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of
a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify his Competent
Person to City staff at the start of construction.
City staff are required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or
other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff in conformance with
the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in compliance with
these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's
excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is
unsafe or does not conform OSHA requirements. If this. circumstance occurs, the contractor must
either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the
accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense. .
The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this. contract to not contain
sufficient quantities to allow the contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open
cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to
OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the
Contractor is required to use excavation and trench-shoring methods in compliance with all
safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work
necessary to complete the project.
Not more than one hundred (100) feet of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the
completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance
specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be six (6) inches wider on each side than
the greatest external horiZontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid
in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the
body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place,
excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling
and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without
compensation.
6 CONCRETE
Unless otherwise directed, all concrete work shall be. performed in accordance with the latest
editions ofthe Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the
American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. All appropriate testing shall
be performed according to the American Society of Testing Materials.
Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum
compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall
conform to AASHTO M-85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33. All ready mix concrete
shall conform to ASTM C-94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of 3" to 5", except
when admixtures or special placement considerations are required.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all
concrete placement.
All concrete shall be tested in the following manner:
Placement of less than 5 cubic yards (cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise,
for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding 5 cy, one set of 3
compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion
SectionIV.doc
Page 8
Revised: 5/1 I/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as
determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and
compensation or denial thereof.
7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK
7.1 EXCAVATION
Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon
which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a
point 6" outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. Concrete shall be poured "in the
dry".
7.2 FORMS
Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal (except curbs, metal only, unless by
written permission from Engineer). They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth
equal to the dimensions required.. for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall
be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or
springing.
8 REINFORCEMENT
When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be
deformed: ASTMA-A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel
A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the
requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM AI85). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete
reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Epoxy coated
reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM 775/A 77 M-86 requirements.
8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the
contract unit price for the item of work specified.
9 OBSTRUCTIONS
Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be
carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and
properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof.
Should it become necessary to change the position of water or gas or other pipes, sewer drains,
or poles, the Engineer shall be at once notified of the locality and circumstances, and no claims
for damages arising from the delay in adjusting the pipe, sewer drains or poles shall be made.
Failure of the plans to show the location, nature or extent of any existing structures or
obstructions shall not be the basis of a claim for extra work. Any survey monument or
benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless
otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land
surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the
nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means.
SectionIV.doc
Page 9
Revised: 5/1 I12005
SectionIV.doc
Page 10
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV --, Technical Specifications
10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS.
CURBS. SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT
Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and
shall be the sam.e type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards,
whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be
replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is
unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved
material. All replaced base shall be a minimum 8" compacted thickness, or same thickness as
base destroyed plus 2", if over 6", and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T-
180.
Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor,
materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per lineal foot of main or
square yard of base.
The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals,
shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work? and shall be paid
for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of
replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the
pipe. All over this will be at the Contractor's expense.
The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in
the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and
shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard:
concrete - per square foot; curbs - per lineal foot; sidewalk 4" or 6" thick - per square foot.
Concrete walks 'at drives shall be a minimum of 6" thick and be reinforced. with 6/6 X 10/10
welded wire mesh (also see Articles 8 and 30).
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all
driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work.
11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS
Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the
construction progress.
The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration Activities within a reasonable time
following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration
within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction
activity or a delayin approval of partial payment requests.
Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery
removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work.
The contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on
any and all phases of the contract work. The contractor shall not obtain water from local
residents or businesses except as the contractor shall obtain written permission.
Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's wastewater
treatment plants, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for
Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the treatment plants will be coordinated at the pre-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory
requirements.
12 DEWATERING
Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the
dry". The contractor shalldewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the
work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity
underdrain system, or sumps with pumps.
Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance . of the
excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom a,nd sides shall remain
firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and
the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the Sa1l1e time, of
handling large volumes of air as well as of water.
The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering
operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work,
the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in
excess in existing gutters, pavements or oth~r structures: and to do this he may be required t6
conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engineer.
The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, or, in the
case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures.
13 SANITARY MANHOLES
13.1 BUILT UP TYPE
Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the
drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to
inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of
as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and
evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into
concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full
section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe.
The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels.
Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed
twenty four inches.
Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches.
Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be
smoothed from inside of manholes.
The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar.
Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a
stretcher course.
SectionIV.doc
Page II
Revised: 5/11/2005
13.2 PRECAST TYPE
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the
City Engineer.
AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of 5
inches. The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be
a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "0" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum
concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days.
Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for
approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve contractor of responsibility for compliance
to these specifications unless letter from contractor requesting specific variance is approved by
the City Engineer.
Location inventory submitted with shop drawing. shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as
numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before
being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering
system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered.
Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, et~., shall be as shown on City of
Clearwater Engineering Detail #302 Sheet 2 of3.
Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings
are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed.
The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five (5)
inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing.
Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring
shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade
changes without disturbing the manhole.
13.2.1
1.
SectionIV.doc
'. ,_""'U;~_,^'~"__"'_"_'''' '__""':", '_"__,"~
MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS)
All grade adjustments of manhole frame and cover assemblies shall be completed
utilizing the following: High Density Polyethylene Grade Adjustment Rings - Comply
with ASTM Standard D-1248 for recycled plastic.
a. Material properties shall be tested and certified for usage by the following ASTM
methods:
b. Property Test Method Acceptable Value
c. Melt Flow Index ASTM D1238 0.3 to 30 g /10 min.
d. Density ASTM D792 0.94 to 0.98 g / cm3
e. Tensile Strength ASTM D638 2.00 to 5 x 103 lb / in 2
f. Polyethylene adjusting rings shall not be used when they are exposed to heated
hot mix asphalt pavement.
g. Tapered configuration: When used in a single configuration tapered adjusting ring
. thickness will range from 0.5 inch to 3.0 inch.
h. Grade adjustment rings are to be installed on clean flat surfaces according to the
manufacturer's recommendations with the proper Butyl Rubber sealant/adhesives.
Page 12
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
2. The inside diameter of the adjustment ring shall not be less than the inside diameter ofthe
manhole frame.
3. Manholes shall be constructed with atleasttwo adjustment rings.
4. Maximum height of adjustment ring stack: 12 inches max. for new manholes and 16
inches max. on existing manholes.
13.3 DROP MANHOLES
Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as
detailed on the drawings.
13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS
Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush
with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Detail 301.
13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS
The exterior ~d interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two coats of bitumastic
black solution 300 M as manufactured by Koppers Company, Inc. or approved equal. Interior of
built up manholes which have sewers entering with a free drop or which receive discharge from a
force main shall have the inside plastered with 1/2 inch of grout and coated as precast manholes
below.
The exterior and interior of all precast manholes shall be. coated with at least 15 mils dry
thickness of PRO CO EP 214351 Epoxi Mastic as manufactured by Protective Coatings Inc.
13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES
Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a
manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc., or approved water stop coupling.
14 BACKFILL
Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from the. excavated material or from other sources
as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from organic matter or
debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest dimension and all
fill shall be similar material.
Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand
shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means.
Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 12" in thickness
unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98%.
compaction as determined by the modified Proctor Density Test to the bottom of pavement.
Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a
minimum of 95% compaction of AASHTO T 180 Standard Density Test.
The cost of backfill shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of the pipe, or, in the
case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structure.
SectionIV.doc
Page 13
Revised: 5/1l/2005
18 UNDERDRAINS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
15 STREET CROSSINGS. ETC.
At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, the trenches shall be
bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon
the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The
material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be
satisfactory to the Engineer.
The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation.
16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER. STORM
DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
Sanitary Sewer or Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans
or as indicated by th~ Engineer.
16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work.
17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL
All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated and removed from the
site. All material removed is property' of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off-
site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall either be shown on the plans, or determined
in the field by the Engineer in conjunction with the City's Materials Tester.
17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated
and replaced with suitable material asdetermined.by either-,cross sections of the excavation,
truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal.
17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment,
tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and
incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no p~y item is given, the removal of unsuitable
material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item.
The Contractor shall construct sub-surface drainage pipe as directed in the Contract Scope of
Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe
shall be embedded.in a bed of #6 FDOT crushed aggregate, located behind the back of curb and
aggregate surface covered with a non-degradable fibrous type filter material. A #57 aggregate
maybe used in lieu of #6 ifit is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate maybe
stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be 8"
diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F-758 "Standard Specification
For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for ~ighways" latest revision, minimum stiffuess of
46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M-189
SectionIV.doc
Page 14
Revised: 5/1 112005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV- Technical Specifications
described in FDOT Section 948-4.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM D3034 -
SDR 35.
Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A-2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe
exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C,
manufactured per ASTMF949-93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence of
splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60%
flatting and with a double gasket joint.
Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non-perforated pipe
with compacted backfill. All poly-chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure
to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall
be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain
aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140-N or approved
equal) per the construction detail drawings.
18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Measurement shall be the number of lineal feet of8" Sub-drain in place and accepted.
18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be based upon the unit price per lineal foot for underdrain as measured. above,
which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and
shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct theunderdrain
(specificallyunderdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean-outs, sod, driveway,
road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item.
19 STORM SEWERS
All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall-'be-reinforced-'concrete'unless
otherwise specified or approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 941
of the current FDOT Specifications.
All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric orequivalent
(as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit
price for the pipe.
All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty
is found in the fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface 'of the street
before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No
pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and
not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that
the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout.
19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the stations and left or right offsets of all manholes,
inlet structures arid terminals ends of subdrains, as measured from the nearest downstream
manhole along the centerline of the sewer along with the elevations of the north edge of manhole
cover, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets. (Gutter)
SectionIV,doc
Page 15
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
19.2 TESTING
The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly watertight sewer under all
conditions. At.the discretion of the City Engineer or his designee, the watertightness of a sewer
which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring the infiltration.
The watertightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by
filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the
crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section of the water table outside of the sewer,
whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or
exfiltration exceed 150 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish
all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or ex filtration under the
Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive the Contractor at his own
expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer,
remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No
trench made joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be
acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation.
The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the
line.
19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted,
measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of
storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price
includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap,
labor and incidentals, etc.).
20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS
20.1 MATERIALS
20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON.
Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform with ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R.
35. The. pipe shall be plainly marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints
and fittings shall have a rubber sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with
ASTM D 3212 76. The laying length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of 12.5 feet.
Ufilessotherwisefioted in these specifications or cbfistructibhplans, Ductilelrollpipc'and
fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for DIP
water main except pipe shall be interior "polylined" in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline
easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral
connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets
shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in Technical Section 41.
20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE
FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless
otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile
SectionIV.doc
Page 16
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.-'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications
for water main pipe except that DIP shall be "polylined" in accordance with manufactures
recommendations.
All polyvinyl cWoride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet
radiation shall be rejected.
20.2 INSTALLATION
20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
Installation of gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices contained
in ASTM D 2321 and Unibell UNI B 5.
The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable
width allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench
boxes and movable. sheeting shall be performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and
compaction will not disturb compacted haunching material or pipe alignment.
Dewatering of the trench ,bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow
preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without
standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to
prevent flotation or misalignment.
Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the contractor will be required to
remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (112" Dia. aggregate) to provide firm
support of pipe.
Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint 2 feet in length and shall use an
approved water stop around pipe joint entry.
The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflectexacLlocations...The~ontractor is
required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction
inspector the location of all new laterals.
20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE
Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Section 41 of these Technical
Specifications for water main pipe.
20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS
The contractor shall submit to the Engineer a marked set of "As Built" construction drawings
describing both the stations and left or right offset of all lateral terminal ends as measured from
the nearest downstream manhole along the center line of the sewer main. The as built drawings
will also describe elevations of the north edge of the manhole cover rings and inverts of all main
pipes in manholes.
20.4 TESTING
20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS
The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all
conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level
SectionIV.doc
Page 17
Revised: 5/11/2005
SectionIV.doc
Page 18
Revised: 5/1112005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
maybe tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying
above groundwater level maybe ,tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a
hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test
section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the
exfiltra- tion. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 50 gallon per inch of diameter
per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the
amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or
exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to
remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire
length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after
they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation.
The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the
line.
20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS
Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of150 P.S.I. for one hour, as described
in Section 41.04 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains.
20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT
20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the, unit price per lineal foot per
appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for
payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes.
Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per lineal foot of pipe as measured from the centerline
of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe.
Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete
the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering,
backfill and grading.
20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE
Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Section 41 of
these Technical Specifications for water main pipe.
21 DRAINAGE
The Contractor shall provide proper outlet for all water courses and drains interrupted during the
progress of the work and replace them in as good condition as he found them.
22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE
22.1 BASE
This specification describes the construction of roadway base and sub grade. The Contractor shall
refer to Section IV, Article 1 "Scope of Work" of the city's Contract Specifications for additional
roadway base and sub grade items.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section N - Technical Specifications
Roadway base shall be 8" c<>mpacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or
directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be 12" compacted minimum thickness with a
minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed
by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor
and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing
laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is found within the
limits of the base, Section IV, Article 17 . (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract
Specifications will apply.
Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed
by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs
required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done
to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can
commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material
shall be included in the bid item for base.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all base
and sub grade placement or reworking. .
The following base materials are acceptable:
1. SHELL BASE: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913
of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted
thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the
prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base.
2, LIMEROCK BASE: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections
200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a
minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a
FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item
price for base,
3. CRUSHED CONCRETE BASE: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in
accordance with Sections 204 and 901 ofFDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition),
and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on. the plans. The crushed
concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified
laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms
to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 185. LBR and gradation
tests shall be provided to the city oy the Contractor once a week for continuous
operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City
Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be include4 in the bid it~ price
for base.
4. SOIL CEMENT BASE: Unless otherwise noted, soil cement base shall be constructed
in accordance with Section 270 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have
a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. An Asphalt Rubber Membrane
Interlayer (ARMI) shall be included in the pavement design per Section 341 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (latest edition) to minimize reflective cracking unless otherwise
noted in the project plans and specifications. The ARMI layer shall be overlaid with
asphalt on the same day it is placed for the Contractor to receive full compensation for
the work.
SectionIV.doc
Page 19
Revised: 5/11/2005
SectionlV.doc
Page 20
Revised: 5/1112005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
The soil cement base design shall be by a certified lot under the direction of a Registered
Florida Professional Engineer, .and must.be approved by the City Engineer. Said design
shall provide for a minimum of 300 .P.S.I. in seven days. All plant mixed soil cement shall
be certified by a registered laboratory that has been approved by the Engineer.
The only approved method for spreading the cement is the use of a spreader box. The use
of a spreader bar for spreading cement will not be allowed. The applying of the cement
shall not be allowed when the wind velocity is sufficient to jeopardize material interests
(i.e. vehicles, etc.) from airborne cement particles. The density testing frequency shall be
at the discretion of the registered Florida Professional Engineer responsible for the soil
cement design.
5. ASPHALT BASE: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with
Section 280 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum
compacted thickness as shown On the plal1s. The cost for preparation, placement and
compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in
the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included..in the. bid item
price for asphalt or base.
6. REWORKED BASE: When the plans call for the working of the existing base, the
finished reworked base shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 8" unless
otherwise shown on . the plans or directed by . the Engineer, and be constructed in
accordance with the applicable FDOT requirements for the type of material used. The
density requirements (except for asphalt and soil cement base) shall be per Section 2006
of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). For asphalt, the density requirements
are per Section 330-11, and for soil cement per Section 270-5 ofFDOT's2000 Standard
Specifications.
22.1.1
BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE
The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards o[base in place and accepted as
called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half-inch (V2"), Areas
deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if
so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be
made for such deficient areas that are left in place.
22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE
The unit price for basesha11 include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading,
compaction, finishing, prime, base, sub grade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item),
stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to
complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt
unless otherwise notedin the project scope and plans.
22.2 SUBGRADE
All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of
FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) unless otherwise noted herein. All sub grade shall
have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by
the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (latest edition). Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of
the sub grade, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined .by the Engineer'in
accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing,
grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to
prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or
sub grade. . The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value
after the mixing of materials for the stabilized sub grade.
22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized sub grade in place
and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth
shall be per Section 161-6.4 ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values
shall be per FDOT Section 160-7.2. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be
corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the
City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas
that are left in,place (latest edition).
22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for sub grade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading,
compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing,. mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all
incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, sub grade shall be included in
the bid itemfor base.
23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS
This specification is for the preparation and application of all S- Type Marshall Mix Design
asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted.
23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE
23.1.1 AGGREGATE
All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and' shall conform to Sections
901 through 919 ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS,
EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE
The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous
materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications
(latest edition). Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance
procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard
Specifications.
The Contractor shall note that the City shall have the right to have an independent testing
laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all
materials to be used. Tests to be performed by the independent testing laboratory every 1000 tons
SectionIV.doc
Page 21
Revised: 5/1112005
SectionIV.doc
Page 22
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
include, but are not limited to, Marshall stability and flow, extraction/gradation and cores to
determine density and thickness. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along
with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable
specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and
accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent
testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract
documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of
removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be bome solely by the
Contractor.
Pavment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determinedbv the following:
1. Density per Section 330-11 ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per Section 330-13 of FDOT's 2000 Standard
Specifications.
3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of~" or greater shall be
corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness
for a length extending at least 25' from each end of the deficient area, Or when the
Engineer allows for an overlay per Section 330-15.2.3 of FDOT's Standard
SpeCifications (2000 edition). In addition, for excesses of 1.4" or greater, the Engineer will
determine if the excess. area shall be removed and replaced. at no compensation, or if the
pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the. thickness
specified in the contract.
The Contractor shall notify the Proiect Inspector a minimum of 24 hours .. ill advance of the
placement of all asphalt.
23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES
All asphalt mix designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337ofFDOT's
2000 Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer PRIOR
to the commencement of the paving operation. NO RECLAIMED ASPHALT PAVEMENT
(RAP) MATERIAL SHALL BE ALLOWED IN THEASPHALTIC CONCRETE MIXES.
23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS
All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements:
Table 1: Layer Thickness for Asphalt (Layers Are Listed in Sequence of Construction)
COURSE LAYER THICKNESS (Inches)
THICKNESS ....
.. ....
(Inches) Type S-I Type S-I with Type S-III FC-3 Type S-III Type S-I
Type S-III with FC-3 with FC-3
Top Layer Top Layer Top Layer
1st ..2nd 1 st 2nd 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1st 2nd
1 1 1
1~ 1~
.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section N - Technical Specifications
2 1~ * * 1 1
2~ 1~ 1~ 1~ 1 1~ 1
. .
3 1~ 1~ 2 1 2 1
* At the Engineer's discretion, 2" ofS-III is acceptable for use on residential streets
Additional Notes:
1. Type S-III shall be limited to the final (top) structural layer (one layer only).
2. All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the requirements of sections 331 and 337
.ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
3. All pavement designs shall include a minimum of two inches of asphalt.
4. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the project plans for complete pavement
design detail.
5. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, Type S-III per Section 331 of FDOT's 2000
Standard Specifications shall be used as final riding surface on streets with the speed
limit of less than 35 mph, streets with an average daily traffic (ADT) of less. than 3000,
and all residential streets.
6. An FC-3 friction course per section 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall
be used on streets with a speed limit of 35 mph or greater, and streets with an ADT of
3000 orgreater~
23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of
operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture,
surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, etc.) shall be in accordance with
Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION
23.6.1 CRACKS
Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by
the following steps:
1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method.
2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as
appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the
level of the surrounding roadway surface.
3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks
are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking.
4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete.
SectionIV.doc
Page 23
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section IV. doc
Page 24
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
23.6.2 POTHOLES
Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps:
1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method.
2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole.
3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted.
4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete.
23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES
The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall
be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each
item.
. The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions:
The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements.
The riser shall consist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum
requirements of A.S.T.M. A-36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel
adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The. use .of cast iron, plastic, or
fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per
manufacturers specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each
riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring
section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original
casting, prior to installation.ofthe riser. It is the Contractors responsibility to ensure that
the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are
thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each
TIser.
If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of
pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement artd
compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is
acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable.
All manhole and. valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final
asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving
operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On
arterial roadways, the rims manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period
between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve
boxes, tree aeration vents, etc. will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for tliiswork to be.
included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure
that they are not paved over, It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all
utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the
scheduled paving.
23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS
1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed
by the Engineer or Project Inspector, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item
for asphalt.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the
road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans.
3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely
manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements.
4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. The Broom .
Tractor way of sweeping will not be permitted. Prior to. paving, all construction areas
shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that
picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water
supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall.sweepdebris off
of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site.
5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's
discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest
edition). Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost
(including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for
asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the
plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard
Specifications. The cost shall. be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless
otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336
ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be W' above the lip
or face of said crirb per City Index 101.
23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE
1. Unless otherwise noted in this section, all of the asphaltic concrete specifications in
Sections A through H above shall apply to superpave asphaltic concrete. All asphaltic
concrete pavement shall be designed and placed in accordance with the FDOT Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (latest edition).
2. All aggregate shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to
Sections 901 and 902 ofFDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition).
3. All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard
. Specifications (latest edition). Asphaltic binder shall be Grade PG 67-22 unless otherwise
specified in the Scope of Work.
4. All superpave mix designs shall conform to Sections 320 and 334 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition).
5. All general construction requirements shall conform to Section 330 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition).
23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Basis of measurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and
accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used.
SectionIV.doc
Page 25
Revised: 5/11/2005
SectionIV.doc
Page 26
Revised: 5/1112005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
23.11 BASIS OF PAYM ENT
Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and
measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack
and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching,
filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and
incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and
specifications.
24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT
When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in
accordance with the following provisions:
1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price
Index varies more than 10% from the bid price at the time of the bid opening.
2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the. FDOT
shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet
site. The address is: http://wwwll.myflorida.com.Itis under the section "Doing Business
with FDOT" in the "Contracts Administration" section under "Asphalt Index". For
additional information, call FDOT @ 850-414-4000.
3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be
used for the initial determination of the. asphalt price.
4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt
will be used for payment calculation.
5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period
for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index.
6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coaforpnmecoat. ---
7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made
for any month after the expiration ofthe allowable contract time.
8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt.
9.
25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS
25.1 IRRIGATION
25.1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic
underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials,
equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the
underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and/or
specified. Work noted as "NIC", "existing", or ''by others" is not included in this pay
item.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the
turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be
sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of .
the Engineer.
25.1.1.1
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation
subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope,
mainline, system pressure, controls, etc.
B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all
applicable building codes and. other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work
shall apply.
C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with
the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject
material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall
be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the contractor's expense.
D.. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The contractor shall prepare and deliver to the
Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of
three (3) hard cover binders. with three rings containing the following information:
1. Index sheet stating the contractor's address and business telephone number, 24 hour
emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s)and
address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where
replacement equipment can be purchased.
2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract.
3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment.
4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and
"hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the
Engineer at the conclusion ofthe project that this service has been rendered.
a. Four-hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and
maintenance.
b. Two-hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and
maintenance.
25.1.1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. The Irrigation Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground
improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting
requiring excavation 24 in. diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of
main lines.
B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials.
C. The Irrigation Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until
final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen,
or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the
contractor.
SectionIV.doc
Page 27
Revised: 5/ll!2005
SectionlV.doc
Page 28
Revised: 5/1 1/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
D; The Irrigation Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to
the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be
responsible for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to
comply with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the
public.
25.1.1.3 WARRANTY
A. The Manufacturer(s} shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory
service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City
of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or
faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater or FDOT.
25.1.2 PRODUCTS
25.1.2.1 GENERAL
A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations
from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted.
25.1.2.2
PIPING
A. The. irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and
tested in accordance with these specifications.
B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40,
conforming to ASTM D2665 and D1785.
C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the
mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80.
25.1.2.3 PIPE FITTINGS
A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to
the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or
trademark,. material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval.
The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with
threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples.
25.1.2.4 PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER
A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as
~ecommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end.
B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The
Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe.
25.1.2.5
THREADED CONNECTIONS
A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
25.1.2.6 GATE VALVES
25.1.2.6.1 MANUAL GATE VALVES 21N. AND SMALLER
A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings:
1. 200-250 psi Ball Valve
2. PVC body -with Teflon Ball Seals
3. Threaded-Dual end Union Connectors
4. Non-Shock Safe- T-Shear Stem
5. Safe-T-Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing
Company, Sylmer, California, or approved equal.
25.1.2.6.2 GATE VALVES 2Yz" IN. AND LARGER
A. Provide th~ following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings:
1. AWWA-C-509
2. 200 lb. O.W.G
3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B
4. Deep socket joints
5. Rising stem
6. Bolted bonnet
7. Double disc
8. Equipped with 2" square operating key with tee handle
B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve 3" and larger. The "street key" shall be 5'
long with a 2" square operating nut.
25.1.2.7 SLEEVES
A.. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater)
25.1.2.8 REMOTE Co.NTROLVALVES
A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance-pressure across-the
diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25-30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a
pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating
shall not be less than 150 psi.
B. The valve body and bonnent shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic,
stainless steel and other chemicallUV resistant materials. The valve's one-piece
diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice.
C. The valve body shall have a 1" inch (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch slip by slip
inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections.
D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable
from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation.
SectionIV.doc
Page 29
Revised: 5/11!2005
SectionIV.doc
Page 30
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora,
California, or approved equal.
F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings.
25.1.2.9 VALVE BOXES
A. For remote control drip valve assembly and UNIK control timer use a Brooks #36
concrete value box with #36- T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal.
B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 (10") circular valve box with #181015
cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal.
C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek #182001 (6") economy turfbox with #182002
cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal.
25.1.2.10 DRIP IRRIGATION
25.1.2.10.1 CONSTRUCTION
A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch (1/2") low-density linear
polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self-cleaning,
integral drippers at a specified spacing, (12", 18", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be
brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0~67 inches and an inside
diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded
to. the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers
shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self-
flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper.
25.1.2.10.2 OPERATION
A. The drippers shall have the ability to independentlyregulate discharge rates, with an inlet
pressure of seven to seventy (7-70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and
with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating
pressure shall be between 15-45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9
gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow/reduced pressure
compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The
drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be
available in 12", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified.
Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum
system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius
shall be 7".
B. For on-surface or under mulch installations, 6" metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be
installed 3' -5' on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction.
25.1.2.10.3 LINE FLUSHING VALVES
A. The sub-surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each
independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning
of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the drip line manufacturer and connect
directly to the dripline.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
25.1.2.10.4 AIRNACUUM RELIEF VALVE
A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an AirNacuum Relief Valve at its high
point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi.
25.1.2.10.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS
A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds
per square inch (psi) and maintain a cOnstant outlet pressures of 25 psi. Regulating
accuracy shall be within =/-6%. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high-
impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be. accomplished by a fixed
stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the
water passage.
25.1.2.10.6 FILTERS
A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial
size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be
constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance.
25.1.2.10.7 FITTINGS
A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings
and driplineshall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the
integrity ofthe subsurface irrigation system.
25.1.2.11 AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER
A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate
transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from
the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type
which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shalf function
normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall
function if submerged in water.
B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to
insure waterproof operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for
screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box.
C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt alkaline battery for one full year regardless
of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either
sequentially or independently.
D. The controller shall have three independent programs with eight start times each, station
run time capability from one minute to twelve hours in one minute increments, and a
seven day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed
on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transniitter to
the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of
manual single station or manual program operation.
E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora,
California USA.
Section IV .doc
Page 3 I
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section IV .,... Technical Specifications
25.1.2.12 FIELD TRANSMITTER
A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field
Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an
infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS
plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall
operate on one.9V alkaline battery.
B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large'LCD screen and a seven-key programming pad.
A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turnoff after
one minute when not in use.
C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of UNIK
Control Modules.
D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp.,
Glendora, California USA.
25.1.2.13 LATCHING SOLENOID
A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing
installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird D~ PGA, PEB, PES-B, GB, ofEFB series
valve.
B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp.,
Glendora, California USA.
25.1.3 EXECUTION
25.1.3.1 GENERAL INSTAllATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general
details of the work.
B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced.
C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary
shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed,
except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor
in his absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given
to the Contractor.
D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by
outside authorities.
E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically
mentioned in these Technical Special Provisions.
F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific
interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or
clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the
decisions. In event. the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall
be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost.
G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of
sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other
SectionIV.doc
Page 32
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
J
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract
Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the
manner by which it relates to the installation.
H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that
obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or
specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be
brought to the attention of the Engineer.
I. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving
prior to roadway base.
25.1.3.2
EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING
25.1.3.2.1 TRENCHING - GENERAL
A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches.
Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on
Drawings.
B. Maintain 6 in. horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all
lines of other trades.
C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind.
D. Maintain 6 in. vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45
degrees to 90 degrees.
E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities.
25.1.3.2.2 BACKFILLING
A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have 18" offill placed overthe pipe.
B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter
larger than ~ in.
C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 ofFDOT Specification Book, 1996 Edition.
D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil.
E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs.
F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per
AASHTO T 180 - latest edition. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed
95% of maximum density.
G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of mechanical tampers or approved hand
tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more
than six (6") inches thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall
have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to
prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities.
25.1.3.2.3 ROUTING OF PIPING:
A. Routing of pressure and non-pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on
Drawings.
SectionIV.doc
Page 33
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
SectionIV.doc
Page 34
Revised: 5/1l/2005
~ -
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines.
1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations.
2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated.
C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure
supply line.
D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between
site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original
Drawings, and without additional cost.
E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of
approved layout.
25.1.3.3 INSTAllATION
25.1.3.3.1 WATER SUPPLY
A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the
Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost
to the Owner.
25.1.3.3.2 ASSEMBLIES
A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install
lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings.
B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own
outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly.
C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical
Special Provisions.
D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the
male threads only.
25.1.3.3.3 SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER)
A. The contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway,
utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies.
25.1.3.3.4 PLASTIC PIPE
A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent.
1. Allow welded joints as least 15 minutes setup/curing time before moving or handling.
2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water
pressure IS on.
3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four hours has elapsed for
solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent
manufacturer.
C. Curing
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section N - Technical Specifications
1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least 24
hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure.
D. Flushing the system:
1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control
valves and flush out the system with a full head of water.
E. Installing piping under existing pavement:
1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & boring.
2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing
pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be
accomplished at no additional cost.
25.1.3.3.5 CONTROLLERS
A. Install all automatic controllers as. shown in the plans.
1. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineers representative prior
to installation.
25.1.3.3.6 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES
A. Install at sufficient depth to provide not more than 6 in., nor less than 4 in. cover from the
top of the valve to finish grade.
B. Install valves in a plumb position with 24 in, minimum maintenance clearance from other
equipment, J feet minimum from. edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and no closer
than 7feet from the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways.
C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for
each sprinkler zone.
25.1.3.3.7 GATE VALVES
A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper
maintenance.
B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill.
25.2 LANDSCAPE
25.2.1 GENERAL
25.2.1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The Contract Documents shall include the Plans, Details, Specifications, Bid Proposal,
Contract Agreement, including Installation Schedule, all Addenda, and Contractual and
Special Conditions when required.
25.2.1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory
agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and
environmental matters.
SectionIV.doc
Page 35
Revised: 5/1112005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
B. Any permits. for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the
contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having
. jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the
Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing.
SectionIV.doc
Page 36
Revised: 5/1112005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
25.2.1.3 SCOPE OF WORK
A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to
the work specified in this Section. The Scope of Work includes everything for and
incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans,
Schedules, Notes and as specified herein.
B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to
prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish
grading if necessary); to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish,
plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to
execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans.
C. Work under this Section shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to
prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will
appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the
landscape drawings.
D. Initial maintenance oflandscape materials as specified in this document.
25.2.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who
shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors
under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work,
shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their
commencement of work on the project. . .
B. All work of this Section shall conform to the highest standard oflandscape practices.
C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the
Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the
Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists,..the Plan shall predominate
and be considered the controlling document.
D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among
persons in his employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety
and Health Act of 1970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape
Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting
from compliance or non-compliance with these standards.
E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is
built into or affects the work in this Section.
F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to
excavation. Call "One Call" at 1-800-432-4770.
G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the
work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in
conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect.
.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
25.2.1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance
period, two copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established
by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one year.
B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all
specified work.
25.2.1.6 ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS
A. If there are additions/alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor
must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions/alternates at the time of
bidding.
B. The Owner, through his Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of
the.work stated herein without rendering the Contract void.
C. The Contractor must have written ~pproval by the Project Representative for any
substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without
approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk.
D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions
and warranties stated herein.
25.2.1.7
ABBREVIATIONS/DEFINITIONS
o.A. or HT.:
The over-all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural; untied state of
the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds.
c.T.:
Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond -stem wi th
no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or
similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds.
c.w:
Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf
sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms
or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the
fronds.
SPR.:
Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not
including extreme leaves, branches or fronds.
ST. TR..~
Straight trunk.
MIN:
Minimum.
GAL.:
Gallon container size, i.e., I gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc.
0. c.:
On center, distance between plant centers.
SectionIV.doc
Page 37
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section IV ...,. Technical Specifications
DIA.:
Diameter.
SectionIV.doc
Page 38
Revised: 5/1 1/2005
L.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
LVS.:
Leaves.
D.RH.:
Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4-1/2 feet above
grade.
CAL. :
Caliper, the outside diameterofup..to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade,
larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade.
B&B:
Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American
Association of Nurserymen.
PPP:
Plants per pot.
FG:
Field. grown.
STD.:
Standard, single, straight trunk.
Owner:
To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work
is performed.
Owner s Representative:
Owner's on-site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of
materials specified and execution of installation.
Contractor:
Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor.
Landscape Architect:
This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces the
landscape Plans and SpeCifications.
25.2.1.8
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
25.2.1.8.1 PLANTMATERIALS
A. Provide container grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune
prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark,
. break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If
plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered.
B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected
from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have
been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be
pulled by the tops or stems; nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
C. Balled and burlapped plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less than
1 foot diameter of ball to every 1 inch caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less
than 2/3 of root ball diameter. B & B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall
have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch.
D. Trees shall be dug with adequate .balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root
pruning to be done a minimum of 4 weeks before removal from the field and planting at
the site. Root balls may not be encased in"grow bags" or other synthetic material, except
plastic shrink wrap for transport only.
E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum, of 12 inches
of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a
minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling.
Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be
removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within 24 hours of
delivery.
F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant
immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs
in. shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots
moist.
G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof
tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name.
H. Sod: Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty-four (24) hours after
stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing
in a shaded area.
25.2.1.9
JOB CONDITIONS
25.2.1.9.1 ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS.
A. The Contractor shall examine the sub-grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions
under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project
Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not
proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner
acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of
conditions and full responsibility for the completed work.
B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become
available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and
following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape
Architect for adjustments to the Schedule.
C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting
procedures.
D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage
conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing
prior to planting.
E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to the planting of lawns,
protecting lawn trees and promptly repairing damages from planting operations.
SectionIV.doc
Page 39
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
25.2.1.9.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK
A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon
award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy
to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The
Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule.
B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc. in order
to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/or to maintain the
progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to
the Owner.
C. The Owner's Representative's may request in writing work stoppage. Upon written
request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend
delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the
Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor with respect to any
additional costs which may result from work stoppage.
25.2.1.9.3 UTILITIES
A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities.
Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities.
Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties
concerned.
25.2.2 PRODUCTS
25.2.2.1 MATERIALS
25.2.2.1.1 PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE
A. Plant species, sizes, etc. shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material
Scheduled. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of
Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint
Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names
accepted in the nursery trade.
25.2.2.1.2 PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in
the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the
species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insect.pests or their. eggs,. plant
diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in
leaf and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems.
B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant
materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. . Provided
tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees
that have the main trunk forming a "Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable.
C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality
for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II,
Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition).
SectionIV.doc
Page 40
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SectionIV - Technical Specifications
D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at
the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with
requirements for name variety, size quality, or designated area.
E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by
governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that
are applicable to landscape materials.
F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit
Landscape Architect proof of it being non-available. In such event, if the Landscape
Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source.
When authorized, a written change order for substitute material will be made by
adjustment to Contract amount.
G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall
be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This
measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be
taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to
measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger
than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect; with
no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery.
H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where
symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible.
I. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient. diameter
and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the
plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen.
Root balls and tree trunks shall liot be damaged by improper binding and. B & B
procedures.
J. Container-grown plants may'be substituted for balled arid-bildappcifplarifs or vIce-versa
provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect
approves the substitution.
K. Container grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but
not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound
condition exists.
25.2.2.1.3 GRASSES: SOD OR SEED
A. Sod or seed (as/if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of
even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious week, freshlY-mowed
before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than 24
hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be
installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation.
B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place.
Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements.
25.2.2.1.4 MULCH
A. Mukh shall be 100% Grade "B" shredded cypress bark mulch, thoroughly mixed with a
pre-emergence weed killer according to the label directions as specified on the plan.
SectionIV.doc
Page 41
Revised: 5/11/2005
SectionIV.doc
Page 42
Revised: S/ll/200S
..1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
B. Install mulch to an even depth of3" before compaction.
25.2.2.1.5 FERTILIZER
A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable for
application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags
bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully
conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws.
B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the
appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein.
C. Agriform 20-10-5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for
all plant materials at time of installation and prior tocompletion()f pit backfilling.
D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release
Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate.
E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St.
Augustine grass at the rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per one thousand (1,000) square
feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 50% of the
nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be
1: 1 or 2: 1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than ~ the
nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (Le. manganese,
iron, zinc, copper, etc.).
25.2.2.1.6 STAKES AND GUYS
A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree
trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used.
B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over 2" caliper.
Stakes shall be 2" x2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees 2" caliper and under. A
minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree shall be used.
C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with
a minimum of 3 stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5 - 2" x 4"
by 16" wood connected with two - %" steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk.
D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved.
25.2.2.1.7 PLANTING SOIL
A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and
loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test,
prior to planting and at no additional cost to the Contract, any soils which may be
unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to
the. Landscape Architect immediately in writing.
B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist
of 1/3 peat and 2/3 sandy loam, with no lumps over 1".
C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil.
There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 - 6.5 pH) with no excess of
calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps,
roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - TechniCal Specifications
a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily
organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt.
D. Bed preparation for annual beds under 1 gallon container size shall consist of 3" of
Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width
of planting area. Rototil organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into native soil.
25.2.2.1.8 SOIL AMENDMENTS
A. Terra-Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting
soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's
recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans.
25.2.2.1.9 TREE PROTECTION
A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal
members. Space vertical members 6 feet to 8 feet on center. The barricade shall be placed
so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree
within a circle described by a radius of one foot for each inch of the tree's diameter at
breast height DBH at 4 - ~ feet above grade.
25.2.2.1.10 ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM
A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specifjed in the plans and/or specifications for
protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install
as directed by the manufacturer.
25.2.2.1.11 PACKAGED MATERIALS
A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of
manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the
site.
25.2.2.1.12 PESTICIDES
A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's
directions.
25.2.3 EXECUTION
25.2.3.1 PREPARATION
25.2.3.1.1 OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND
A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities,
irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work.
B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation
of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a
relocated position for any materials necessary.
25.2.3.1.2 GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS
A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with
Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas
Section1V.doc
Page 43
Revised: 5/11/2005
SectionIV.doc
Page 44
Revised: 5111/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's
specifications.
B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been
achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting
bed.
C. Pre-emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round-Up" or
"Rodeo", and may be used only with the written approval ofthe Landscape Architect.
D. Should any plant material inthe same, or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals,
the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the
Contractor at no cost to the Owner.
E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the
Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish
grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will
conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface
drainage without puddling.
F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over 1 - 11 inches in any
dimension form individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated
material off the site.
25.2.3.1.3 PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING
A. Prepare native sub grade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread 3 inches of
Florida peat (113), sandy loam (113), or other approved organic soil amendment over the
full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer 6 inches to 8
inches into the. native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface
drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release
fertilizer according to product instructions and rate.
25.2.3.1.4 PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS
A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be. treated with
Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas
adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's
Specifications.
B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub-
grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of 4 inches.
C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth,
even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf
flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing
yard drains.
D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one (1)
pound of nitrogen per 1000 square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed
granules, with 30% - 505 of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form.
Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top 4 inches of soil.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SectionW - Technical Specifications
E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is. dry. Water thoroughly and
allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil
condition.
25.2.3.2
INSTALLATION
25.2.3.2.1 BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED)
A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated.
Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction.
B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper
drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect.
C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well-
drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0-
6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction.
25.2.3.2.2 LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS
A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall-be approximately located per the plans
by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc. as
the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent
blockage of signage, etc.
B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material
schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the
norfually accepted spacing for each species.
C. Leave an 18 inch (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between outer leaves of
installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for all plant
SIzes.
D~ Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the
Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as
possible to the intent of the plans.
25.2.3.2.3 PLANTING PROCEDURES
A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides
andbeing circular in outline. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the rootball.
B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after
settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground
surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain
conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root
ball about 1 inch higher than the surrounding grade.
C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20-10-5 planting tablets, or approved
equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting
tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the
middle and the bottom of the root mass.
Application rate:
SectionIV.doc
Page 45
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
1 gallon 1 - 21 gram tablet
3 gallon 2 - 21 gram tablet
5 gallon 3 - 21 gram tablet
7 gallon 4 - 21 gram tablet
Trees 3 tablets each W' (12 millimeters) caliper
Palms 7- 21 gram tablets
D. Native soil shall be used in back-filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be
responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers.
E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the
base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the
sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 inches (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all
tie-down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of
the root, ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the back-fill up to the proper grade
Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in
among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection.
F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of
the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball.
Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly
water-in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade.
G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each
variety of plant equally in the planting areas.. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to
straight or curved edges shall be triangular,. spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant
a minimum of 18 inches from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant.
H. All azaleas shallbe placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed-free
Florida peat or. approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree
angles in atriangularpattem.
I. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than n()rmal if conditions warrant and if approved.
25.2.3.2.4 SODDING
A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the
soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut.
B. An application of 6-6-6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made
to all lawn areas just prior tothe laying of the sod at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen
per 1,000 square feet. The ground shall be wet down before the sod is laid in place.
C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface
edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of (!11 the paving and shrub
areas. Cut down soil level to 1 inch to 1-112 inches below top of walks prior to laying
sod.
D. Within 2 hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water
shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of 2 inches (50
millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the
application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will
prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to
keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade.
SectionlV.doc
Page 46
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other
approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and
insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of
sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall
be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated.
F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean
silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be
leveled, filling-in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas.
G. On slopes steeper than 2:1 and as required, the sod shall be fastened in place with suitable
wooden pins or by other approved method.
25.2.3.2.5 SEEDING
A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of
Transportation. See plan for type of seed.
25.2.3.2.6 TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING
A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound
nUrsery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum
of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used.
Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by approved
plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of 4 feet height of stake
above grade and a minimum of 30 inches of stake below grade.
R For single trunk palms, a minimum of 3 stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be
uSed. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap an4 5- 2 inch x 4 inch x
16 inch wood connected with two % inch steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a
minimum of 5 feet of stake above grade.
C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months
after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work.
D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially
hazardous areas.
25.2.3.2.7 MULCHING
A. All planting beds shall be weed-free prior to mulching.
B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied
mulch.
C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched. evenly with a 3 inch layer (before
compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified
on the Plans or General Notes.
D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of
buildings. Maintain a minimum 3 inch clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a
minimum 6 inch clearance for the walls of buildings.
E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed
in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum 6 inches of non-mulched
clearance from the outside edge of annuals.
SectionIV.doc
Page 47
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
25.2.3.2.8 PRUNING
A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape
and form of the plant.
B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches,
and pranches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree.
25.2.3.2.9 CLEAN-UP
A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner.
B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job,
keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess
soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition.
C. The clean-up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying,
staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications.
25.2.3.2.10 PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on,
about,. or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standards.
B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage.
C. the Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to
landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods.
D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms
as specified.
25.2.3-~2.11 R'EPAIR O'F-OAMAGES ~_o>_ _~"___"_"'.'_""
E. The Contractor shall repair. all damage caused by his operations to other materials,
property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage.
F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by his work or employees
to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be
done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the
Contractor who is responsible for the damage.
25.2.3.3 MAINTENANCE
A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the
beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance.
B. Operations:
1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds,
mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control,
replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections,
replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash-out
repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural
practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under
SectionlV .doc
Page 48
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the
University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service.
2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance
practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy,
vigorous growth of the landscape.
3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less thanone inch of
water for all planted materials before leaving the site.
25.2.3.4
INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE
25.2.3.4.1 INSPECTION
A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's
Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within 15 days of notifications, the
installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic
inspection report will be sent to the Owner and/or Landscape Contractor.
25.2.3.4.2 REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT
A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any
part of the work Plant material will be rejected ifit does not meet the requirements set
forth in Plans and Specifications.
B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within 15 days and notify the Landscape
Architect that the correction has been made.
25.2.3.4.3 ACCEPTANCE
A. After replacement of rejected plant material (if any) have been made, and completion of
all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the projectin
writing.
B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the
terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty
period.
C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the
Owner.
1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in
performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment
sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such
claim.
2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent", or
in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species
specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from his Contract
price. The final selection rests with the Owner or his representative.
3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to
request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to
compensate for the value not received from the under-specified plant materials. No
SectionIV.doc
Page 49
Revised: 5/11/2005
SectionIV.doc
Page 50
Revised: 5/1 1/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that
exceed specifications.
25.2.3.5 WARRANTY
A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a
period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is
either dead or. in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no
charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation
. during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality or improper
materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same
with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant
shall be given the equal ampunt of warranty.
26 HOPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING
26.1 INTENT
It is the intention of this specification to provide for thetrenchless restoration of 8" to 12"
sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and
form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic
sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a comPlete, fully restored and
functioning installation.
26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTAllER ACCEPTABIL.ITY
The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding
contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the
fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for
prequalification approval for this'project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the
installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system
has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and,the State of Florida. The
installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system.
The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the
liner system and the installer.
26.3 MATERIALS
Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell
classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type3, Grade 4, Class D, according to
ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer,
from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material
shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum
property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements:
Material Property ASTM Method Value
.
HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi
Elasticity Modulus E=I13,OOO psi
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section N - Technical Specifications
Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft-Ib/in ..
Flexure Modulus E=136,OOOpsi
Expansion CoefI. c=0.009 inlinldeg F
. ..
At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in
accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be
homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or
ddeterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by
the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable
requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field
samples to the above requirements.
Liner shall be marked at 5-foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the
manufacturer, SDR,size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was . extruded.
Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design
calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffic loading,
water table to the ground .surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural
strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications
of Pipe Liners, Inc. 3421 N. Causeway, Suite 321, New Orleans, LA 70002, 1-800-344-3744 or
approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal
system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or equal liner system
approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving
bids.
26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for
rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the. sewers to produce a clean
interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior
to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of
restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local
traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation
operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the
sewer from damage.
All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal
in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to
control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the
City's treatment plants.
26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION
After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on. each section of the project is
completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color
television, and recorded on VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television
system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of
the entire periphery of the pipe.
SectionIV.doc
Page 51
Revised: 5/11/2005
SectionIV.doc
Page 52
Revised: 5/1112005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
26.6 liNER INSTAllATION
Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the
full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner
product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods
approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe,
pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately
notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation.
Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or
problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of
irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner
shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense.
OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met.
26.7 lATERAL RECONNECTION
Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be
reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the
original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method
and material is to be approved by the Engineer. .
Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be
resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected
unless specifically directed otherwise.by the. City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect
any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor. shall notify all. local
system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of
door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project.
26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION
Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no
time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than a eight hour
period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage
backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and
property damage costs and claims.
26.9 PAYMENT
Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation,
bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc, to provide a fully
completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center
of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems.
27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS
New driveways or existing black top driveways that must be broken back in widening the
pavement (remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street) shall be
constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the
exception that the base shall be six (6) inches. Use Section 23 G Asphaltic Concrete as specified
for the street paving.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
When finished surface of existing drive is gravel, replace mentshall be oflike material. Payment
shall be the same as Plant Mix Driveways. .
27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Plant Mix Driveways in place and accepted.
27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Plant Mix Driveways as measured above,
which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications
and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the
work.
28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS
The State of Florida has imposed strict requirements on Solid Wastes Handlers to decrease the
generation of solid waste products and in particular to increase the amount of recycle products.
In this regard, the City is required to determine the monthly total tonnage of all construction
debris which is recycled in this contract. A recycled material is any material reused in any
manner which diverts its' alternative disposal to a publicly assessable . landfill or by incineration.
If a material, such as clean earth, is not normally disposed to a landfill or incineration, then it is
not to be considered a recyclable material. The Contractor is required to include in each request
for payment the total tonnage of materials which were recycled by the contractor during the
contract period for which the payment request is made. Any cost to the contractor> for the
development and submittal of this information is to be included in the contract items providediIl
the original contract proposal.
29 CONCRETE CURBS
Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the'line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plan$.
Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a
minimum strength of 3000p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to
exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 10 feet. In addition,
all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the
Project Inspector a minimum of24 hours in advance ofthe placement of all concrete curbs.
. 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be lineal feet of curb in place and accepted.
29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for
all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all
materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
SectionIV.doc
Page 53
Revised: 5/11!2005
SectionIV.doc
Page 54
Revised: 5/1l/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS
30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS
Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans
. or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh
reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise
specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete
sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings
where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/1 0 welded wire mesh
reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be
positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if th~
welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not
more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every 5 feet. Concrete shall be
poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6,7, and 8
shall also apply.
30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS
Concrete driveways, wh~ther new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six (6)
inches in thickness with 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal
distance between expansion joints of no less than four (4) feet measured in any direction. The
welded wire mesh shall be positioned inthe middle to upper third of the placement. No
compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be
poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8
shall also apply.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the
placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways.
30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be the number of square feet of 4" concrete sidewalk, 6" concrete
sidewalk, and 6" concrete driveways in place and accepted,
30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which price
shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the
specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where
required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
31 SODDING
Unless otherwise noted herein, the contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at
the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 ofFDOT's
Standard Specifications (latest edition). The area for sod application shall be loosened and
excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and
structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform
finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be
graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
that has been cut for more than 72 hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in
advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall
continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure,
soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract.
Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor
at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be
determined by the Engineer.
Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials,
placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these
associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly
placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor,
equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for onthe
basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the
Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass.
32 SEEDING
Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The
seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to
be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic .
conformance with the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982
and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall.be used
instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye
Seed (to total 60 lb. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. Itis also required
that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured. '
When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment
(including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in
place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such
work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work.
33 STORM MANHOLES. INLETS. CATCH BASINS OR OTHER
STORM STRUCTURES
For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Part B Index Numbers 200 to
235.
When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans
and applicable parts of the specifications, Section Numbers 7, 8, & 9, and as approved by the
Engineer. Said structures shall be protected and saved from damage by the elements or other
causes until acceptance of the work. '
33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES
Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the Index
Numbers 201 and 202. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape
conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a
smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be
made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with brick and mortar on top of
concrete base.
SectionIV.doc
Page 55
Revised: 5/1l!2005
SectionIV.doc
Page 56
Revised: 5/1112005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels.
Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be
smoothed from inside of the manholes.
The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar.
Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course.
In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a
concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer.
33.2 PRECAST TYPE
The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches thick to
secure prOPer seating and bearing.
Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substituteptecastmanholesand
junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets
will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be
in accordance withASTM C478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturers option.
Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or
outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of
precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be
provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be. accommodated.
Manhole steps shall not be provided. Manhole using 0 ring between precast sections will not be
acceptable for storm structures.
33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis.
34 MATERIAL USED
All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by
the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all
materials.
35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Whenever a conflict appears between the plans and specifications, the more stringent
requirement shall apply. If a conflict is of such a nature as to require a decision, then a written
request for clarification must be made prior to starting that phase of construction.
36 STREET SIGNS
The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is PROHIBITED.
All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division
in accordance with Sections 700, 994,995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest
edition).
The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of 24 hours in
advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section N - Technical Specifications
37 AUDIONIDEO TAPE OF WORK AREAS
37.1 AUDIONIDEO TAPE OF WORK AREA SHALL BE PREPARED
BY THE CITY
This project will not require the preparation of an audio/video tape of work areas by the
Contractor.
37.2 AUDIONIDEO TAPE OF ALL WORK AREAS SHALL BE
PREPARED BY THE CONTRACTOR
37.2.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO TAPE
Prior to commencing work, the Cohtractor shall have a continuous color audio/video tape
recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets,
easements, rights-of-way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve
as a record of a pre-construction conditions.
37.2.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEQ TAPE
The video recordings shall not be made more than 21 days prior to construction in any area.
37.2.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS
The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio
videotapes shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly
engaged in the business of pre-construction color audio-video tape documentation.
37.2.4 EQUIPMENT
All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the
Contractor. The total audio video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, Clear pictures with
accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection.
The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with
proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio
videotape coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles.
Such coverage shall be obtained by walking.
37.2.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO
Each tape shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general
location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each
videotape shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio
recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in
viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective
description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio
recording shall also be free from any conversations.
37.2.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO
All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the
date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time
SectionIV.doc
Page 57
Revised: 5/11/2005
SectionlV.doc
Page 58
Revised: 51ll/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
information shall contain the hour, minutes and. seconds; Additional information shall be
displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name,
contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall
appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom-in and zoom
out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during
videotape playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens
focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shallbe
properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. The construction documentation
shall be recorded in SP mode.
37.2.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION
The audio and. video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end,
overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas
where the proposed construction, location will not be readily apparent to the videotape viewer,
highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a,fashionas to clearly
indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When, conventional wheeled vehicles are used
as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the
ground shall not exceed 10 feet. The camera shall be finnly mounted such that transport of the
camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture.
37.2.8 LIGHTING
All taping shall be done during time of good visibility. No taping shall be done during
precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to
properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of
those subjects.
37.2.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL
The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional
to the number, size and value of the surface features within that construction areas zone of
influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during taping
shall not exceed 44 feet per minute.
37.2.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX
All videotapes shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by videotape number
and project title. Each videotape shall have a log of that videotape's contents. The log shall
describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video tape in terms of the names of
the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video
unit counter numbers, engineering surveyor coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the
date.
37.2.11 AREA OF COVERAGE
Tape coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of
construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be
limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features,
mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc.
within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
section N - Technical Specifications
fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or
right of way at anyone time.
37.2.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES
The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items
provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work.
38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL
38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS
No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise
authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by
mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other pennanent
vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a
project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization
measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping.
38.2 PROTECTION AND STABiliZATION OF SOil STOCKPilES
Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage controls which prevent
erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required,
depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In
no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days.
38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS
During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by
sediment traps such as secured hay bales, sod, stone, etc.,\Vhich.~l1(:I:ltJJ~ .main,tllined and
modified as required by construction progress, and which must be approved by the City Engineer
before installation.
38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES
Sediment basins and traps, perimeter berms, filter fences, berms, sediment barriers, vegetative
buffers and other measures intended to trap sediment and/or prevent the transport of sediment
onto adjacent properties, or into existing water bodies; must be installed, constructed, or, in the
case of vegetative buffers, protected from disturbance, as a first step in the land alteration
process. Such systems shall be fully operative and inspected by the City before any other
disturbance of the site begins. Earthen structures including but not limited to berms, earth filters,
dams or dikes shall be stabilized and protected from drainage damage or erosion within one
week of installation.
38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS
Areas of 3 acres or more shall be required to have temporary sedimentation basins as.a positive
remedy against downstream siltation and will be shown and detailed on construction plans.
During development, permanent detention areas may be used in place of silt basins, provided
they are maintained to the satisfaction of the City.
SectionIV.d<x:
Page 59
Revised: 5/11/2005
SectionIV.doc
Page 60
Revised: 5/1112005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
The Contractor will be required to prohibit discharge of silt through the outfall structure during
construction of any detention area and will be required to clean out the detention area before
installing any permanent subdrain pipe. In addition, permanent detention areas must be totally
cleaned out and operating properly at final inspection and at the end of the one year warranty
period. When temporary sedimentation basins are used, . they shall be capable at all times of
contain-ing at least one(l) cubic foot of sediment for each one hundred (100) square feet of area
tributary to the basin. Such capacity shall be maintained throughout the project by regular
removal of sediment from the basin.
38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES
Land alteration and construction shall be minimized in both permanent and intermittent
waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of 25 feet from top of bank of the waterways and
the buffer area whenever possible, and barriers shall be used to prevent access. Where in channel
work cannot . be avoided, precautiolls must be taken to stabilize the work area during land
alteration, development and/or construction to minimize erosion. If the channel and buffer area
are disturbed during land alteration, they must be stabilized within three (3) calendar days after
the in channel work is completed.
Silt curtains or other filter/siltation reduction devices must be installed on the downstream side of
the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to increased turbidity. Wherever stream
crossings are required, properly sized temporary culverts shall be provided by the contractor and
removed when construction is completed. The area of the crossing shall be restored to a
condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any construction activity.
38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS
All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of
excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to
issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy.
38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance
with the following standards:
a. No more than 400 lineal feet of trench shall be open at anyone time;
b. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast
to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of
any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway.
38.9 MAINTENANCE
All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall
and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required.
38.10 COMPLIANCE
Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more
stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a "Stop Work Order".
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
City of Clearwater Standard Detail Drawings No. 601 607 are examples of accepted methods that
may be used or required to control erosion and siltation.
SectionlV.doc
Page 61
Revised: 5/11/2005
SectionIV.doc
Page 62
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
City of Clearwater - Erosion Control
This notice is to inform the prime contractor that the City of Clearwater holds them responsible
for soil erosion control on their site.
The City of Clearwater Public Works Department has the responsibility to minimize the amount
of soil erosion into the City's streets, storm sewers and waterways.
The construction of a new residence or commercial site and major remodeling of an existing site
creates a potential for soil erosion. These instances are usually the result of contractors and
subcontractors accessing the property with equipment or construction materials. Then rain storms
redistribute the eroded soil into the adjacent streets, storm systems and waterways.
When erosion takes place, a Planning & Development Services Inspector or a Public Works
Inspector will place a correction notice at the site. The procedure will be as follows:
1st occurrence Warning
2nd occurrence $32 reinspection fee
3rd occurrence $80 reinspection fee
4th occurrence Stop work order
Dependent on the severity of the erosion, the City's Public Works Administration Department
may elect to rectify the erosion problem and charge the contractor accordingly.
The attached drawings and details are recommendations for the contractor to use as means to
support the site from eroding. The contractor may elect to shovel and sweep the street daily or on
an as needed basis. However, erosion must be held in check.
If the contractor would like to meet with a Public Works inspector on any particular site, please
contact Construction at 462-6126 or Planning & Development Services at 562-4741.
Erosion Control Required - City of Clearwater's Code of Ordinances requires erosion control on
all land development projects.
Erosion control must be in place and maintained throughout the job. Failure to do so may result
in additional costs and time delays to the permit holder.
Contact Engineering Department with specific questions at 562-4750.
-------------------
Section IV - Technical Specifications
CITY OF CLEARWATER
NOTICE OF
EROSION VIOLATION
UNDER SECTION 3-701 (DIVISION 7 - EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL) OF THE CITY OF CLEARWATER CODE OF
ORDINANCES, THIS SITE HAS BEEN FOUND IN VIOLATION. THIS SITE MUST BE RESTORED TO AN EROSION
CONTROLLED SITE PRIOR TO ANY FURTHER DEVELOPMENT TO CONTINUE.
Warning
$32.00 Reinspection Fee
$80.00 Reinspection Fee
Stop Work Order
CITY OF CLEARWATER
PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 727 562-4741
&
PUBLIC SERVICES/CONSTRUCTION 727 462-6126
DATE POSTED:
Inspector's Name:
Received by:
(Signature indicates only a copy of this notice has been
received and does not in any way indicate admission of guilt
or concurrence with findings of the inspector.)
Inspector's Signature:
IT IS A VIOLATION TO REMOVE THIS NOTICE
ANY UNAUTHORIZED PERSON REMOVING THIS SIGN WILL BE PROSECUTED
SectionIV .doc
Page 63
Revised: 5/11/2005
SectionlV.doc
Page 64
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING
The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on
the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb
of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals
cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to
service connection.
Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by
the American Public Works Association as follows:
SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission
Municipal Electric Systems
HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission
Oil.Distribution and Transmission
Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines
.
SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems
Police and Fire Communications
Cable Television
SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems Slurry Pipe Lines
SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems
Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension
perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall
be 6" x 3" and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall
be 4" X 2" and be placed on the curb face.
40 AWARD OF CONTRACT. WORK SCHEDULE AND
GUARANTEE
It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the
Engineer gives written notice to proceed, which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 -
General Conditions.
It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within consecutive
calendar days. Contract date to commence at issuance of notice to proceed. If the Contractor fails
to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the
Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be
discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the
Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee
Holidays, that in the opinion of the Assistant Public Services Director, will require the presence
of Inspectors, the Contractor shall pay the City ofClearwatet, Florida, the amount of Three
Hundred Twenty Dollars ($320.00) per eight-hour day for each Inspector given such assignment.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
The Contractor s~all remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage
to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final
acceptance.
41 WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES
41.1 SCOPE
. The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in
connection with the construction of water mains and appurtenances including clearing,
excavation, trenching, backfilling and' clean up.
41.2 MATERIALS
41.2.1 GENERAL
Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall
be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of
workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modem design and
engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment
and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation,
except as required in tests. or. incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings
and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects
during shipment and construction.
41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS
41.2.2.1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE
Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA CI51/A21.51 81 or latest revision.
Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table:
Size Class Thickness Rated Water Working Pressure
(In.) (PSI)
4" 51 0.26 350
6" 50 0.25 350
8" 50 0.27 350
. ... .. . ....
12" 50 0.31 350
The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to
centerline of pipe.
Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI! A WW A C 151 / A21.51 81 or latest revision.
Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with
approved bituminous seal 'coat in accordance with ANSI!AWWA C104/A21.4 80 or latest
revIsIon.
SectionIV.doc
Page 65
Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
41.2.2.2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 4" through 8" shall be in accordance withANSIIAWWAC900 81
or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241 and
PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784.
Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be
compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings.
Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table:
Size Dimension Ratio Rated Water Working Pressure Laying Length
(OD/Thick.) (pSI) (Ft)
4 18 150 20
6 18 150 20
8 18 150 20
Pipe larger than 8" shall be ductile iron..The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of
ductile iron in sizes 4" through 8" when needed due to laying conditions or usage.
The bell of 4" and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross
section e1astomeric ring which meets the requirements ofASTMD 1869.
Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling,
storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe
material for potable water service.
All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with an insulated 12 gaugeA.W.G solid strand copper
wire wound around the pipe forming one complete spiral per joint of pipe. This wire is to be
continuous with splices made only by methods. approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be
secured to all valves, tees and elbows.
41.2.2.3
FITTINGS AND JOINTS
Fitting from 4" through 16" in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with
ANSIIAWWA C153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in
accordance with requirements of ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall
be 350 P.S.1. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with require
requirements of ANSI/AWWA CI04/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in
accordance with ANSI/AWWA Clll1A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI/AWWA
Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic
(USA) manufacture will be acceptable.
41.2.2.4
RESTRAINT
Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved
mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants
shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on
hydrants shall be used only where hydrant ronout length precludes the use of swivel joint
connectors.
Section IV .doc
Page 66
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
41.2.2.5
PIPE WITHIN CASING
All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining
gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed.
41.2.3 GATE VALVES
Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with
respect to the vertical. Valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall
be handwheel operated. Valves three inches and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with 2
inch square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for
the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the left
(counter clockwise).
Pressure Rating: Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be
rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, nonshock.
The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body.
Installation: Installation. shall be in ~ccordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines
shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves.
Smaller than two inch:' Gate valves less. than two inches in diameter shall be of brass and shall
conform to Federal Specification WW V 54, Type 1 or 11 with screwed joints. Valves for interior
piping shall be Type 11, wedge disc, rising stem, inside screw type.
Valves for buried service shall be Type 1, wedge disc, nonrising stem.
Four Inch to Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate Valves, 4 to 16 inch diameter, inclusive, shall be
resilient seated gate valves in conformance with ANSI/A.W.W.A. Standard Specification C509
80 or latest revision. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-80,
full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal
parts removable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main, corrosion resistent
bronze nonrising stem with 0 ring bonnet seal and internal cast iron parts coated with corrosion
resistent coating.
Larger than sixteen inch: Gate valves larger than 16" shall be suitable for the service intended
and shall be iron body, bronze mounted, double disc type with 0 ring. seals. All valves shall be
equipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks
and scrapers and valved by pass.
41.2.4 VALVE BOXES
Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast
iron. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown. The
valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the
bid price for valves.
41.2.5 HYDRANTS
Fire hydrants used in extension to or replacement of the City of Clearwater water system shall be
the following hydrants:
. Kennedy Guardian #K 8lD Fire Hydrant,
. Mueller Centurion Fire Hydrant Catalog Number A 423
SectionIV.doc
Page 67
Revised: 9/22/05
SectionIV.doc
Page 68
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
. U.S. Pipe Metropolitan
No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater.
Above fire hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AWWA Specification C
502 and include the following modifications: .
1. Basic design will be the dry barrel type which prevents the operating threads from
coming in contact with the service water. It will be of the compression type, opening
against the pressure and closing with the pressure.
2. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and
bottom with an "0" ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil.
3. Hydrant barrel will be of the "Breakable Type" made in two sections with the flange or
break feature located approximately 2" above the ground line.
4. Main valve opening of the hydrant will be not less than 5 1/4".
5. Hydrant nozzles will consist of two 2 1/2" hose nozzles and one 4 1/2" pump nozzle.
Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard. Hose Coupling Thread
Specifications.
6. The hydrant will be so designed to permit the removal of all working parts from the
hydrant up through the barrel without disturbing the earth around the hydrant or
disassembling the barrel.
7. Main valve seat will be made of bronze and threaded into a bronze retaining ring. Or it
may be threaded into a heavy bronze bushing in the hydrant base.
8. Hydrant will be designed with an anti friction bearing so located that itwill reduce the
torque required to operate the hydrant.
9. There will be a minimum of two bronze or brass drain outlets.
10. Hydrants shall be painted with one coat of primer and one emit of yellow'paint at the
factory and one finish coat of yellow paint after installation. All paints shall comply with
AWWA Standard C502-85 or its latest revision.
1 LThe main valve stem will be made in two sections with a breakable coupling.
12. Hydrants shall be left open (counter clockwise) and shall have a National Standard 1l/2"
pentagon operating nut.
13. Hydrant base outlet will be 6" and will be mechanical joint with fittings.
All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest A WW A Specification C 502.
Constrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from
the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Constrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent
movement of the hydrant.
All fire hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant
may be shut offwithout the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system.
41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES
Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to 4" P.V.C. water main. The largest service
connection allowable on 4" main shall be 1 1/2". Service saddles shall be used on all 2" service
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
connections to 6" and larger mains. Service saddles shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy
or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps.
41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS
1. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or A WWA
Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the
tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials.
2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery;
and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or
unsatisfactory material shall be used.
3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects
shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site.
4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in
handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The
Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items.
41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery
(service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C506 78 or its
latest revision.
Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, when
required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from
possible backtlow of water within the customers private system. The types of devices allowed
are:
1. Double Check Valve Assembly a device composed of two single, independently acting,
approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the
assembly and suitable connections for testing the watertightness of each check valve.
2. Reduced pressure principle backtlow prevention device a device containing a minimum
of two independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically
operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit
must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each
device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks.
Since installed devices must be tested annually and may be maintained by the City of Clearwater,
following are the approved models of devices allowed for installation by customers of the City of
Clearwater Water Distribution system:
DOUBLE CHECK VALVE
2" and Smaller Larger than 2"
Conbraco 40 I 00 Conbraco 40100
Hersev Beeco Model FDC Hersev Beeco No.2
Watts Model 709 or 007 Watts Model 709 or 007
FEBCO Model 805Y
Ames 2000 S8
SectionIV.doc
Page 69
Revised: 9/22/05
SectionIV.doc
Page 70
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
REDUCED PRESSURE TYPE
2"and Smaller Larger than 2"
Ames 5000 SS
Conbmco 40200 Conbmco 40200
Hersey Beeco Model FRP II Hersev Beeco Model 6CM
FEBCO Model 825Y
Watts Model 909 or 009 Watts Model 909 or 009
41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES
Steel body tapping sleeves shall beJCM Industries Inc., JCM 412; Clow Corporation 3460; or
equal. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A285, Grade C steel body,
stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and 3/4" bronze test plug.
41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS
Blow offs shall be box hydrants having a 2" main valve, closing with the water pressure. These
flush mounted hydrants shall have a 2" FIP inlet, with the outlet being a 2 1/2" bronze male
nozzle. With all working parts also of bronze, these hydrants will open to the left and have a
removable bronze seat, which seals against a seat rubber of no less durometer than 85. All
hydrants shall be as manufactured by Kupferle Foundry, St. Louis, Mo., Model #35B or
approved equal.
41.3 CONSTRUCTION
41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING
1. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting
with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall
such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded rolled against
pipe,alr,ea~yon the groUl1<t . .. H_'.'
2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any
part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at his
expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer.
3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite
or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench.
41.3.2 PIPE LAYING
41.3.2.1 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE
The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and
hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems
plumb.
The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of 30" and a maximum of 42" below
finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions.
Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work
and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer shall have
the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with
the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV ~ Technical Specifications
41.3.2.2
INSTALLATION
Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used
by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves
and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick,
ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials
and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or
dumped in the trench.
If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage
shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective
repairs or rejection of the damaged items.
All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended
above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined
with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe
or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs
or rejection.
All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each
pipe,. and the outside. of the. spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped
clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall bemade upin
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is
being placed in the line. If the pipelaying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place
without getting earth into it, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the
trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there
until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools,
clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe.
As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the
pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be. secured in place with
approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to
prevent dirt from entering the joint space.
At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a
watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer.
The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and
workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth
end at right angles to the axis of the pipe.
Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the
Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of 10 per cent or greater, the laying shall start at
bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade.
Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or. horizontal
plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems; or where long radius curves are permitted, the
amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of
ANSI! A WW A C600-82 and C900 81 or latest revisions.
No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable.
SectionIV.doc
Page 71
Revised: 9/22/05
SectionIV.doc
Page 72
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS
41.3.3.1 . GENERAL
Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified
above for installation of pipe.
41.3.3.2
VALVES
Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended
unless shown otherwise on the plans.
The valve box shall not transmit shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb
over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished
pavement or such other level as may be directed.
41.3.3.3
HYDRANTS
Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and
minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians.
All hydrants shall. stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the
curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with
nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer.
Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a6 inch ductile iron branch controlled by an
independent 6 inch gate valve.
41.3.3.4 ANCHORAGE
Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by
attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturers
recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining
mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant runout length precludes the use
of-hydrant connecting swiveljoints.
Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown
on the plans or specified in the field by the Engineer.
41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES
Where shown on the plans or directed . by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this
contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made
until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met
and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer.
Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be
made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the
actual conditions. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the supervision
ofthe City of Clearwater Water Division.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
41.4 TESTS
41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS
After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service
taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds
per square inch for a period of one hour.
The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner
satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus, together
with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor at his expense.
The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water
for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line.
41.4.2 .. NOTICE OF TEST
The Contractor shall. give the City of Clearwater Water Division 48 hours advance notice of the
time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing.
41.5 STERiliZATION
Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new
construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized.
41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT
The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to
Federal Specification 0 S 602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or
"Perchloron" .
41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM
Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing
shall continue until a clean, clear water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not
available for flushing, such flushing shall.be accomplished at the closest point available to the
ends of the lines.
41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE
All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a
minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then
remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight hours before it is flushed
out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the
contact period.
41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS
After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free
residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall
be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set.
SectionIV.doc
Page 73
Revised: 9/22/05
SectionIV.doc
Page 74
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS
After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of
Clearwater Water Division personnel shall take samples of water :froni remote points of the
distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward the samples to the
Florida State Board of Health for bacterial examination. If tests of such samples indicate the
presence of coliform organis!lls, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests
indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before
the system is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the
sterilization as outlined above.
If methods of sterilization differ materially :from those outlined above, such methods shall be in
accordance with. directives of the Florida State Board of Health and. all methods employed shall
have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of
samples shall be secured :from the Florida State Board of Health prior to sterilization and shall be
followed in all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure final approval of the bacterial
samples :from the Florida State Board of Health before the water distribution system is put into
operation.
41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
41.6.1 GENERAL
1. Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid
Form.
2. Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump
sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute
full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work.
3. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall
be inchided in the applicable pay items of woik.....~ ... ..
a) Clearing and grubbing
b) Excavation, including necessary pavement removal
c) Shoring and/or dewatering
d) Structural fill
e) Backfill
t) Grading
g) Tracer wire
h) Refill materials
i) Joints materials
j) Tests and sterilization
k) Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
41.6.2 FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS
41.6.2.1 MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type
satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line,
including the length of valves and fittings.
41.6.2.2 PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor,
materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains complete and ready for operation.
41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS
41.6.3.1 MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron
fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped
on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more
than the tolerances permitted in ANSI/AWWA CllO/A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case"
the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance.
41.6.3.2 PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor,
materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings.
41.6.4 FURNISH AND INSTAll GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES
AND COVERS
41.6.4.1
MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished
and installed.
41.6.4.2 PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all
plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover. .
41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTAll FIRE HYDRANTS
41.6.5.1 MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and
installed.
41.6.5.2 PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor,
material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant complete including necessary thrust
anchorage, 6 inch pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the
hydrant lead.
SectionIV.doc
Page 75
Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
This article not applicable.
43 TENNIS COURTS
43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS
43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS
All soil under courts shall be treated with DSMA 184 at the rate of 2 pounds active ingredient per
1,000 squarefoot.
Materials shall be brought to the job site in tagged containers. Tags shall be retained and turned
into the Engineer's Office.
43.1.2 BASE COURSE
Base Course shall be Limerock 6" thick after compaction. Specifications for the base shall be the
same as those for Limerock in Section IV - Article 22 of the City of Clearwater Technical
Specifications. Sub grade stabilizing will not be required.
Surface shall be cut to within 1/2" of true grade in preparation of 1" leveling course. Prior to
applying prime coat, surface shall be approved by the Engineer.
43.1.3 PRIME COAT
The material used for prime coat shall be cut-back Asphalt Grade RC-70 or RC-250 and shall
conform to Section 300 of the Florida State Department of Transportation's "Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction".
43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE
A.Leveling Course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in
Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Leveling Course shall be
constructed running East and West.
Finish surface of leveling course shall not vary more than 1/4" when checked with a 10 foot
straight edge. If a deficiency of more than W' exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface
should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation.
43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE
Surface course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in.Section
331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Surface Course shall be constructed
running North and South.
Finish surfaces shall not vary more than 1/4" in 10 feet. Prior to application of color coat, surface
shall be checked for low areas by flooding the surface with water. Low areas shall be patched as
approved by the Engineer prior to application of the color coat. No areas which retain water will
be approved. If a deficiency of more than W' exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface
should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation.
SectionIV.doc
Page 76
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV -Technical Specifications
43.1.6 COLOR COAT
43.1.6.1 MATERIALS
Materials used in the patching and color coating of Tennis Courts shall be manufactured
specifically for Tennis Court Application.
All materials must be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of construction. Request. for
approval of coating materials may be submitted prior to the opening of bids. In requests for
approval, the Contractor shall present manufacturer's literature along with the name, address, and
date of three previous Tennis Court applications of the proposed material.
43.1.6.2 CONSTRUCTION
43.1.6.2.1 SURFACE PREPARATION
The surface to be coated must be sound, smooth, and free from loose dirt or oily materials..
Prior to the application of surfacing materials, the entire surface should be checked for minor
depressions or irregularities. If it is determined that minor corrections are necessary, the
Contractor shall make repairs using approved tack coat and/or patching mix in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations for use.
After patching the surface shall not vary more than 1/8" in ten feet in any direction. If a
deficiency of more than 1/8" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled
or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation.
In order to provide a smooth, denseunderlayment of the finish course, one or more applications .
ofresurfacer or patch mix shall be applied to the underlaying surface as deemed necessary by the
Engineer. Asphaltic concrete Surface Course with a smooth tight mix and no ponding,. will not
require the resurfacing or patching mix. Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course which is course and
rough or is ponding water will require the use of the resurfacer Qr patch mix..
No applications shall be covered by a succeeding application until thorougWy cured.
43.1.6.2.2 FINISH COLOR COURSE
The finish course shall be applied to a clean, dry surface in accordance with the manufacturer's
directions. A minimum of two applications of color coat will be required.
Texture of cured color coat is to be regulated in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations to provide a medium speed surface for tennis play.
The color of application shall be dark green for the regulation double's playing area and red for
all other others. . . . .
The finished surface shall have a uniform appearance and be free from ridges and tool marks.
43.1.6.3
PLAYING LINES
Forty-eight (48) hours minimum after completion of the resurfacing, 2 inch wide playing lines
shall be accurately located, marked and painted with approved marking paint.
SectionIV.doc
Page 77
Revised: 9/22/05
SectionIV.doc
Page 78
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
43.1.6.4 WEATHER LIMITATIONS
No parts of the construction involving Tennis Court surfacing or patching products shall be
conducted during rainfall, or when rainfall is imminent or unless the air temperature is at least 50
Degree's Fand rising.
NOTE: The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum or 24 hours in advance of
all base and asphalt related work.
43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS
43.2.1 GENERAL
43.2.1.1 SCOPE
The Contractor shall furnish all labor, m~terials and equipment necessary for the installation of
clay tennis court(s) as set forth in these specifications and Jor the construction drawings. The
scope of work is indicated on drawings and specified herein. Basis of design for clay courts with
sub-surface irrigation system is Hydrogrid Tennis, Inc. or prior approved equal.
43.2.1.2
CONTRACTOR QUALlFICATI.oNS
The Owner may make such investigation as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the
Bidder to perform the. work and the Bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and
data for this purpose as the Owner may request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if
the evidence submitted by, or investigations of such Bidders fail to satisfy the owner that such
Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the work
contemplated herein within the time limit agreed upon. Factors to be considered in awarding the
Bid shall include the successful completion of similar sub-surface irrigation clay tennis court
installations of like value, scope; size and quality as this project, with in the last five (5) years.
The Owner desires to award this contractto firms that have been in business for a minimum of
five (5) years. The qualifications and experience of the personnel assigned to the project will be a
determining factor in the award of the Bid.
43.2.1.3
STANDARDS
The Contractor shall perform all work in a thorough, workmanlike manner and conform to
standards for tennis court construction as prescribed or approved by the United States (Lawn)
Tennis Association and the United States Tennis Court and Tract Builders Association. The
Contractor shall construct the tennis courts with laser guided equipment.
43.2.1.4
BUILDING PERMITS AND TAXES
The Contractor shall secure all construction permits required by law, the City of Clearwater will
waive all permit fees.
43.2.1.5
COURT LAYOUT
The Owner shall establish two horizontal control points and a construction bench mark. The
Contractor shall locate the four comers of each battery and shall layout the courts in
conformance with the specifications and drawings.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
Section IV """ Technical Specifications
43.2.1.6
BUILDING REQUIREMENTS
The Owner shall provide and maintain reasonable access to the construction site, as well as an
area adjacent to the site for storage and preparation of materials. Adequate water outlets within
fifty (50) feet ofthe site shall be provided.
43.2.1.7
SCHEDULE
The Owner desires to award the contract to firms who will complete this project.in a reasonable
time schedule. Consideration in awarding this bid will be given to firms who may commence and
complete the project within a reasonable period of time after award of the bid. The Owner, in its
sole discretion, will determine the reasonable schedule standard as it relates to the "Notice to
Proceed. "
43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION
43.2.2.1 SUITABILITY
The Contractor shall examine the site to determine its suitability for installation of the courts.
43.2.2.2
DEMOLITION
The contractor shall demo the existirrgtennis courts, remove the existing ten (10) foot high fence
surrounding the tennis courts and all underground utilities within the limits of the construction
area. Utilities extending outside the construction limits shall be capped and terminated. The
existing tennis courts shall be ground into millings suitable to be mixed into the' sub-'grade . at the
proposed location of the new clay tennis courts. Any sub-grade material beneath the existing
tennis courts not suitable for planting beds shall be removed and also utilized as sub-grade
material beneath the new courts. All demolition materials not utilized in construction of the new
courts shall be removed and disposed from the project site. The Contractor shall provide
documentation of any recycled materials.
43.2.2.3
SUB-GRADE
The sub-grade shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final suh-grade
elevation. The sub-grade shall be graded level. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of
the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-180 is required. The Contractor
shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner.
43.2.2.4
FINAL GRADE
The final grades outside the tennis court areas and within the construction limits shall be graded
to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final grade elevations with positive drainage
away from tennis courts and towards drainage swales or outfall structures. A compaction to a
density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-180 is
required. The contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner.
43.2.3 SLOPE
43.2.3.1 SLOPE REQUIREMENTS
Rate and direction of slope of the finished surfaces shall be one (1) inch in forty (40) feet, all in
one plane, as indicated on the drawings.
SectionIV.doc
Page 79
Revised: 9/22/05
SectionIV.doc
Page 80
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION '
43.2.4.1 LINER
Two layers of 6 mil construction plastic shall be installed over the sub-grade surface with a
minimum overlap of five (5) feet where pieces are joined. Use only materials that are resistant to
deterioration when tested in accordance with ASTM E 154, as follows:
a. J>olyethylene sheet, Construction Grade.
43.2.4.2
BASE COURSE
The base course shall consist of six (6) inches of porous base material as supplied by Quality
Aggregate of Sarasota Florida. The surface of the base course shall be smooth and even, and it
shall be within one-quarter (114) inch of the established grade.
43.2.4.3 IRRIGATION SYSTEM
Perforated pipe shall be installed in trenches in the base course. These trenches shall be in on
four (4) foot centers and shall be run perpendicular to the slope of the court. The pipe shall be
two and one-quarter (2-114) inch diameter with a nylon needle punched sock surrounding the
pipe. Six (6) water control canisters shall be installed per court with each canister controlling five
(5) grid pipe trenches. Provide all required controls systems time clocks; float switches, control
wiring and solenoids, etc. for a complete sub-surface irrigation system.
43.2.5. PERIMETER CURBING
43.2.5.1
CURB
Brick curb shall be installed around the entire perimeter of the court area with an elevation of
one-quarter (114) to one-half (112) inch above the finished screening course elevation.
43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE
43.2.6.1 COURT SURFACE
A surface course of ISP Type II Aquablend or Lee Hyroblend tennis court material shall be
installed over the screening course to a compacted depth of one (I) inch. The Aqua/Hydroblend
material shall be watered to its full depth immediately after leveling and then compacted by
rolling with a tandem roller weighing 600 to 1000 pounds. The finished surface shall not vary
from specified grade by more than one-eighth (1/8) inch.
43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER
Root barrier (geo-tech fabric) eighteen (18) inches height shall be placed in a trench on the
outside edge of the perimeter curbing eighteen (18) inches in depth with herbicide coating
buttons to prevent plant root systems in entering the sub-surface base course of the clay tennis
courts.
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
43.2.8 -FENCING
43.2.8.1 DESIGN
The contractor shall provide a total color coated fencing system as indicated on drawings and
described herein. All components: frames, fabric and fittings shall be black. Basis of Design
Ameristar HT-25 or prior approved equal subject to strict compliance with Ameristar published
specification.
43.2.8.2
POSTS
All posts shall be a minimum 2-1/2" Ameristar HT-25 pipe; top rails 1-5/8" Ameristar HT-25
pipe with manufacturers standard "Permacoat" color system.
43.2.8.3
FENCE FABRIC
Fence Fabric shall be 1-3/4" #6 gauge mesh throughout, manufactures standard galvanized wire
with PVC coating. All fabric to be knuckled on both selvages.
43.2.8.4 GATES
Provide gates at locations indicated. At service gates, provide a keeper that automatically
engages gate life and holds it in the open position until manually released. Provide gate stops for
double gates consisting of a mushroom-type flush plate with anchors, set in concrete, and
designed to engage a center drop rod or plunger-bar. Include a locking device and padlock eyes
as an integral part of the latch, permitting both gate leaves to be locked with a single padlock.
Provide latch, fork type or plunger-bar type to permit operation from either side of gate, with
padlock eye as an integral part of the latch. Gate Hinges - Size and material to suit gate size,
non-lift-off type, and offset to permit 180-degree gate opening. Provide one and one-half (1-1/2)
pair of hinges for each leaf over six (6) foot nominal height.
43.2.9 WINDSCREENS
The contractor shall provide nine (9) foot high windscreens at all ten (10) foot high fencing.
Basis of design is Durashade plus by Ball Products, Inc. or equal by Putterman. Black high-
density polyethylene, eight (8) oz. per square yard edges hemmed with grommets at twelve (12)
inch on center. Attach to chain link fencing at the top and bottom with 50 LBS plastic ties.
43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT
43.2.10.1 POST FOUNDATIONS
Post foundations shall be not less than thirty-six (36) inches in length, eighteen (18) inches in
width and thirty (30) inches in depth. Foundations shall be placed to provide an exact distance
between posts of forty-two (42) feet on a doubles court and thirty-three (33) feet on a singles
court.
43.2.10.2 NET POSTS & SLEEVES
Net posts shall be galvanized steel having an outside diameter of not less than two and seven-
eighths (2 7/8) inches with electrostatically applied enamel finish and shall be equipped with a
reel type net tightening device. Post sleeves and posts shall be set plumb and true so as to support
SectionIV.doc
Page 81
Revised: 9/22/05
SectionIV.doc
Page 82
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
the net a height of forty-two (42) inches above the court surface at the posts. Post sleeves shall be
Schedule 40 PVC to be set in concrete per net post manufactures recommendation.
43.2.10.3 CENTER STRAP ANCHOR
A center strap anchor shall be firmly set in accordance with the rules of the USTA.
43.2.10.4 NET
A tennis net conforming to the USTA regulations shall be installed on each court. The net shall
have black synthetic netting, a headband of white synthetic material in double thickness with the
exterior treated for resistance to mildew and sunlight, and bottom and end tapes of back synthetic
material treated to prevent deterioration from the sunlight. A vinyl coated, impregnated steel
cable, having a diameter of one quarter (1/4) inch and a length five (5) feet greater than length
between the net post shall hold the net in suspension. The net shall have tie strings of a synthetic
material at each corner. Basis of Design - Duranet DTS by Ball Products, Inc.
43.2.10.5 CENTER STRAP
Provide a center strap of white heavy duty polyester webbing with black oxide coated brass slide
buckles and nickel plated double end snap. Center strap shall be placed on the net and attached to
the center strap anchor.
43.2.10.6 LINE TAPES
Line tapes shall be 100% nylon and shall be two (2) inches in width. The tapes shall be firmly
secured by aluminum nails with aluminum length of two and one-half (2 - 1/2) inches.
Positioning shall be in accordance with regulations of the USTA.
43.2.10.7 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
Deliver the following equipment to the.owIler:
1. Ride-on Tandem Roller - Brutus AR-I Roller, automatic forward-neutral-reverse
transmission; 24 inch wide drum; 3-horse power Briggs and Stratton engine.
2. Hand drag brooms (4 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame with 4-1/2" synthetic bristles;
Proline. .
3. Tow drag brooms (1 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame 4-1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline.
4. Deluxe Proline Line Sweeper (4 each) - friction-driven rubber sleeves; synthetic bristle
brush; with fence hook cast aluminum.
5. Scarifier/Lutes (2 each) - 30" wide all aluminum; Proline.
6. Tennis Shoe Cleaners (2 each) - steel frame construction " Scrusher" exact installation
location by Owner.
7. Tennis Two Step (2 each) - polyethylene construction with two rubber panels.
8. Court Rake (1 each) - six-foot length aluminum.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE
Provide shade structures as indicted on drawings. Basis of design: Suntrends, Inc. "Cabana
Bench 8" - 8'long x 6' wide gable design with standard canvas canopy, direct burial installation.
Provide concrete footing, size and reinforcement as required by shade structure manufacture.
43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable)
The owner shall supply water line to within fifty (50) feet of the courts with 50 pounds per
square inch running pressure at its terminus. This line shall have the capacity to supply 30
gallons of water per minute for each court.
43.2.13 CONCRETE
Provide concrete consisting of portland cement per ASTM C 150, aggregates per ASTM C 33,
and potable water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive
strength of 3,500 psi. Use at least four sacks of cement per cu. yd., I-inch maximum size
aggregate, 3~inch maximum slump.
43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING
43.2.14.1 SHOP DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall provide signed and sealed electrical shop drawings by a professional
electrical engineer for approval of the relocation and re-aiming of the existing tennis court sport
lighting fixtures and electrical service to water coolers. The shop drawings shall include all
necessary information according to local electrical codes in providing a complete operating
system from the existing electrical panel. The shop drawings shall provide data. showing the
maximum foot candles the existing fixtures will provide at its new locations for tournament play.
Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval.
43.2.14.2 RE-LAMP
The Contractor shall re-Iamp and clean lens of all existing lighting fixtures after relocating the
light pole and fixtures to its new location. The City will provide the new lamps.
43.2.14.3 ELECTRICAL PERMIT
The Contractor shall submit electrical drawings to City of Clearwater Planning and Development
Services to obtain permits for installation of the electrical works.
43.2.14.4 POLES & FIXTURES
SectionIV.doc
Page 83
Revised: 9/22/05
SectionIV.doc
Page 84
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Pole T1 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5
Pole T2 existing 12 fixture pole, remove six fixtures and place on pole T5
Pole T3 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5
Pole T4 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits
Pole T5 new pole w/existing sixteen fixtures (8 on one side and 8 on the other) and 2
circuits
Pole T6 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits
Pole T7 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole T5
Pole T8 existing 12 fixture pole, remove four fixtures and place on pole T5
Pole T9 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole T5
Light levels ended up at 58+ footcandles.
Existing poles have concrete footing approximately one foot wide on all sides Contractor shall
plan relocation light poles accordingly.
43.2.14.5 ELECTRICAL CONDUITS
Existing electrical conduits are installed individually to the existing light pole, it is suggested the
Contractor place electrical junction boxes at existing pole locations and utilize existing conduits.
New conduits will be required for the three (3) new light poles and the Contractor shall include
the cost for these electrical conduits in the relocating of the new light poles.
43.2.15 WATER COOLER
43.2.15.1 SHQP DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for the installation of water cooler in the cabana area
of the tennis courts, electrical, water and drainage submitted to the Parks and Recreation
Department for approval.
43.2.15.2 WATER FOUNTAIN
Basis for design: Halsey Taylor HOF Series - water cooler with sealed back panels, or equal.
43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION
Instruct the Owner's personnel on proper operation and maintenance of court and equipment.
43.2.17 WARRANTY
43.2.17.1 EQUIPMENT
The Contractor shall supply warranty cards and operation and maintenance manuals for all
equipment to the Owner upon completion of construction of the project.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section N - Technical Specifications
43.2.17.2 WARRANTY
The Contractor shall warranty the courts, fencing, sidewalks and court accessories against
defective materials and lor workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of
completion.
43.2.17.3 WARRANTY SUB-SURFACE IRRIGATION SYSTEM
The Contractor shall warranty the sub-surface irrigation of the clay tennis courts for a period of
two years from the day of completion.
44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC
CONTROL
The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone
traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization,
hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as. may be
necessary at outlying points.
44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of
performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction
permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation for the
Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for
Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident
Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the
U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of
Transportation, or most recent. additi9n.
44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY
The general objectives of a program of work zone safety is to protect workers, pedestrians,
bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective
may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives:
. Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones.
. Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation he will be facing as he
proceeds through or around the work zone.
. Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle.
. Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material.
. Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site).
. Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices.
. Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around construction or
maintenance work zones.
The 2004 Design Standards (DS), Index 600
"When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone,
accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only
SectionIV.doc
Page 85
Revised: 9/22/05
SectionIV.doc
Page 86
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
approved temporary traffic control devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control
zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and detours marked shall
be provided by appropriate signs".
2004 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction
102-5 Traffic Control: 102-5.1 Standards: .FDOT Design Standards (DS) are the minimum
standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans
44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES
Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local
Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of
requirements increase with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting
business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but
local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the
designated "Spring Break" season with prior approval by the City Engineer.
44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS
Obtain permits for Pinellas County and Florida Department of Transportation roadways.
Traffic control devises conform to. national and. state standards.
44.3.1.1
PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected
by the construction process.
44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS
Consult with City Traffic staff for preliminary traffic control options.
Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary.
44.3.2.1
PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
Message Board Display, Minimum of 7 -day notice period prior to road closure and maybe longer
for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor.
44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS
44.3.3.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
C- View Release
44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS
44.3.4.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
News Release
The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than 7 days.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, asa
specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the
Office of the Traffic Engineer, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue,
telephone 562-4775, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic
control plan.
44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION
The Office of the Traffic Engineer may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic
control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may
make. known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The
Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector.
44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
Payment for work zone traffic control is a non-specific pay item to be included in the
construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise in
the Scope of Work in these Technical Specifications and a bid item(s) is included for Work Zone
Traffic Control in the proposal form.
44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
SUPERVISOR
The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contraptoron
the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control
Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic
Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of
Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or
sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the
Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted.
The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a 24-hour per day basis and shall review
the project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The
Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain
traffic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure
that routine deficiencies are corrected within a 24-hour period.
The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification
of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control
or to provide alternate traffic arrangements.
Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with t~e provisions of this Subarticle may
be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a
designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in
temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities
deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety.
Section IV .doc
Page 87
Revised: 9/22/05
SectionIV.doc
Page 88
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV -Technical Specifications
45 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING
45.1 INTENT
It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of sanitary sewer
and storm pipes by the installation if a cured in place jointless, continuous, thermosetting resin
impregnated polyester flexible felt liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand
exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a
complete, fully restored and functioning installation.
45.2 PRODUCTAND CONTRACTORlINSTALLERACCEPTABILlTY
The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding
contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the
liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval
for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed
liner system(s)andsatisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and
successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified
by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and
complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system. and the
installer.
45.3 MATERIALS
The liner shall be polyester fiber felt tubing saturated with a resin prior to insertion. Resin type
and qualities shall be as specified by the manufacturer to obtain a cured liner with the following
properties:
Tensile Strength ASTM D638 3,000 psi
Flexural Strength ASTM D790 4,500 psi
. Flexural Modulus of Elasticity ASTM D790 ... 300,000 psi
Long Term Modulus of Elasticity (50 Years) ASTM D2290 150,000 psi
Liner shall meet strengths as shown in ASTM F1216 unless otherwise submitted and approved
by the Engim~er. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested,
complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20
traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no
structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet . manufactures
specifications of Insituform of North America, Inc., 3315 Democrat Road, Post Office Box
181071, Memphis, Tennessee 38118; or InLiner USA 1900 N.W. 44th St., Pompano Beach
Florida 33064, 305-979-0802, or an approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be
approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor
prequalification and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later
than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids.
45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for
rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean
interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior
to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local
traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation
operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all propertyand the
sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the. Contractor's
responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The
Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid
heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants.
45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION
After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is
completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color
television, and recorded on VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television
system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of
the entire periphery of the pipe.
45.6 LINER INSTAllATION
Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide for a tight fit on
the interior of.the existing pipe to be lined. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by
the liner manufacturer including operations for inversion, heat curing and reconnection of
laterals.
The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place
during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass
pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes
shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots,
excessive wrinkling or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be
removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense.
45.7 lATERAL RECONNECTION
Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be
reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 95% of the area of the
original opening. All lateral teconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method
and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to
manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered
during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City.
The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a
later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be
available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information
regarding the construction project.
45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION
Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no
time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight-hour
period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage
backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and
property damage costs and claims.
SectionIV.doc
Page 89
Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV .doc
Page 90
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
45.9 PAYMENT
Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation,
bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, .restoration, lateral reconnection, etc, .to
provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of
manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for
storm systems.
46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING
46.1 MATERIALS
46.1.1 PIPEAND FITTINGS
The pipe supplied under this specification shall be high performance, high molecular weight,
high density polyethylene pipe (Driscopipe 1000) as manufactured by Phillips Driscopipe, Inc.,
Dallas, Texas and shall conform to ASTM D 1248 (Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34) or
approved equal. Minimum cell classification values shall be 345434C as referenced in ASTM D
3350 latest edition. If fittings are required, they will be supplied under thisspecification and shall
be molded or manufactured from a polyethylene compound having a cell classification equal to
or exceeding the compound used in the pipe.
To insure compatibility of polyethylene resins, all fittings supplied under this specification shall
be of the same manufacture as the pipe being supplied.
46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL
The resin used for manufacturer of the pipe shall be manufactured by the pipe manufacturer, thus
maintaining complete control of the pipe quality. The pipe shall contain no recycled compound
except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification from
the same raw material. The pipe shalt be homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks,
holes, foreign inclusions, or other deleterious defects, and shall be identical in color, density,
melt index, and other physical properties.
The polyethylene resin used shall have all ingredients pre compound prior to extrusion of pipe, in
plant blending is not acceptable.
The Engineer may request, as part of the quality control records submittal, certification thatthe
pipe produced is represented. by the quality assurance. testing. .Additionally, test results from
manufacturer's testing or random sampling by the Engineer that do not meet appropriate ASTM
standards or manufacturer's representation, may be cause for rejection of pipe represented by the
testing. These tests may include density and flow rate measurements from samples taken at
selected locations within the pipe wall and thermal stability determinations according to ASTM
D 3350, 10.1.9.
46.1.3 SAMPLES
The owner or the specifying engineer may request certified lab data to verify the physical
properties of the materials supplied under this specification or may take random samples and
have them tested by an independent laboratory.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
46.1.4 REJECTION
Polyethylene pipe and fittings may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this
specification.
46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS
Pipe supplied under this specification shall have a nominal IPS (Iron Pipe Size) a.D. unless
otherwise specified. The SDR (Standard Dimension Ratio) of the pipe supplied shall be as
specified by the Engineer, on the construction plans and/or the scope of work.
46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES
46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE
Pipe shall be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching or gouging of the pipe. If
the pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking should be done in accordance with the pipe
manufacturer's recommendations. The handling of the pipe should be done in such a manner that
it is not damaged by dragging over sharp objects or cut by chokers or lifting equipment.
46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS
Segments of pipe having cuts or gouges in excess of 10% of the wall thickness of the pipe should
be cut out and removed. The undamaged portions of the pipe shall be rejoined using the butt
fusion joining method.
46.3.3 PIPE JOINING
Sections of polyethylene pipe should be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above
ground. The joining method shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed by the
manufacturer's representative and in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's
recommendations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining procedures should be capable of
meeting all conditions. recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including, but not limited to,
temperature requirements, alignment, and fusion pressures.
46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE
Fused segments of pipe shall be handled so to avoid damage to the pipe. When lifting fused
sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers should be avoided. Nylon slings are preferred.
Spreader bars should be used when lifting long fused sections. Care should be exercised to avoid
cutting or gouging the pipe.
46.4 SLlPLINING PROCEDURE
46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS
The liner(s) to be slip lined into the existing storm sewer shall have the following sizes:
12-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into IS-inch existing sewer.
I6-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into I8-inch existing sewer.
I8-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 21-inch existing sewer.
21 Yz-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 24-inch existing sewer.
SectionIV .doc
Page 91
Revised: 9/22/05
SectionIV.doc
Page 92
Revised:. 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
28-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 30-inch existing seWer.
34-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 36-inch existing sewer.
42-inch diameter liner {SDR 32.5) into 48-inch existing sewer.
46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION
The existing line shall be cleaned of debris and other obstructions. prior to TV inspections or
insertion of the polyethylene liner. Cleaning can be accomplished with a high velocity cleaner, a
bucket and scrapper, root saws, corkscrews, and rodding or balling units. The method used will
be determined by the condition of the existing line. Final cleaning may be required prior to
inserting the liner.
46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS
All excavations shall conform to OSHA requirements and any additional requirements as set by
the. specifying engineer or his representative.
Insertion. shaft excavations shall coincide with points requiring removal of obstructions or shall
be determined by the engineer.
An entry slope grade of 2 1/2: 1 maximum shall be used to provide a safe bending radius for the
polyethylene. The bottom of the entry pit should provide a straight section for ease of entry of
the liner into the existing pipe. The length of the level excavation should beat least twelve times
the diameter of the liner being inserted. The width of the shaft should be as narrow as possible.
The required width will depend on the location, type of soil; depth of the existing sewer line and
the water table.
46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER
After completion of the access shaft, the top half of the existing sewer shall be broken or cut and
removed for the full length of the access shaft.
A fabricated pulling head shall be connected to the leading end of the liner pipe. A cable shall be
connected. to the pulling head so that the liner pipe can be pulled into the existing sewer.
Power winches used for pulling in long lengths of polyethylene liner pipe shall be rated equal to
the project requirements.
Once started, the pulling operation should continue to completion.
Insertion is normally done at about a slow walking speed. After insertion, a minimum of 12 hours
shall be allowed for the liner pipe to reach equilibrium with the sewer temperature and to allow
the liner pipe to stress relieve itself.
The polyethylene liner pipe should protrude at least 6 inches into the manhole where it
terminates. '
After the l2-hour equilibrium period, the annular space between the original pipe and the liner
shall be pressure grouted. Said grouting must be from the bottom up to prevent air pockets from
forming. Also the grout must be recommended for underwater application and have elastomeric
properties. Products used shall be approved by the engineer.
The liner shall not be displaced when the annular space is being filled. Spacers, inflatable plugs
or other methods approved by the Engineer must be used to prevent displacement.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
The length of fused pipe that can be pulled will vary depending on field conditions, the ease of
access to the area, and the working space available.
46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES
The Contractor shall be solely responsible to confirm all pipe sizes prior to ordering, fusing and
installation of the liner.
46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED
After the liner has been pulled into place, allowed to recover and sealed at the manholes, pipe
connections okayed by the engineer shall be reconnected to the liner pipe.
Pipe connections shall be connected by the use of a pre-fabricated polyethylene saddle. A
neoprene gasket shall be installed between the saddle and the liner pipe so that a complete water
seal is accomplished when the saddle is placed on the liner pipe. and secured with stainless.steel
bands.
46.4.7 BACKFILLING
All excavations shall be backfilled using on site materials or as specified by the engineer. Cost
for backfilling of access shafts and underdrain connections shall be including in the unit price bid
for sliplining and reconnection of service laterals. Before any excavation is done for any purpose,
it will be the responsibility of the contractor to contact the various utility companies and to
determine the locations of their facilities. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to provide
adequate protection for utility facilities. Any temporary construction right of way and/or storage
areas will be arranged for by the contractor.
46.4.8 POINT REPAIR
The engineer .or his representative will determine if a point repair is necessary only after it has
been demonstrated that a liner pipe cannot be pulled through the existing pipe. Payment will be
made for each repair.
The contractor will be expected to remove the obstruction and clear the pipe. If removing the top
of the existing pipe will accomplish the removal of the obstruction, the bottom of the existing
pipe should remain in place to form a cradle for the liner.
46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS
All materials not used in the backfilling operation shall be disposed of off site by the contractor.
Finish grading shall be required. In locations other than street right-of-ways, the surface shall be
graded smooth and sodded with the same kind of grass as the existing lawn. Excavation points in
street right-of-ways shall be repaired as specified by the engineer.
47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE
47.1 SCOPE
This specification designates general requirements for unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
plastic (spiral wound) pipe with integral wall bell and spigot joints for the conveyance of storm
water.
SectionIV.doc
Page 93
Revised: 9/22/05
SectionlV.doc
Page 94
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
47.2 MATERIALS
All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured and tested in.accordance with specification for "Poly
(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large Diameter Ribbed Gravity Storm Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on
Controlled Inside Diameter".
The pipe and fittings shall be made ofPVC plastic.
47.3 PIPE
The bell shall consist of an integral wall section. The solid cross section fiber ring shall be
factory assembled on the spigot. Sizes and dimensions shall be as shown in this specification.
Standard laying lengths shall be 13 ft. + 1 inch. At manufacturer's option, random lengths of not
more than 15% of total footage may be shipped in lieu of standard lengths.
47.4 JOINING SYSTEM
Joints shall be either an integral bell gasketed joint. When the joint is assembled according to
manufactures recommendation it will prevent misalignment of adjacent pipes and form a silt
tight joint.
47.5 FITTINGS
All fittings and accessories shall be as manufactured and furnished by the pipe supplier or
approved equal and have bell and/or spigot configurations compatible with that ofthe pipe.
48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS
48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT
Pressure injected grout shall be of cement and water and shall be proportioned generally in the
ratio of 1.5 (one and one halt) cubic foot (one and one half bags) of cement to 1 (one) cubic foot
(7.50 gal.) of water. This mix shall be varied as. the grouting proceeds as is necessary to provide
penetration in the operator'sjudgment. .
Cement shall be Portland Cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society
for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, latest edition serial designation C150 for Portland
Cement, Type I. Portland Cement shall weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot.
Water used in the grout shall be fresh, clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali,
vegetable, sewage and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per
gallon.
Grout pump shall be of the positive displacement type and shall be. capable of producing
adequate pressure to penetrate the area.
All pressure grouting will be at the direction of the Engineer.
48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH
GUNITE
Guniting shall conform to all requirements of "Specifications for Materials, Proportioning, and
Application of Shotcrete (ACI 506.2 77)" published by the American Concrete Institute, Detroit,
Michigan, except as modified by those specifications.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Steel reinforcement shall be incorporated in the Gunite as required and shall be furnished, bent,
set and placed in accordance with the provisions of these specifications.
The purpose of this specification is to obtain a dense and durable concrete having the specified
strength.
48.3 COMPOSITION
Gunite shall be composed of Portland Cement, aggregate and water so proportioned as to
produce a concrete suitable for pneumatic application.
48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS
Concrete ingredients shall be selected, proportioned in such a manner as will produce concrete
which will be extremely strong, dense and resistant to weathering, and abrasion. Concrete shall
have a minimum 28-day strength of 4,000 psi.
48.5 MATERIALS
Portland Cement: Cement shall be Portland cement conforming to all of the requirements of the
American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C150
. for Portland Cement, Type I. A bag of cement shall be deemed to weigh not less than 94 pounds
per cubic foot.
Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall be natural siliceous sand consisting of hard, clean, strong,
durable and uncoated particles, conforming to the requirements of American Society for Testing
Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C33 for Concrete Aggregates.
Fine aggregate shall not contain less than 3% nor more than 6% of moisture.
Fine aggregate shall be evenly graded from fine to coarse and shall be within the following
limits:
Passing No. 3/8 Sieve
Passing No.4 Sieve
Passing No.8 Sieve
Passing No. 16 Sieve
Passing No. 30 Sieve
Passing No. 50 Sieve
Passing No. 100 Sieve
100%
95% to 100%
80% to 100%
50% to 85%
25% to 60%
10% to 30%
2% to 10%
48.6 WATER
Water used in mixing, at the nozzle shall be fresh, clean, and free from injurious amounts of oil,
acid, alkali, vegetable, sewage, and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing
8.33 pounds per gallon.
48.7 REINFORCEMENT
Steel mesh reinforcement shall be electrically welded, cold drawn, mild steel fabric conforming
to the latest requirements of ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 185 for
SectionIV.doc
Page 95
Revised: 9/22/05
SectionIV.doc
Page 96
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. Mesh can be fabricated from cold drawn
steel wire conforming to the requirements of the latest ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial
Designation A 82 and sized as shown on Plans Page 7 of 7.
48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS
Cement shall be stored with adequate provisions for the prevention of absorption of moisture. It
shall be stored in a manner that will permit easy access for inspection and identification of each
shipment.
Aggregate shall be stockpiled at points selected to provide maximum drainage and to prevent the
inclusion of any foreign material during rehandling.
48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION
Unsound materials of construction and all coated, scaly, or unsound concrete in manholes and
inlets, shall be removed by chipping with pneumatic hammers and chisels to sound surface, all
cracks and cavities shall be chipped to such formation that their sides form approximately a 45
degree angle to the exposed surface for at least one (1) inch in depth. All areas to receive
pneumatic concrete shall be cleaned by flushing or scouring with water and compressed air jets
to assureremovaLof all loose particles. All areas of existing surfaces that do not require chipping
shall be given a wet sandblasting with the gunite equipment and the air pressure at the cement
gun shall not be less than 50 psi.
Surface preparation of existing metal surface of a corrugated pipe shall be lightly sandblasted to
remove loose material. All sandblasted areas shall then be cleaned by a air/water blast to remove
all particles from the cleaning operation.
To insure perfect bond; the newly sandblasted surface shall be thoroughly moistened with water
prior to application of gunite. In no instance shall gunite be applied in an area where free running
water exists.
48.10 PROPORTIONING
Prior to start of guniting the Contractor shall submit to the Owner the recommended mix as a
ratio of cement to aggregate. Recommended mix shall be on the basis of test data from prior
experience. Provided data submitted is adequate no further testing of recommended mix will be
required.
If required, the Contractor shall provide all equipment necessary to control the actual amounts of
all materials entering into the concrete. The types of equipment and methods used for measuring
materials shall be subject to approval.
48.11 MIXING
Gunite shall be thoroughly mixed by machine and then passed through a sieve to remove all
large particles before placing in hopper of the cement gun. The mixture shall not be permitted to
become damp. Each batch should be entirely discharged before recharging is begun. The mixer
should be cleaned thoroughly enough to remove all adherent materials from the mixing vanes
and from the drum at regular intervals.
Water in any amount shall not be added to the mix beforeit enters the cement gun. Quantities of
water shall be controlled by a valve at the nozzle of the gun. Water content shall be adjusted as
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV- Technical Specifications
required for proper placement, but shall in no case exceed four gallons of water per sack of
cement, including the water contained in the aggregate.
Remixing or tempering shall not be permitted. Mixed material that has stood 45 minutes without
being used shall be discarded. Rebound materials shall not be reused.
48.12 APPLICATION
Gunite shall not be placed on a frozen surface nor during freezing weather. Gunite shall not be
placed when it is anticipated that the temperature during the following 24 hours will drop below
32 degrees, Fahrenheit.
Sequence of application may be :from bottom to top or vice versa if rebound is properly removed.
Comers shall be filled first. "Shooting" shall be from an angle as near perpendicular to the
surface as practicable, with the no~le held approximately 3 feet from the work (exceptin
confined control). If the flow of material at the nozzle _ is not uniform and slugs, sand spots, or
wet sloughs result, the nozzleman shall direct the nozzle away from the work until the faulty
conditions are corrected. Such defects shall be replaced as the work progresses.
Guniting shall be suspended if:
1. Air velocity separates the cement from the sand at the nozzle.
2. Temperature approaches freezing and the newly placed gunite cannot be protected.
Guniteshall be applied in one or more layers to such total thickness as required to restore the
area as detailed over the original-lines of the adjoining surface, unless other wise specified. All
cavities, depressions, washouts and similar failures shall be rebuilt to original lines by use of
gunite reinforced with wire mesh. Where the cavity exceeds 4 inches in depth a layer of mesh
shall be-used for each 3 inches of depth of gunite. In no case shall wire-mesh be placedbt:::hind
existing reinforcement.
The time interval between successive layers in sloping vertical or overhanging work must be
sufficient to allow initial but not final set to develop. At the time the initial set is developing, the
surface shall be cleaned to remove the thin film of laitance in order to provide a perfect bond
with succeeding applications.
48~13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
Construction joints or day's work joints shall be sloped off to a thin, clean, regular edge,
preferably at a 45-degree slope. Before placing the adjoining work, the 'slope portion and
adjacent gunite shall be thoroughly cleaned as necessary, then moistened and scoured with an air
jet.
48.14 SURFACE FINISH
Nozzleman shall bring the gunite to an even plane and to well formed comers by working up to
ground wires or other guides, using lower placing velocity than normal.
After the body coat has been placed, the surface shall be trued with a thin edge screed to remove
high areas and expose low areas. Low areas shall be properly filled with concrete to insure a true,
flat - surface.
After the concrete surface has been trued, the entire surface shall be given a flashcoat finish
except where a special type finish is specified on the drawings.
SectionIV.doc
Page 97
Revised: 9/22/05
SectionIV.doc
Page 98
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
48.15 CURING
CUring shall be in accordance with either pa:ragraph3.7.1(d) or paragraph 3.7.5. of ACI 506.277
depending upon atmospheric condition.
48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION
During progress of the work, where appearance is important, adjacent areas or grounds which
may be permanently discolored, stained, or otherwise damaged by dust and rebound, shall be
adequately protected sensitive areas, when contacted, shall be cleaned by early scraping,
brushing or washing, as the surroundings permit.
48.17 INSPECTION
Because of the importance of workmanship affecting the quality of the gunite, continual
inspection dUring placing shall be maintained. Any imperfections discovered shall be cut out and
replaced with sound material.
48.18 EQUIPMENT
Cement Gun: The mixing and delivering equipment shall be either the vertical double chamber
type or rotary type. . The upper chamber of the double chamber type shall receive and pressurize
the dry mix and deliver it to the lower chamber. The lower chamber shall force the pressurized
mix into the delivery hose by means of a feed wheel. The type of feeder utiliz;ed should be of
sufficient capacity that the lower chamber may continuously furnish all required material to the
delivery hose while the upper chamber receives the recharge. The rotary type cement gun shall
have an enlarged hopper to feed material into a rotating multiported cylinder. Material shall. fall
by gravity into a port which shall then be rotated to a position in which the material is expelled
by air into a moving stream of air. All equipment must be kept in good repair. The interior of
drums, feed gearing and valves shall be cleaned as often as necessary (at least once every 8 hour
shift} to prevent material from caking on criticalparts:--
Nozzle:(: Nozzle shall be the premixing type with perforated water feed ring inside the nozzle.
The maximum length of material hose for the application of gunite shall be approximately 150
feet although it shall be permissible to use as much as 800 feet of material hose if the supply air
pressure measured at the cement gun is increased to maintain proper velocity. The following
table gives requirements for compressor size, hose size and air pressure using 150 feet of
material hose:
Compo Cap Max. Hose Dia. Max. Size Nozzle Min. Air Press.
( cfm) (In.) (In.) (psi)
365 1 5/8 1 5/8 60
..
600 2 2 80
750 2 1/2 21/2 90
For each 25 feet of material hose used in excess of 150 feet, the required air pressure shall be
increased by 5 psi.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Air. Compressor: Any standard type of compressor shall be satisfactory if it is of sufficient
capacity to provide, without interruption, the pressures and volume of air necessary for the
longest hose delivery. The air compressor capacity determinations shall include allowances made
for the air consumed in blowing rebound, cleaning, reinforcing and for incidental uses.
Compressor equipment shall be of such capacity so as to insure air pressures at the special mixer
capable of producing the required material velocities.
Water Supply: The water pressure at the discharge nozzle should be sufficiently greater than the
operating air pressure to assure the water is intimately mixed with the other materials. If the line
water pressure is inadequate, a water pump or pressurized tank shall be introduced into the line.
The water pressure shall be uniformly steady (nonpulsating).
49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION
49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT
It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of
manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made-in-place liner systems used in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to
these specifications,. the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion
protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular
system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All
OSHAregulations shall be met.
49.2 PAYM ENT
Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner inst~lled from the base to the top of the
installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels, No separate
payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in. the
pay item per linear foot of liner: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation,
including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and
compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions
and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or
shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as
required for a complete and operable system.
49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS
49.3.1 MATERIALS
49.3.1.1 LINERS
Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pound
vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise
stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The
contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is
solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory
certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D
3753.
SectionIV.doc
Page 99
Revised: 9/22/05
SectionlV.doc
Page 100
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
49.3.1.2
MORTAR
Mortar' shall hecom:posed oione part Portland Cement Type I andhetween two and three parts
clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No.8 sieve.
49.3.1.3
GROUTING
Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four bags of Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard of
clean, well graded sand.
49.3.2 INSTAllATION AND EXECUTION
Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the
removal of the manhole ring and corbel section.
Remove the frame and cover and corbel. section without damaging the existing manhole walls.
Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole.
Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the
manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner.
If the shelfofthe manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar.
Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing
inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts.
Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout.
Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the
outside ofthe liner and the inside wall ofthe existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertically
as possible. Pour six inches of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular
void to insure an adequate bottom seal.
Bridge the gap.. from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the
existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C.pipe. Use quick setting mortar to
seal the area around the manhole liner and piping.
Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with
grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure.
Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed.
Observe watertightness and repair any visible leakage.
Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing
sod.
Where manholes fall in paved areas, disturbed base shall be replaced twice the original thickness
and compacted in 8" layers. Asphalt shall be replaced with 1 1/2" of Pinellas County Type II
surface.
49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM
This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious
liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong
Seal MS 2 product.
.
Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The
applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
training. The applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for..applying
the Strong SealMS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural
cementitious liner of a minimum 1/2" thickness using a machine specially designed forthe
application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and with the following specifications which includes:
1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application.
2. The removal of any loose and unsound material.
3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mixto form a monolithic liner in a 2
coat application.
49.4.1 MATERIALS
49.4.1.1 PATCHING MIX
Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations
and shall have the following minimum requirements:
1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C-l 09) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi
2. Shrinkage (ASTM C-596) 28 days, 150 psi
3. Bond (ASTM C-952) 28 days, 150 psi
4. Cement Sulfate resistant
5. Density, when applied 105+/- 5 pcf
49.5 INFilTRATION CONTROL
Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacture's
recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements:
1. Compressive strength (ASTM C-I09) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs.
2. Bond (ASTM C-952) - 30 psi, I hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs.
49.6 GROUTING MIX
Strong-Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according
to the manufacture's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum
28 day compressive strength of 250 psi and a 1 day strength of 50 psi.
49.7 LINER MIX
Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole
surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at 28 days:
1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi
2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi
3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi
4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H.
5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi
SectionIV.doc
Page 101
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION
49.11.1 PREPARATION
1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines
and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole.
2. All foreign material shall. be removed from the manhole wall and bench using. a high
pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and
concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any
large voids with quick setting patching mix.
3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to
the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the
infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the
quick setting mix prior to the finalliner application. When severe infiltration' is present,
drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout.
Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required.
4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting
mix and following the man~facturer's recommendations.
5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material.
49.11.2 MIXING
For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using
the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for 30 seconds to a minute after all materials have
been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another
batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption .
until each application is complete.
49.11.3 SPRAYING
The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running
water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all
cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light
troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the
bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface
sheen which could be 15 minutes to 1 hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second
application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of 1/2 inch. The surface is then
troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the
surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel
marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than 24 hours have
elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench is
sprayed such that a gradual slope is produces from the walls to the invert with the thickness at
the edge ofthe invert being no less than 1/2 inch. The wall bench intersection shall be rounded to
a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a
minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow.
SectionIV.doc
Page 103
Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf
Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Job site. Bag weight
shall be 50 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot.
Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be 1/2" to
5/8" long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the un mixed state, have a
lead content not greater than two percent (2%) by weight.
Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according
to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide
conditions.
Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site.
Bag weight shall be 50-51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 56 pounds per
cubic foot.
Cement content must be 65%-75% of total weight of bag.
One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95. 108
pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of .67 cubic foot of volume.
Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod hmgths not less than 1/2" in length nor greater
than 5/8" in height.
Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for
any heavy metal.
Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process.
A two coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough
troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray
applied to assure minimum 1/2" thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively
smooth finish.
49.8 WATER
Shall be clean and potable.
49.9 OTHER MATERIALS
No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or
recommendation from the manufacturer.
49.10 EQUIPMENT
A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of
producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles
with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete
with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered.
Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete
with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power
the hydraulic system and air compressor.
SectionIV.doc
Page 102
Revised: 9/22/05
SectionIV.doc
Page l04
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING
At some point during the application, at least four (4)" 2 inch cubes may be prepared each day or
from every 50 bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or
Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described inASTM C 109.
49.11.5 CURING
Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole. is covered. It is
imperative. that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been
completed.
49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE
Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes
entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn
into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the
manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump often (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn
and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the
vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60)
seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and
ninety (90) seconds forseventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial
test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained.
Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer.
49.12 INNERLlNE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT
SYSTEM
49.12.1 SCOPE
Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring
structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of:
1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume
infiltration
2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows:
a. Hydrophilic foam-injected through wall of manhole to fill voids and/or
b. Hydrophilic gel-injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks
3. Cementitiouswaterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing)
4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of /2 inch
5. Epoxy coating, minimum of 30 dry mils
49.12.2 MATERIALS
49.12.2.1 REPAIRING CEMENT
A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to
instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV-Technical Specifications
repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall
have the following properties:
Set Time
Tensile Strength
ASTM C 307
Compressive Strength
ASTM-C 109
1-3 minutes
1 day 510 psi
3 days 745 psi
28 days 855 psi
1 day 3,125 psi
7 days 7,808 psi
28 days 9,543 psi
1 day 410 psi
3 days 855 psi
28 days 1,245 psi
Flexural Strength ASTM C 78
49.12.2.2 HYDROPHILIC GROUTING
Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either
one or both of the following materials:
1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks in
and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows:
Tensile Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574-86
Elongation 400% ASTM D 3574-86
Bonding Strength 250-300 psi
2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole-to prevent
seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior
of manhole. Physical properties are as follows:
Density 8.75-9.171bs/gal
Tensile Strength 150 psi
Elongation 250%
Shrinkage Less than 4%
Toxicity Non Toxic
ASTM D-3574
ASTM D- 412
ASTM D-3574
ASTM D-I042
49.12.2.3 WATERPROOFING
A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system
combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to
seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using three
components-two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the
substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks
the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for
approximately six months. Upon completion the color will be light grey. Physical properties are
as follows:
Slant/Shear bond Strength to Calcium Aluminate Cement
ASTM (to be given) 1,2001,800 psi
SectionIV . doc
Page 105
Revised: 9/22/05
SectionIV.doc
Page 106
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Tensile Strength
(7 day cure)
ASTM C 190
Permeability
(3 day cure)
CRD 48 55
380 psi (2.62 MPa)
325 psi (2.24 MPa)
at 100% RH
at 50% RH
8.1xlO llcm/sec to
7.6xlO cm/sec
49.12.2.4 CEMENT LINING
A self bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and
provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following
properties:
Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days
Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11 000 12000 13000
Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000
Astm C 596 Shrinkage At 90% Humidity -- <0.04 <0.06 <0.08
Astm C 666 Freeze- Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage
Astm C 990 Pull - Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile
Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3%
Astm C 497 Porosity/Adsorption Test 4-5%
Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after 24 Hrs moist curing at 68 F.
The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C
1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture
shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch, but no greater than two inches. It will
have a dark grey color.
49.12.2.5 EPOXY COATING
A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of 30 dry mils. This
epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including
excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be
applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its
uses include sewage. treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the
following properties at 75 degrees F:
Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume
Color (other colors available on request)
Pot Life, hrs
Tensile Strength, psi, min
Tensile Elongation, %
Water Extractable Substances, mg.lsq. in., max
Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi
1:1
Light Gray
1
2,000
10 -20
5
1,800
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV -'- Technical Specifications
49.12.2.6 CHEMICAL RESISTANCE
Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3%), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10%), MEK,
Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3%), Gasoline, Com Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin
Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3%), and many others.
49.12.3 INSTAllATION AND EXECUTION
49.12.3.1 PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW
Work shall proceed as follows:
1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client.
2. Clean manhole and remove debris.
a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris.
b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease.
c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure.
d. Remove debris from work: area.
3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement.
(Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as
required by client.
4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration.
5. Apply cementitious/crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps. as
needed.
6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces.
7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces.
NOTE: Steps 1-5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step
.6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty-four hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to
cement lining.
49.12.3.2 PREPARATION
An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the
rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to
remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from
entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines (where feasible) or inserting protective
screens.
49.12.3.3 STRUCTURAL REPAIR
Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill
cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying
waterproofing! crystallization.
49.12.3.4 INFilTRATION CONTROL
Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam.
SectionIV.doc
Page 107
Revised: 9/22/05
49.12.3.6 CEMENT LINING
1. Dampen surface.
2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application.
3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (and no more than 2 inches)
has been achieved.
4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole.
5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish.
6. Allow for a 24-hour cure time prior to epoxy coating.
NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing
times.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
1. Drill 5/8" holes through active leaking surface.
2. Install all zoo fittings, as recommended by manufacturer.
3. Inject material until water flow stops.
4. Remove fittings (if necessary).
49.12.3.5 WATERPROOFING/CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS
1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiftbrush, forming an undercoat.
2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand.
3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal
forming process.
4~ Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks.
5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat.
.6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining.
49.12.3.7 EPOXYCOATING
Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a
thickness of at least 30 mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6)
hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours.
49.12.3.8 CLEAN UP
The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area.
49.12.3.9 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE
Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes
entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn
into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the
manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn
and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the
vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60)
seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and
SectionlV.doc
Page 108
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
seetion N - Technical Specifications
ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial
test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory. test is obtained.
Tests shall be'performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer.
. ,
49.12.3.10 WARRANTY
All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years,
provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used.
50 PROJECT INFORMATION. SIGNS
50.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE
"
The City desires.to inform the general public on the City's use and expenditure of public 1imding
for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish~is purpose, th,e
Contractor is reqUired to prepare and display public project information signs dlJring the full
course of the contract period: These signs will be displayed at alllocati~n(s) of active work.
50.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXEDOR.PORTABLE
Sign type shan be "fixedlt on stationary PfOjectsand "portablelt onprojects which have extended
locations or various locatiQns~Pa}'ll1ent to Contractor for the preparation,. installation and
mf.Ulagement of project sign(s)snall be lump sum forthe entire project. The number of and type
of signs will be stated in the Scope of the Work section of the contract documents. Lump Sum
item will be included in the bid proposal for signs. The particular wording to be used on the signs
will be determined after contract award has been approved. Contractor wiUbe provided the
wQrding to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference. .
50.3 ,FIXEDSIGN
Fixed sign shall be 4' by 8' in size, and pamt,edona sheet of exterior grade ply\V6od of the same
size and a minimum thickness of 112"~ Sign shall be attached to a minimum of three pressure
treated 4 "by 4" below grade pressure treated wooden posts and braced as necessary for. high
winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. BottOlD, of sign
must be a minimum of 24" above the ground. Alternate mounting systemorattacbment to
fencing or other fixed stnlct\1re can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on '
both sides with exterior rated paint.
50.4 PORTABLESIGNS
Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24" by 30" in size and will be attached to a standard sized
portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080" or thicker, background of
white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two
signs located and attached to each side ofthe traffic barricade.
50.5 SIGN COLORING
Background shall be w4ite. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other
lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size .proportional
to the sign itself. . '
.
SectionlV.doc
Page 109
Revised: 9/22105
Section IV - Technical Specifications
50.6 SIGN PLACEMENT
Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the
project site. Signs are not to be placed where theymay become a hazard or impediment to either
pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the City's right-of-way, the
signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the City's right-of-way,
the signs will be placed in the right-of-way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of
active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in
several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and
will remain in place until the request for final payment.
50.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE
The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement,
removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The
Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs
are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced.
50.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN
PROJECT NAME
A CITYOF CLEARWATER PUBLIC WORKS PROJECT
FUNDING:
CONTRACTOR:
CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION:
CITY PROJECT MANAGER:
PHONE
1. These specifications pertain to the application of the Plexiflor Color Finish System over
recreational areas intended for In-Line Skating activities. The materials specified in the
site plans shall be of colors indicated and for application over the Plexipave Acrylic Latex
System.
2. The work shall consist of suitable Cleaning and preparation of the surface to assure a
satisfactory bond of the system to the existing surface.
3. All coverage rates are calculated prior to dilution.
4. Plexiflor In-line Skating Surfacing System
· 1 Coat of Acrylic Resurfacer
· 2 Coats of Fortified Plexipave
· 2 Coats ofPlexiflor
· Plexicolor Line Paint
SectionIV
Page 110
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS
51.2.1 ASPHALT
Allow new asphalt to cure a minimum of 6 months. The surface must be checked for birdbaths,
cracks and other irregularities and repaired with Court Patch Binder according to California
Specification Section 10.14. (Surfacing prior to six months may make the asphalt subject to
indentation).
51.2.2 CONCRETE
Concrete shall have a wood float or broom finish. DO NOT PROVIDE STEEL TROWEL
FINISH. DO NOT USE CURING AGENTS OR CONCRETE HARDENERS. Allow the
concrete to cure a minimum of 30 days. Acid Etch the entire surface with Concrete Preparer
according to California Specification Section 10.13. Check surface for birdbaths, cracks and
other irregularities and repair with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification
Section 10.14.
51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX
Court Patch Binder Mix: 100 Lbs. #80-100' Mesh Silica Sand (dry) 3 gallons Couth Patch Binder
1 to 2 gallons Portland Cement.
51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT
1. Application of the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix shall be applied to the clean, dry, level
surfaces to receive the' Plexiflor Surfacing System. The mix shall be applied according to
California Specification Section 10.8 using the following mix:
Acrylic Resurfacer 55 gallons
Water (Clean and Potable) 20-40 gallons
Sand (60-80 mesh) 600-900 pounds
Liquid Yield 112-138 gallons
2. Over asphalt surfaces, apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two coats (depending
on surface porosity) at a rate of .05 -.07 gallons per square yard per coat.
3. Non-coated concrete surfaces must be neutralized with concrete preparer and primed with
California Ti-Coat according to Specification Section 10.17. The Acrylic Resurfacer Mix
must be applied within 3 hours of the TiCoat application while the primer is dry but still
tacky to the touch. Apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two applications at a rate
of .05-.07 gallons per square yard per coat.
51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE
After the filler coat application has dried, apply two coats of Fortified Plexipave at an undiluted
rate of .05-.07 gallons per square yard per coat using the following mix:
Plexipave Color Base 30 gallons
Plexichrome 20 gallons
Water 20 gallons
SectionlV.doc
Page III
Revised: 9/22/05
SectionIV.doc
Page 112
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION
1. Plexiflor is factory premixed and ready to use from the container. The material maybe
diluted with one (1 ) part water to .six (6) parts Plexiflor to improve flowability and
provide uniform application.
2. Apply two coats ofPlexiflor at arate of .04-.05 gallons per square yard per coat.
3. Plexiflor is applied (in a similar manner to Plexipave) in windrows on the surface with
sufficient quantity to cover as the squeegee is pulled over the surface. Apply only light
pressure to the squeegee. Do not allow ridges to form between passes of the squeegee.
Ridges existing after material dries should require corrective action.
4. Plexiflor and its preliminary coatings should be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to
application of subsequent coats.
51.6 PLAYING LINES
Four hours minimum after completion of the color resurfacing, playing lines shall be accurately
located, marked and painted with Plexicolor Line Paint as specified by The National In-Line
Hockey Association.
51.7 GENERAL
1. The contractor shall remove all containers, surplus materials and debris upon completion
of work leaving the site in a clean, orderly condition that is acceptable to the owner.
Gates shall be secured and all containers shall be disposed of in accordance with Local,
State and Federal regulations.
2. Materials specified for the Plexiflor System shall tee delivered to the site in sealed,
property labeled arums with California Products Corporation labels that are stenciled
with the proper batch code numbers. Products packaged or labeled in any other manner
will not be accepted. Mixing with clear, fresh water shall only be done at the job site:
Coverage rates are based upon material prior to mixing with water as specified.
51.8 LIMITATIONS
1. Do not apply if surface temperature is less than 500F or more than 1 400F.
2. Do not apply when rain or high humidity is imminent.
3. Do not apply when surface is damp or has standing water.
4. Plexiflor will not hide surface imperfections of previous coatings.
5. Keep from freezing. Do not store in the hot sun.
6. Keep containers tightly closed when not in use.
7. Plexiflor will not prevent substrate cracks from occurring.
8. Plexiflor will mark slightly from normal use of some In-line Skates.
9. Coefficient of friction = 0.78
10. Coating Application Drying Time: 30 minutes to 1 hour at 700F with 60% relative
humidity.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
11. Keep court clean. Excess dirt. or foreign material can cause the surface to be slippery.
In-Line hockey is a physical sport. Always wear NIHA recommended protective gear.
52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION
52.1 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION PERFORMED BY CITY
See below for Resident Notification performed by the Contractor.
52.2 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR
The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route with a printed door hanger
notice indicating . the following information about the proposed construction work and the
Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of
construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events;
possibility of water service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts;
Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number;
Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or
other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other
language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed
language shall be approved by the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall.be
printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4 ~ by 11 inches
in size. Notification (door hanger) shall beposted to residences and businesses directly affected
by the Contractor's activities no later than 7 days prior to the start of construction activity.
Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including
staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property,
etc. Contractor cannot start without proper 7 day notice period to residents. Contractor. is
required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and
to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business
hours.
Resident notification by the Contractor is a non-specific pay item to be included in the bid items
provided in the contract proposal.
SectionIV.doc
Page 113
Revised: 9/22/05
SectionIV.doc
Page 114
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
EXAMPLE
CITY SEAL
Of
CITY OF CLEARWATER
NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION
TODAY'S DATE: / /
---
PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE
We are the construction contractor performing (state type of contract) for the City of Clearwater
in your area. The work will be performed in the public right-of-way adjacent to your property.
This notice is placed a minimum of 7 days in advance of construction to notify property owners
of the pending start of construction.
(Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the'property owners)
The construction process may necessitate. the removal of certain items from the right-of-way;
Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the
contractor within a reasona1;>ly short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks
will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for
the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors,
textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized'mailboxes or
structures. within the right-of-way which must be removed due to the construction process will
not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property
owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within
the right-of-way may be required to be placed elsewhere.
We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or
any particular item that. must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Superintendent
at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you.
Construction is anticipated to begin on:
Company Name
Company Address
Contractor Phone Number
53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES
53.1 MATERIAL
53.1.1 GASION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL
53.1.1.1
PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES
Gabion & mattress basket units shall be of non-raveling construction and fabricated from a
double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of
a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.1 063 inches (approx. US gauge
12). All wire used in the fabrication of the gab ion shall comply with or exceed Federal
Specifications QQ-W-461H, possess a maximum tensile strength of 70,000 p.s.i. with a Finish 5,
Class 3 zinc coating in accordance with the current ASTM A-641. The weight of zinc coating
shall be determined by ASTM A-90. The grade of zinc used for coating shall be High Grade or
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Special High Grade, as prescribed in ASTM B-6, Table 1. Uniformity of coating shall equal or
exceed four I-minute dips by the Preece test, as determined by ASTM A-239.
The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC
coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform. openings of 3
1/4 inches by 4 Y2 inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC
coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire
core, 0.1338 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 10), coated with PVC and having an overall
diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.173 inches. Lacing and connecting wire
shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in
diameter (approx. US gauge 13 ~), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized
wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be
permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge
joint with a strength of 1200 Ibs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed
condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a
minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. Tiger-Tite
Interlocking Fasteners are an approved alternate joint material. The Interlocking Wire Fastener
shall meet stainless steel material specification ASTM A-313, Type 302, Class 1, or equal.
All of the above wire diameters are subject to tolerance limit of 0.004 inches in accordance with
ASTMA-641. .
53.1.1.2
PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING
The coating shall be gray in color and. shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but npt
less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist
deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show
any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to
attack from acids and resistant to abrasion.
1. Specific Gravity:
a. According to ASTM D-2287 and ASTM D- 792; in the range of 1.30 to 1.34.
2. Tensile Strength:
a. According to ASTM D-142; not less than 2980 psi.
3. Modulus of Elasticity:
a. According to ASTM D-412; not less than 2700 psi at 100% strain.
4. Resistance to Abrasion:
a. According to ASTM 1242; weight loss <12% (Method B).
5. Brittleness Temperature:
a. According to ASTM D-746, Procedure A; shall be at least 8.3 degrees centigrade
below the minimum temperature at which the gabions will be handled or placed but
not lower than -9.4 degrees centigrade.
6. Hardness:
a. According to ASTM D-2240; shall be between 50 and 60 Shore D when tested.
7. Creeping Corrosion:
SectionIV.doc
Page 115
Revised: 9/22/05
SectionlV.doc
Page 116
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
a. Maximum corrosion penetration to the wire core from a square cut end section shall
not be more than 25mm when the specimen has been immersed for. 2000 hours in.a
50% SOLUTION HC1 (hydrochloric acid 12 Be).
53.1.1.3
ACCELERATED AGING TESTS
Variationof the initial properties will be. allowed, as specified below, when the specimen is
submitted to the following Accelerated Aging Tests:
1. Salt Spray Test:
a. According to ASTM .B-117
b. Period of test = 3000 hours.
2. Exposure to ultraviolet rays:
a. According to ASTMD-1499 and ASTM G-23 (Apparatus Type E). Period of test =
3000 hours at 63 degrees centigrade.
3. Exposure to high temperature: .
a. Testing period: 240 hours at 105 degrees centigrade, when tested ih accordance with
ASTM D- 1203 and ASTM D-2287.
53.1.1.4
PROPERTIES AFTER AGING TESTS
After the above Accelerated Aging Tests have been performed, the PVC compound shall exhibit
the following properties:
1. Appearance:
a. The vinyl coating shall not crack, blister or split and shall not show any remarkable
change in color.
2. Specific Gravity:
a. Shall not show change higher than 6% of its initial value.
3. Durometer Hardness:
a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its. initial value.
4. Tensile Strength:
a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value.
5. Elongation:
a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value.
6. Modulus of Elasticity:
a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value.
7. Resistance to Abrasion:
a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value.
8. Brittleness Temperature:
a. Cold Bend Temperature - Shall not be lower than -20 degrees centigrade.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
b. Cold Flex Temperature - Shall not be higher than + 18' degrees centigrade~
53.1.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL:
The filler stone shall be limestone from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is
started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the' contractor or
supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific
gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure.
The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote
deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be
retained in the gabion or mattress baskets.
The stone shall meet the following physical requirements:
. Absorption, maximum 5%
. Los Angeles Abrasion (FM 10T096), maximum loss 45%
. Soundness (Sodium Sulphate), (FM 1-TI04), maximum loss 12%
. Flat and elongated pieces, materials with least dimension less than one third of greatest
dimension shall not exceed 5% by weight.
All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical
diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by
weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening.
53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE
Mattress wire shall conform to the same specifications as gabions except as follows:
1. The nominal diameter of the wire used in the fabrication of the netting shall be 0.0866
inches minimum, subject to diameter tolerance in accordance with the current ASTM A
641,Table 3. '
2. All wire shall be galvanized according to ASTM A 641, Table 1. The minimum weight of
the zinc coating shall be 0.70 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.0866 inch wire used for mesh and
lacing and 0.80 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.106 wire used for selvedge.
3. Adhesion of the zinc coating to the wire shall be capable of being wrapped in a close
helix at a rate not exceeding 15 turns per minute around a cylindrical steel mandrel
having a diameter 3 times the nominal wire diameter being tested. After the wrap test is
completed, the wire shall not exhibit any cracking or flaking of the zinc coating to such
an extent that any zinc can be removed by rubbing with bare fingers.
53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC
Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Index 199, Type D-2, and FDOT Standard
Specifications, 1996 edition, Section 985.
53.2 PERFORMANCE
Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's
recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such
a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into
rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses
SectionIV.doc
Page Il7
Revised: 9/22/05
SectionIV.doc
Page 118
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either Woven into a
single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a
manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the
mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one-half its horizontal width,
they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall
be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no
additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not
ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections
forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of mesh is cut.
Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The
binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so.that single
and double loops are alternated.
A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and
binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical
reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled
line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back.
To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended.
Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions
shallbe filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to
opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full
and one connecting wire in each direction shallbe tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one
two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top.
Filler stone shall notbe dropped more than 12" into the gabions and mattresses.
Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the
cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or
cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against
movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be
replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work
shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the
manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less.
54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
54.1 SCOPE
To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of
plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems;
ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces
at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance
activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone.
The Contractor( s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the landscaped street
medians including:
· Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic;
. Trash and debris removal from the job site;
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
. Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces;
. Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms;
. Proper fertilization and pest control oflandscape and palms (may be subcontracted);
. Irrigation service and repair;
. Mulch replacement;
. Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the
. Reporting of irregularities at the job site.
54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK
The Contractor(s} shall accomplish all lands<?ape maintenance required under the contract
between the hours of 6:30 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed
holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract
maintenance at other hours.
All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, that is the cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc.,
be completed before leaving the job site.
54.3 WORK METHODS
54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING
The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service).
Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in
writing by an authorized representative of the other party.
54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT
The contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated
location:
54.4 LITTER
Remove trash and debris from the area to be maintained. Proper disposal of collected trash and
debris is a requirement of the contractor. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes,
tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The contractor
should report such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the
extraordinary cleanup from the contractor would be considered.
54.5 VISUAL CHECK
The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or
damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within 24 hours
after providing the service.
54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING
All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature
size of the particular specie. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants
Section IV .doc
Page 119
Revised: 9/22/05
SectionIV.doc
Page 120
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while
maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants
shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope.
Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following
flower formation, according to the following specifications:
54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY
DATE, ETC.)
Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to
remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded
heads that are encountered in the pruning process; remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation;
such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the
trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjoolpalm boots. No climbing spikes allowed
on palms.
54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL
All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the
contractor. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion.
54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL
Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be sefup and maintained by the
contractor, according to the attached. Maintenance of Traffic specifications.
54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY
Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park
users are present The City reservesthe right to limit the h()urs ()f operation ill certain high
pedestrian use areas.
54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION
All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20.,.6.,.12 sulfur
coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should. be made in
mid.,.February, early June, and mid.,. S eptember, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and
amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials.
54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA
Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable.
Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied
by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by contractor
at his/her expense.
54.13 MULCH CONDITION
Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil
moisture, usually 3 inches.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR
Should be performed at each visit to assure the systems proper operation and timing. Drip tubing
should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and
operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled
system running time. All repairs which will be charged at $20.00 or more must be approved in
advance by the city. Minor repairs, less than $20.00, should be billed to the City in addition to
the monthly maintenance fee.
54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL
Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a
less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be
replaced by the contractor at the contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on
City properties.
54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION
Apply three pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across
the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February.
54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION
The. City will provide a freeze/frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze/frost.
sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility (yet
to be determined). Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the
sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's
directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground.. The City
will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty-four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to
protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it
to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or
remain in placed as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11 :00 a.m. about
removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may
cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day
(5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on-site
work at the contracted rate per man-hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for
the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as anhourlyrate
per employee required. TheCityand contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations
with weather conditions. Should freeze/frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform
remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City.
54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE
This location is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within 7
working days of reported irregularity. ~eekly visits should occur no closer than six and no
further than ten calendar days apart.
54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK
Within 24 hours of completing work the contractor shall notify the supervisor assigned to
monitor the contract. either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a
SectionIV.doc
Page 121
Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV -Technical Specifications
phone message. However, to make certain the message is received, itis advisable to call between
6:30 a.m. - 7:30 a.m. or 2:30 p.m. - 3:00 p.m.
54.20 INSPECTIONANDAPPROVAL
Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the
following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City
shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be
given 48 hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been .
completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed.
54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a six month
period on plants and 12 month warranty on palms. Landscape installer will coo~dinate
irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the
landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of . palm
heads/fronds as he feels appropriate.
2. All listed acreage or square footage figures .are estimates.
3. All maintenance shall be perfohned in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with
trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry.
4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature
caused by the Contractor or his/her employees.. The Contractor shall be notified in writing
of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option,
invoice the Contractor for the payment, or. reduce by the amount of the repairs the next
regular payment to the Contractor.
5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked
vehicles, etc.) may make alLorportionsof a location unserviceable during the regular
schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shall
schedule to perform the required maintenance to the location as soon as the pertaining
circumstances are relieved.
55 MILLING OPERATIONS
55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE
Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or. this Article, the milling operation shall be
performed in accordance with Section 327 of.FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition).
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all
milling.
55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS
1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the contractor is responsible
to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal
environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment.
2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven days from the time it was milled, unless
otherwise noted in the contract documents.
SectionIV.doc
Page 122
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of
the vacuum or the mechanical type, that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt (the Broom
Tractor way of sweeping is not be permitted). The sweeper must be equipped with its
own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep
debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways beforeleaving
the job site.
4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled
to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the contract surface..
5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line
and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this
removal shall be included in the bid item for milling.
6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by
the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling.
7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the
road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000
Standard Specifications for S- Type resurfacing projects or Section 330 (latest edition) for
superpave resurfacing projects. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for
asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed.
that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to said base that result from a
failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and
at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City
approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for
milling.
9. Prior to the placement of asphalt~ the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after
the milling operation is complete.
55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS
All surplus existing materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the
City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the
Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the Public Services Division at (727) 562-4950 to
schedule delivery of material.
55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS
All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the property of the Contractor. The
Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory
requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City.
55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
All utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their
owners at the owner's expense. The Contractor shall arrange his schedule to allow utility owners
the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility
SectionlV.doc
Page 123
Revised: 9/22/05
SectionIV.doc
Page 124
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing
operations.
55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES
. The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances
shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 23.7 of the City's
Technical. Specifications.
55.7 TYPES OF MilliNG
There are two types of milling used by the City:
A. Wedge - This will consist of milling a six foot wide strip along the curb line of the
pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height
and pavement cross section.
B. Full Width - This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line/edge of
pavement to curb line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry
shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer.
55.8 MilLING OF INTERSECTIONS
Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to
restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend
approximately 50 to.l00 feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale.
55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted.
55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and
stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of
radius returns and intersections, .prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's
discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals
necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications.
56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures,
appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles,
posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through
the ground. surface necessary to prepare the area for construction.
Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the
Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off-site in
accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV :- Technical Specifications
56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and
grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer.
56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and
structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape
trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work.
57 RIPRAP
The work included in this specification includes the construction of either sand-cement or rubble
riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (lastest edition).
57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement for riprap shall be the volume of sand used in cubic yards for sand-
cement, or the dry weight in tons for rubble.
57.2" BASIS OF PAYMENT
The pay item for sand-cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling,
equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand-cement and all
incidentals necessary to complete the work.
The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and
shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill,
dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work.
No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on-site is used as rubble riprap.
58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY
This article applies to all City projects located at one of the City's Wastewater Treatment Plants
(WWTP) or Potable Water Reservoirs.
58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL
The Contractor shall be aware that hazardous materials are used at the WWTP's and the water
reservoirs. These may include sodium hypochlorite, gaseous chlorine, sulfur dioxide and
ammonia. Potential safety hazards associated with these substances include:
. An accidental spill or release can impair respiratory functions and result in severe burns
to the skin and eyes. At the pre-construction conference, the contractor will be provided
with a copy of the City of Clearwater Public Utilities Department Emergency Response
Plan, and a copy of the applicable Material Safety Data Sheets. All employees of the
contractor and sub-contractor assigned to this job shall be familiar with the content of
these documents.
SectionIV.doc
Page 125
Revised: 9/22/05
SectionIV.doc
Page 126
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV ~ Technical Specifications
58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING
Prior to issuance of a notice to proceed, the contractor must submit documentation regarding
employee safety training relating to the items in Section A above. The documentation must
include:
· Verification that all employees assigned to this job have received and understood training
in the proper work practices necessary to safely perform the job while working around
gaseouS chlorine and sulfur dioxide gas.
. The date of the training, and
· The means u~ed to verify that the employee understood the training.
59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
All traffic signal work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (Sections 603 through 690), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents
and plans.
This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment,
materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit,
signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power
service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors,
pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, and
removal of existing traffic signal equipment.
All mast arms signal installations shall meet the requirements of FDOT's Mast Arm Assembly
standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of
Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report, shall also be signed and
sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm poles shall be
chestnut bronze, with the color approved by the City prior to placement.
All traffic signal indicators shall be LED's, approved by both the City and FDOT.
Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is PROHIBITED unless directed by the
City's Traffic Engineering Division.
59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans
and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to
complete the work per the plans.
60 SIGNING AND MARKING
All signing and marking work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard
Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans.
This specification includes the following work: RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and
markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular
delineators/flex posts (Sections 705 and 972).
The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or
markings shall be "blacked-out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked-out" areas. Omissions in striping or
markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made.
60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans
and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the
work per the plans.
61 ROADWAY LIGHTING
All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans.
61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans
and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work
perthe plans.
62 TREE PROTECTION
62.1 TREE BARRICADES
A, A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land
preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all
staging and/or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows:
1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms.
2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer
specIes.
3. At or greater than two-thirds of the drip line of all other protected species
4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand.
B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two-inch lumber for upright posts.
Upright posts are to be at least four feet in length with a minimum of one foot anchored in
the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet apart.
Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch by four-inch lumber and
shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The project City's representative
must approve any variation from the above requirements.
C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is
terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during
construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall
remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor
utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative.
D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or
debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier
no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No
SectionIV .doc
Page 127
Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV .doc
Page 128
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such
protective barriers.
E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any
protected tree or palm.
F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this
section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees.
62.2 ROOT PRUNING
A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical
root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society
ofArboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce
the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to
any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affeCted rootsmusf be severed by clean
pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be
pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by haUd
digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw' or other equipment
designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or' excavation equipment is
strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by
construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of 18 inches below existing grade
or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than 18 inches from existing grade. Tim Kurtz,
Senior Landscape Architect is the City's Representative onPublic Works projects for root
Pruning issues and can be reached at (727) 562-4737, or through theconstruction inspector
assigned to the project.
B. Root pruning shall only be preformed by or under the direct supervision of an International
Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist.
C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted)
inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning.
D. Root pruning shall be preformed as far in advance of other construction activities as is
feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated
tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning.
E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any
root pruning activities.
F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches per one inch of the trunk diameter
from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said
root pruning.
G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be
doneto a minimum depth of 18" from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less
than 18".
H. Root pruning shall be performed using a Doscocil Root Cutting Machine or equivalent.
Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to
any work adjacent to trees to be preserved.
I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any
excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree
roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled
around to prevent damage to the root.
K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or
burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established.
L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may
require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root
pruned trees.
M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the. root
pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional
boring as opposed to open trenching.
62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING
A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be preformed by or
under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified
arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards
Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations - Tree, Shrub and
other Woody Plant Maintenance - Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300.
B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are requited. Flush cuts
(pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree)
are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be
recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require
replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances.
C. No protected tree shall have more than 30 percent of its foliage removed.
D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion-tailed. Any protected tree that has been
improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing
condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes. and
Ordinances.
E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage
trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been
damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project ina healthy
growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and
Ordinances.
63 PROJECT WEB PAGES
63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN
If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the
current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project
information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project
Contacts.
Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer
shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the
Project Web Pages.
SectionIV.doc
Page 129
Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES
Revised: 9/22/05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section
508 guidelines whenever possible:
http://www.w3 .org/TR/1999/W AI- WEBCONTENT-19990505/
http://www.section508.gov/
In particular, use of variable-width tables, user-adjustable/relative font sizes, ALT text for
images, CSSwhenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics.
63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE
The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic
material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles,
apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, inthe proportion
shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to
fit a space. The logo is approved for use by city departments, and is not to be used by outside
vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public
Communi~ations office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from the Public
Communications. This.is for internal use only.
63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS
Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics
should be posted to the Project Web Pages.
63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS
The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow Public's input sent back
to the City regarding the Project.
63.6 POSTING
The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web
Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different than City's Web server, if approved,
should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity
issues.
63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES
Unless otherwise specified and agreed Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages
up-to-date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's
Web master for posting.
SectionIV.doc
Page 130
I
SECTION IV-A
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Work covered by the Contract Documents.
2. Type of the Contract.
3. Products ordered in advance.
4. Use of premises.
5. Owner's occupancy requirements.
6. Work restrictions.
7. Specification formats and conventions.
1.3 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. Project Identification: Station Square Park
1. Project Location: Clearwater, Florida
B. Owner: City of Clearwater, Florida
1. Owner's Representative: Mr. Tim Kurtz
C. Landscape Architect: Bellomo-Herbert & Company, Inc.
D. The Work consists of the following:
1. The Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, demolition, paving, drainage, water
distribution, special features and furnishings, electrical distribution and lighting, gas
distribution, landscaping and irrigation.
1.4 TYPE OF CONTRACT
A. Project will be constructed under a single unit cost contract.
1.5 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS
A. . Not applicable
SUMMARY OF WORK
01100 - 1
SUMMARY OF WORK
01100 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
1.6 USE OF PREMISES
A. General: Each Contractor shall have full use of premises for construction operations, including
use of Project site, during construction period. Each Contractor's use of premises is limited only
by Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project.
1.7 WORK RESTRICTIONS
A. On-Site Work Hours: Work shall be generally performed during normal business working
hours of7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, except otherwise indicated.
B. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or
others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide
temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:
l. Notify Owner not less than five days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.
2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner's written permission.
1.8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
A. Whenever a conflict appears between the plans and specifications, the more stringent
requirement shall apply. If a conflict is of such a nature as to require a decision, then a written
request for clarification must be made prior to starting that phase of construction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01100
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 01115 - CONTRACTOR'S USE OF THE PREMISES
.
PART I GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work included: This Section applies to situations in which the Contractor or his
representatives, including, but not necessarily limited to suppliers, subcontractors employees
and field engineers enter, have access to and conduct themselves on the Owner's property.
B. Related work: Work affecting this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to General
Conditiot;l~, sl.lpplementary ,CoQ.qiqpns al}daIl Qivisions of these Specifications.
1.2 CONTRACTOR'S OFFICE
A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain a location on the project site with telephone
facilities where he or a responsible representative of his organization may be reached at any
time while work is in progress.
B. The project superintendent or his appointed representative shall be on site during all normal
working hours, and whenever the Contractors personnel or any Subcontractors personnel are
working after normal working hours or on weekends.
1.3 USE OF PUBLIC STREETS
A. The use of Public streets shall be such as to provide minimum of inconvenience to the public
and to other traffic. Any earth or other excavated material. spilled from trucks. shall be
removed immediately by the Contractor and the streets cleaned to the satisfaction of the
Owner.
1.4 PROJECT SIGNS
A. The Contractor is required to prepare and display one (1) public project information signs
during the full course of the contract period, from the start of construction until the request for
fmal payment.
B. The particular wording to be used on the sign will be determined after contract award has
been approved. The Contractor will be provided with the wording to be used on the sign at
the preconstruction conference.
C. Sign design: .'
1. Signs shall be fixed, 4 ft.x 8 ft. in size, and painted on a sheet of exterior grade
plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of Yz".
2. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint.
3. Sign background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in dark blue
lettering. All other lettering shall be black.
4. Basic lettering on signs shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign
itself.
5. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of three pressure treated 4x4 below grade
pressure treated wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds.
6. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground.
7. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24" above the ground,
CONTRACTOR'S USE OF THE PREMISES
01115-01
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
D.
8. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be
considered for approval.
Sign placement:
1. Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass
by the project site.
2. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either
pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
3. Sign location(s) to be approved by Owner prior to installation.
Sign maintenance:
1. The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, maintenance, replacement,
removal, and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period.
Signs Me,tobe cleaned. as necessary to maintainb::gibilitylll1~imm,ediat~ly replaced
if defaced.
I
I
I
I
E.
I
1.5 CARE OF TREES, SHRUBS AND GRASS
A. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for maintaining in good condition all cultivated trees
indicated on the plans to remain.
I
I
I
1.6
OBSTRUCTIONS
A. All water pipes, storm drains, force mains, gas or other pipe, telephone or power cables or
conduits, curbs, sidewalks and all other obstructions, whether or not shown, shall be
temporarily removed from, or supported across utility line excavations. Where it is necessary
to temporarily interrupt house, business services or the owners services, the Contractor shall
notify the Owner, both before the interruption and again immediately before service is
resumed. Before disconnecting any pipes, conduits or cables the Contractor shall obtain
permission form their Owner, or make suitable arrangements for their disconnection by their
owner. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to any such pipes, conduits, or
cables and shall restore them to service promptly as soon as the work has progressed past the
pint involved. Approximate locations of known water, sanitary, drainage, power and
telephone installations along the rote of the new pipelines or in the vicinity of new work are
shown, but must be verified in the field by the Contractor. The Contractor shall uncover these
pipes, ducts, cables etc., carefully, by hand, prior to installing new utility lines. Any
discrepancies or differences found shall be brought to the attention of the Owner in order that
the necessary changes may be made to permit installation of new pipe. These conditions are
supplemental the General requirements elsewhere in these specifications.
I
I
1.7
PLANNED DISRUPTIONS OR SERVICE OUTAGES
I
I
I
I
A. Prior to the shutting off, disruption, or otherwise modifying the following existing services,
the Contractor must request authorization in writing from Owner and local governing body if
required.
Electric Power (service) to a building
Electrical Circuits and Subfeeders
Gas
Water
Sewer - Sanitary
I
I
I
CONTRACTOR'S USE OF THE PREMISES
01115-02
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
Fire Water
Reclaimed Water
Telephone
Other services not noted, etc.
B. All contractors, subcontractors or vendors are required to get the approval of the Owner
before taking any of the actions noted below, to the systems noted.
1. Actions:
a. Shutting off, turning on, tripping, (valves, circuit breakers, disconnect
switches or other operation devices.).
b. Connecting to or disconnecting from.
2. Systems:
a. Electrical Power and Lighting Panels, Switchboards, Transfer Switches,
Motor Starters, communication & telephone.
b. Gas Systems
c. Water, Sanitary Lines, and other Piping Systems.
C. Requests for service interruptions must state type of service to be interrupted, areas to be
affected, duration of interruption, and the name of the person (on-site) who will supervise and
is responsible for the project.
1.8 DAMAGE TO EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for and make good all damage to the pavement beyond
the limits of the contract, buildings, telephone or other cables, water pipes, sanitary pipes, or
other structures which may be encountered, whether or not shown on the drawings.
B. Information shown on the Drawings as to the location of existing utilities has been prepared
from the most reliable data available to the Landscape Architect. This information is not
guaranteed. It shall be this Contractors responsibility to determine the location, character and
depth of any existing utilities. He shall assist the utility companies, by every means possible
to determine said locations. Extreme caution shall be exercised to eliminate any possibility of
any damage to utilities resulting from his activities.
C. Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced
and shall be the same type of materials as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City
Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair, at no additional cost to the Owner. All
street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to
existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer,
then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a
minimum 8" compacted thickness, or same thickness as base destroyed plus 2", if over 6",
and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T-180.
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Promptly upon award of the Contract, notify all pertinent personnel regarding requirements of
CONTRACTOR'S USE OF THE PREMISES
01115-03
CONTRACTOR'S USE OF THE PREMISES
01115-04
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
this Section.
B. Require that all personnel who will enter upon the Owner's property certify their awareness of
and familiarity with the requirements of this section.
1.10 RECORDS
A. Maintain an accurate record of the names and identification of all persons entering upon the
Owner's property in connection with the Work of this Contract Including times of entering
and leaving.
1.11 SAFETY
A. Contractors shall adhere to applicable OSHA regulations (Of special concern is providing
appropriate personal protective equipment, adequate fire suppression equipment, properly
installed and maintained temporary wiring and adequate scaffolding).
B. Contractors shall furnish all warning signs, detours, and temporary facilities necessary for the
protection and safety of all employees.
1. All construction areas to which non-construction personnel have access shall be
marked with readily visibly warning signs (such as "Danger - Construction Area")
C. Contractors are responsible for the safe handling, storage, and disposal of all waste material
off-site on a timely basis. No trash or materials should be left on site.
1.12 DRESS AND CONDUCT
A. All construction personnel shall maintain a neat general appearance at all times. Shirts,
trousers and proper shoes are required apparel. Sandals or flip-flops will not be permitted.
B. Anyone choosing to wear clothing with offensive words, pictures, etc., will be required to
cover or change clothing even if to do so required loss of time from the job.
C. Any complaint resulting from construction personnel's action will be investigated. If
complaints are verified, it can be cause for that person to be removed for the project.
END OF SECTION 01115
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 01230 - ALTERNATES
PART I-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined
in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if
Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be
completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described
in the Contract Documents.
1. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract
Sum to incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the
Contract Sum.
1.4 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: ModifY or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate
work of the alternate into Project.
1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar
items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part
of alternate.
2. Additive or deductive cost of alternate(s) shall include all related coordination,
modifications and/or adjustments to the project.
.
B. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notifY each party involved, in
writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or
deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to
alternates.
C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract.
AL TERNA TES
01230 - 1
AL TERNA TES
01230 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
D. Schedule: A Schedule of Alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification
Sections referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the
work described under each alternate.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES
A. Alternate No.1: Trellis and trellis base - provide decorative aluminum trellis and poured in
place concrete base (as foundation) per plans.
B. Alternate #2: 6" concrete base - provide 6" concrete base on compacted subgrade for
interlocking concrete pavers within limits defined on the plans.
END OF SECTION 01230
.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 01250 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing
Contract modifications.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Unit Prices" for administrative requirements for using unit prices.
1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. Landscape Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing Minor Changes in the
Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time.
1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS
A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: The Landscape Architect will issue a detailed description
of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the
Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and
Specifications.
1. Proposal Requests issued by Landscape Architect are for information only. Do not
consider them instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed
change.
2. Within two weeks after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost
adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change.
a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with
total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish data to
substantiate quantities.
b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade
discounts.
c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.
d. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of
the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and
finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting
an extension of the Contract Time.
CONTRACT MODIFICA nON PROCEDURES
01250 - 1
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01250 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the
Contract, Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change to THE
Landscape Architect.
I. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the
Work.. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the
proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.
2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total
amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish data to substantiate
quantities.
3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade
discounts.
4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.
5. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the
change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times,
and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the
Contract Time.
1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
A. An Owner's approval of a Proposal Request will be issued for each proposal within 2 weeks of
receipt.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01250
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 01270 - UNIT PRICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for submitting and
handling Change Orders.
2. Division 1 Section "Measurement & Payment" for procedures for measurement and
payment for unit price item.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Unit price is an amount proposed by bidders, stated on the Bid Form, as a price per unit of
measurement for materials or services added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by
appropriate modification, if estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents
are increased or decreased.
1.4 PROCEDURES
A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance,
overhead, and profit.
B. Measurement and Payment: Refer to individual Specification Sections for work that requires
establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified
in those Sections.
C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work-in-place that involves use
of established unit prices and to have this work measured by the Owner's representative.
UNIT PRICES
01270 - 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01270
UNIT PRICES
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
01270 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 01275 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation provided in the Contract as full
payment for furnishing all materials, labor, tools and equipment for performing all operations
necessary to complete the work under the Contract, plus any miscellaneous items and services
that may not be specifically identified in the Contract Drawings and Specifications but that
can be inferred from the Contract Drawings and Specifications and are necessary to produce a
completed Work that is usable in a manner for which it was intended. If any items for a
complete work are omitted or not shown,. the Contractor shall furnish and install them without
additional cost to the Owner, and also in full payment for all loss or damages arising from the
nature of the Work, or from any discrepancy between the actual quantities of Work and
quantities herein estimated by the Landscape Architect, or from the action ofthe elements or
from any unforeseen difficulties which may be encountered during the prosecution of the
Work until the final acceptance by the Owner.
B. The prices stated in the Bid Form include all costs and expenses for taxes, labor, equipment,
materials, commissions, transportation charges and expenses, patent fees and royalties, labor
for handling materials during inspection, together with any and all other costs and expenses
for performing and completing the Work as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. The
basis of payment for an item at the unit price shown in the proposal shall be in accordance
with the description of that item in this Section.
C. The Contractor's attention is again called to the fact that the quotations for the various items
ofW ork are intended to establish a total price for completing the Work in its entirety. Should
the Contractor feel that the cost for any item of Work has not been established by the Bid.
Form or Payment Items, he shall include the cost for that Work in some other applicable bid
item, so that his proposal for the Project Goes reflect his total price for completing the Work in
its entirety.
D. The Contractor shall prepare and submit an Application for Payment once per month.
E. Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work.
1.2 MEASUREMENT
A. The quantities for payment under this Contract shall be determined by actual measurement of
the completed items, in place, ready for use and accepted by the Owner, in accordance with
the applicable method of measurement therefore contained herein. A representative of the
Contractor shall witness all field measurements.
1.3 PAYMENT ITEMS, BASE BID
Bid Item No.s 1, 2 & 3 - Mobilization, General Conditions and Demobilization
1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes the preparatory work and
operations in mobilizing for beginning work on the Project and demobilizing for ending
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
01275-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATIONSQUARE PARK
work on the Project. The establishment of a staging area, field offices, buildings, safety
equipment, first aid supplies, sanitary and . other facilities, as required by these
Specifications~ State and local laws and any other preconstruction expense necessary for
the state of the Work; the cost of field engineering, permits and fees, construction
schedules, preconstruction video and photographs, construction photographs, project
signs, shop drawings, temporary facilities, lay down storage area, construction aids,
erosion control, workassociated with Contractor support during Owner/Engineer testing,
reviews. and inspection, re-inspection and any rework resulting from same, cleaning,
project records documents, operating and maintenance data. The Contractor shall submit
invoices Sl.ibstantiating the cost of mobilization with each pay request.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as lump sum.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum price for the item and
will be made in installments spaced out evenly over the construction duration.
Bid Item No.4 - Bonds, Insurance
1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes all General Conditions,
Bonds, and Permits, all Insurance requirement costs, the costs of all bonds, permits, and
all administrative costs associated with acquiring and maintaining the necessary coverage
as, described in the Contract Documents.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as lump sum.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum price for the item.
Bid Item No.5 - Project Sign
1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes constructing and installing
the project information sign, including the sign, lumber, plywood, paint, and all other
appurtenances for a complete and installed sign.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price for each project sign
installed on the project.
Bid Item No.6 - Tree Barricades
1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes the construction of tree
barricades around existing trees as detailed within the Construction Documents.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as lump sum.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum price.
Bid Item No. 7 - Demolition
1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes all items noted on the plans
removed and items noted to be salvaged.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as a lump sum.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum price.
Bid Item No.8 - Earthwork & Grading
1. Description: This Measurement and Payment item consists of furnishing all labor,
equipment and materials required for excavation, backfilling, sub-grade preparation,
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
01275-2
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.1
drainage backfill,.trenching and rough and fine grading of existing areas and new fill to
elevations specified and to meet existing grade at limit of work.
2. Measurement: The unit of measurement for this item will be lump sum.
3. Basis of payment: Payment shall be made at the Contract lump sum price.
Bid Item No.9 - Conductor
1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes full compensation for the
labor and materials required for a complete and accepted installation.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured in linear feet.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be.made at the Contract unit price per linear foot
installed.
Bid Item No.1 0 - Conduit
1. Description: TIlls measurement and payment item includes full compensation for the
labor and materials required for a complete and accepted installation of all electrical
conduits.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured. in linear feet.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per linear foot
installed.
Bid Item No. 11 - 120 V Outlets
1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes full compensation for the
labor and materials required for a complete and accepted installation of outlets mounted
as shown on the drawings.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per outlet installed.
I
I
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
01275-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Bid Item No. 12 - 240 V Outlets
1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes full compensation for the
labor and materials required for a complete and accepted installation.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per outlet installed.
Bid Item No. 13 - Fountain Electrical Connection
1. Description: This measurement and payment item shall consist of the installation of a
complete fountain electrical connection as delineated on plans, in accordance with
applicable section of specifications, and including all wiring, conduit, and all other
materials, labor, services, facilities and equipment required for a fully operational and
accepted fountain electrical connection.
2. Measurement: The unit of measurement for this item will be each.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment shall be made based on each complete, tested and
accepted connection.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
Bid Item No. 14 - Clock Electrical Connection
1. Description: This measurement and payment item shall consist of the installation of a
complete clock electrical connection as delineated on plans, in accordance with applicable
section of specifications, and including all wiring, conduit, and all other materials, labor,
services, facilities and equipment required for a fully operational and accepted clock
electrical connection..
2. Measurement: The unit of measurement for this item will be each.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment shall be made based on each complete, tested and
accepted connection.
Bid Item No. 15 - Pull Box
1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes full compensation for the
labor and materials required for a complete and accepted installation.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per pull box installed.
Bid Item No. 16 - Load Center
1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes the service pole, insulators,
weatherheads, transformers, enclosures, panel boards, breakers, safety switches, H.O.A.
switches, lighting protectors, fuses, photoelectric assembly, meter base, and all external
and internal conduit and conductors for the services as indicated in the plans and the
Design . Standards.
2. Measurement: Thisitem shall be measured as each.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per load center
assembly installed.
Bid Item No. 17 - Pole Lights with J-box at base
1. Description: This measurement and payment item shall consist of the installation of a
complete pole with light fixtures in accordance with applicable section of specifications,
and including all wiring, fixtures, J-box and all other materials, labor, services, facilities
and equipment required for a fully operational and accepted pole light.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per pole light
installed.
Bid Item No. 18 - Step lights
1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes providing and installing step
lights in Station Square Park, including lights, casings, attachments, and all wiring and
other appurtenances for a fully functioning and mounted light as per Contract Documents.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per step light
installed.
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
01275-4
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
01275-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
Bid Item No. 19 - Ramp lights
1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes providing and installing
ramp lights in Station Square Park, including lights, casings, attachments, and all wiring
and other appurtenances for a fully functioning and mounted ramp light as per Contract
Documents.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per ramp light
installed.
Bid Item No. 20 - Sign reflector Lights at Arch
1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes providing and installing sign
reflector lights in Station Square Park, including lights, casings, attachments, and all
wiring and other appurtenances for a fully functioning light as per Contract Documents.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per sign reflector light
installed.
Bid Item No. 21 - Concrete flush. curb around trees & entry planting planters
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of concrete flush curb as detailed
within the Contract Documents.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as linear feet.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per linear feet of
concrete flush curb installed.
Bid Item No.s 22 through 25 - Pavers
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of the pedestrian,. vehicular, and
truncated dome pavers, including pavers, setting bed,. concrete base, compacted sub-
grade, and all other appurtenances as detailed within the Contract Documents.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as square yard.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be madeat the Contract unit price per square yard of
pavers installed.
Bid Item No. 26 - 18" Stained Concrete Band
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of concrete bands, including all
concrete, reinforcement, compacted sub-grade, isolationjoints, and other appurtenances
as per Contract Documents.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as square yard.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per square yard of
banding installed.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
Bid Item No. 27- Stage Seating - curved, 24" treads, 3 steps, stained conc.
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of curved concrete steps,
including all concrete, reinforcement, compacted sub-grade, isolation joints, and other
appurtenances as per Contract Documents.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured per linear feet.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per linear feet of
curved concrete steps installed.
Bid Item No. 28 - Stage Seating - curved, 24" treads, 3 steps, conc. wi cast stone cap
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of curved concrete steps,
including all concrete, reinforcement, compacted sub-grade, isolation joints, cast stone
cap and other appurtenances as per Contract Documents.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured per linear feet.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per linear feet of
curved concrete steps installed.
Bid Item No. 29 - Steps - straight, 12" treads, 5 steps, stained concrete.
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials requited for the installation of straight concrete steps, including
all concrete, reinforcement, compacted sub-grade, isolation joints, and other
appurtenances as per Contract Documents.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured per linear feet.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per linear feet of
straight concrete steps installed.
Bid Item No.30 - Upper & Lower Plaza Access Ramp - straight
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for. the installation of the straight handicap ramp,
including all concrete, reinforcement, compacted sub-grade, isolation joints, wall,
handrails and other appurtenances as per Contract Documents.
2. Measurement: The unit of measurement for this item will be lump sum.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum price.
Bid Item No.31 - Upper & Lower Access Ramp - curved
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of the curved handicap ramp,oincluding all concrete, reinforcement, compacted sub-grade, isolation joints, wall,
handrails and other appurtenances as per Contract Documents.
2. Measurement: The unit of measurement for this item will be lump sum.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum price.
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
01275-6
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
01275-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
Bid Item No. 32 through 34 - Planter Pots
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of planter pots along the streetscape,
including pots, drainage gravel, planting soil, soil separator, and other appurtenances as
per Contract Documents.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per pot installed.
Bid Item No.s 35 through 37 - Site Furnishings
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of all site furnishings along the
streetscape and within Station Square Park, including benches, trash receptacles, bike
racks, sphere bollards, umbrella tables, four-top tables,movable chairs, anchors, and
other footings, hardware, and appurtenances as per manufacturer's specifications and as
per Contract Documents.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per site furnishing
provided and installed.
Bid Item No. 38 - Removable Bollard
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of removable bollards at Station
Square Park, including bollards, pipe, concrete footing, compacted subgrade, and other
appurtenances as per Contract Documents.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per bollard installed.
Bid Item No. 39 - Drinking fountain
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of drinking fountains within Station
Square Park, including fountains, piping; water service, electric. service, foundations, and
other appurtenances as per Contract Documents.
2. Measurement:. . This item shall be measured as each.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per fountain installed.
, Bid Item N{). 40 - Street Clock
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation ofthe street clock in Station Square
Park, including clock, concrete footing, anchor bolts, rebar, wire mesh, electrical service,
lamps, compacted sub grade, and other appurtenances as per Contract Documents.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per clock installed.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
Bid Item No. 41 - Fountain
I. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of the fountain and fountain vault at
Station Square Park, including fiberglass pre-plumbed vault, excavation, compacted sub-
grade, piping, sleeving, electric, plumbing, pump, decorative pre-cast concrete fountain
with pedestal, decorative pre-cast concrete scuppers, colored concrete fountain pool walls
and bottom, drains, sensors, underwater lighting, junction boxes, nozzles, finishes and
waterproofing, filters, and other equipment and appurtenances for a fully functioning
fountain as per Contract Documents
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as lump sum.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum price.
Bid Item No. 42 - Decorative Entry Arch
I. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of the entry arch at Station Square
Park, including concrete and stucco columns, cast stone caps, decorative column base,
footings,. compacted sub-grade, gas & electrical conduit, aluminum posts, pickets, and
castings, tube rail, lettering, painting and other finishing, and all other appurtenances as
per Contract Documents
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as lump sum.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum price.
Bid Item No. 43 - Sliding Entry Gate
I. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of a fully operational sliding entry
gate.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as lump sum.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum price.
Bid Item No. 44 - 6' Wide Swing Gate wI Transitional Fence Sections
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of a fully operational swing gate
with transitional fence sections.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as lump sum.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum price.
Bid Item No. 45 - Picket fence on stucco wall
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of the decorative picket fence in
Station Square Park, including concrete footings, rebar, compacted sub-grade, cast stone,
aluminum fencing, posts, and railings, fasteners, paints and finishes, and all other
appurtenances as per Contract Documents.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as linear feet.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price for linear feet of
fencing installed.
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
01275-8
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
01275-9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
Bid Item No. 46 - Picket fence on existing wall
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of the decorative picket fence in
Station Square Park, including aluminum fencing, posts, and railings, fasteners, paints
and finishes, surface mount materials and all other appurtenances as per Contract
Documents
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as linear feet.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit. price for linear feet of
fencing installed.
Bid Item'No.s 47 through 51 - Walls (planter, Seat, & Wing)
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of walls in Station Square Park,
including concrete footings, concrete masonry units, reinforcing, compacted sub-grade,
cast stone veneer and caps, stucco, dowels, concrete masonry units, stone veneer,
decorative buttons, pre-cast concrete caps and all other appurtenances as per Contract
Documents.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as linear feet.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price for linear feet ofwall
installed.
Bid Item No. 52 - Skate Stop
1. Description: This measurement and payment. item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of skate stops at Station Square
Park, including skate stops, fastening system and all other appurtenances as per Contract
Documents.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per skate stop
installed.
Bid Item No.s 53 through 66 - Landscape and mulch
1. Des~ription: This measurement and payment item shall consist of furnishing and
providing all labor, plants and materials, tools, and equipment necessary to prepare the
soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if
necessary); to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, plant,
fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all
other Work as described herein or indicated within the Contract Documents. This item
also includes plant care and any required replacing of plantings or restoring of damaged
areas.
2. Measurement: Measurement of this item includes:
A. Plant material - The quantity for payment will be the actual number of each
type of plant material or tree planted and accepted.
B. Mulch - The quantity for payment will be the actual volume quantity of
cubic yards of mulch installed and accepted.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
3. Basis of Payment: Payment of the work under this section will be paid for at the contract
unit prices as listed in the bid form for accepted material.
Bid Item No. 67 - Dry Well
I. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of dry wells as per Contract
Documents.
4. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each.
5. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per dry well installed.
Bid Item No. 68 - Site Irrigation System
I. Description: This measurement and payment item shall consist of the installation of
a complete irrigation system as delineated on plans, in accordance with applicable
section of specifications, and including all valves, piping, wiring, backflow
preventers, sprinkler heads, fittings, sleeves, service pipe and drainage pipe to planter
pots, lines, 'Sleeves, and emitters to hanging pots, riser steel, controllers, electrical
distribution, and all other materials, labor, services, facilities and equipment required
for a fully operational and accepted underground irrigation system. Work notes as
'NIC', 'existing', or 'by others' is not included in this pay item.
2. Measurement: This item is a lwnp sum unit.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be a lump sum amount for the complete irrigation
system.
Bid Item No. 69 -Water Service Line (3/4" PE in I W' PVC conduit), including. hose bibs
I. Description: This Measurement and Payment Item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of the W' potable water line
including all pipe, conduit, fittings, hose bibs and other appurtenances.
2. Measurement: The unit of measurement forthis item will be linear foot.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment shall be made based on the total number of linear feet of
pipe properly installed, tested and backfilled.
Bid Item No. 70 -Water service, I", complete to meter
I. Description: This Measurement and Payment Item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of the 1 "water service up to the
water meter from Station Square Park, including all pipe, fittings, and all other
appurtenances for functional water service as shown in the Contract Documents.
2. Measurement: The unit of measurement for this item will be lump sum.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment shall be made based on each complete, tested and
accepted service.
. Bid Item No. 71 - Station Square Park, fountain vault service, complete
1. Description: This Measurement and Payment Item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required to provide I" water service to fountain vault at
Station Square Park.
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
01275-10
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
01275-11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
2. Measurement: The unit of measurement for this item will be each.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment shall be made based on the number of water services
installed and accepted.
Bid Item No. 73 - RCP 18"
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of the reinforced concrete pipe,
including pipe, filter fabric wrap, and other appurtenances as detailed within the Contract
Documents.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as linear foot.
3~ Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per linear foot of pipe
installed and accepted, measured along the centerline of the pipe to the inside face of
exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures
Bid Item No. 74 ~12" PVC drainage pipe
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation ofthe PVC pipe as detailed within
the Contract Documents.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as linear foot.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made atthe Contract unit price per linear foot
of pipe installed and accepted, measured along the centerline of the pipe to the
inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures.
Bid Item No.75 - Ditch Bottom Inlet
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of a ditch bottom inlet as detailed
within the Contract Documents.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per inlet installed.
Bid Item No. 76 - 12" yard drain wi decorative metal cover
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials, including cover, pipe, attachments, and all other appurtenances
required for the installation of yard drain in Station Square Park as detailed within the
Contract Documents; .
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per yard drain
installed.
Bid Item No. 77 - Adjust Manhole Ring and Cover Elevation
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the adjustment of manhole ring and cover elevation
as detailed within the Contract Documents.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the completion of manhole adjustment.
Bid Item No. 78 - Trench drain
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of the trench drain in Station Square
Park as detailed within the Contract Documents, including concrete trench and decorative
trench drain cover including attachment.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as linear feet.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per linear foot of
trench drain installed. .
Bid Item No. 79 - Erosion Control Measures
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation various erosion control measures,
including construction fence, ~iditybarriers, protection for drains to remain, and.all
other measures as detailed within the Contract Documents and as required by all
governing authorities.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as lump sum.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum price.
1.4 PAYMENT ITEMS, ADDITIVE ALTERNATES
Alternate Item No. 1- Decorative Aluminum Trellis with post and PIP Conc. Base/Wing Wall
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of the decorative trellis in Station
Square Park, including aluminum beams, joists, posts, trim, and plates, PIP concrete
base, stone veneer, decorative buttons, pre-cast concrete caps, concrete footings, rebar,
anchor bolts, and all other appurtenances as per Contract Documents
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as lump sum.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum price.
Alternate Item No.2 - 6" Concrete Over Compacted Sub Base
1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of a 6" concrete slab for base for
interlocking concrete pavers including reinforcing and compaction as per Contract
Documents.
2. Measurement: This item shall be measured square yards.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per square yard of
concrete installed.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
(Not Applicable)
PART 3- EXECUTION
(Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION 01275
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
01275-12
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 01290 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and
process Applications for Payment.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures for
handling changes to the Contract.
2. Division 1 Section "Unit Prices" for administrative requirements governing use of unit
pnces.
3. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative
requirements governing preparation and submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule
and Submittals Schedule.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Prior to start of construction, secure the Owner's approval of the Schedule of Values (a
statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of
the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment) required to
be submitted under the General Conditions.
B. Base requests for payment on the approved schedule of values.
1.4 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as
certified by the Owner and paid for by the Owner.
1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial
Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.
B. Payment Application Times: Progress payments shall be submitted to Owner by the end of the
month. The period covered by each Application for Payment is one month, ending on the last
day of the month.
PAYMENT PROCEDURES
01290 - 1
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
C. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 Continuation
Sheets as form for Applications for Payment.
D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person
authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. The Owner will return incomplete
applications without action.
PAYMENT PROCEDURES
01290 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction
Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.
2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last
day of construction period covered by application.
E. Transmittal: Submit four (4) signed and notarized original copies of each Application for
Payment to Owner by a method ensuring receipt. One copy shall include waivers of lien and
similar attachments if required.
1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate
information about application.
F. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's
liens from subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, and suppliers for construction period covered by
the previous application.
1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after
deduction for retainage, on each item.
2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers.
3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit
waivers.
4. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by final waivers from every entity
involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully
entitled to a lien.
5. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, executed in a manner acceptable to
Owner.
G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or
coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:
1. List of subcontractors.
2. Schedule of Values.
3. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final).
4. Products list.
5. Schedule of unit prices.
6. Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final).
7. List of Contractor's staff assignments.
8. List of Contractor's principal consultants.
9. Copies of building permits.
H. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial
Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of
the Work claimed as substantially complete.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a
statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued
previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.
1. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting
documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the
following:
1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.
2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof
that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.
3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.
4. AlA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims."
5. AlA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens."
6. Evidence that claims have been settled.
7. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of
date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed
responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work.
8. Final, liquidated damages settlement statement.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01290
PAYMENT PROCEDURES
01290 - 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 01310 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on
Project including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Coordination Drawings.
2. Administrative and supervisory personnel.
3. Project meetings.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting
Contractor's Construction Schedule. .
2. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating Contract closeout.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the
Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate
construction operations, included in different Sections, which depend on each other for proper
installation, connection, and operation.
1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where
installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before
or after its own installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components with subcontractors to ensure maximum
accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.
3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
4. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to
ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and
repair of all components, including mechanical and electrical.
B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures
required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees
at meetings.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01310 - 1
1.4
1.5
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their
Work is required.
I
I
I
I
I
C.
Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative
procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts
and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not
limited to, the following:
1. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values.
3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
4. Delivery and processing of submittals.
5. Progress meetings.
6. Project closeout activities.
7. Startup and adjustment of systems.
8. Project closeout activities.
D.
Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with
consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials.
I
I
1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually
incorporated into, the Work. Refer to other Sections for disposition.of salvaged materials
that are designated as Owner's property.
SUBMITTALS
I
I
A.
Key Personnel Names: Within two weeks of starting construction operations, submit a list of
key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at
Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and
telephone numbers, including home and office telephone numbers. Provide names, addresses,
and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as standbys in the absence of individuals
assigned to Project.
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Post copies of list in Project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by each
temporary telephone. Keep list current at all times.
PROJECT MEETINGS
A.
General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless otherwise
indicated.
1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is
required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Landscape Architect of
scheduled meeting dates and times.
2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.
3. Minutes: Record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the
meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Landscape Architect,
within 3 days ofthe meeting.
I
I
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINA nON
01310 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
B. Preconstruction Conference: A preconstruction conference will be scheduled before starting
construction, at a time convenient to Owner, Owner's Representative, Contractor and
Landscape Architect. The conference will be scheduled within 15 days after the Owner has
executed the Agreement, but prior to actual start of the Work. The conference will be held at
the Project site or another convenient location. The meeting will review responsibilities and
personnel assignments.
1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Landscape Architect, and their
consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other
concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be
familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the
following:
a. Tentative construction schedule.
b. Phasing.
c. Critical work sequencing and long-lead items.
d. Designation of key personnel and their duties.
e. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
f. Procedures for requests for interpretations (RFIs).
g. Procedures for testing and inspecting.
h. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
1. Distribution of the Contract Documents.
j. Submittal procedures.
k. Preparation of Record Documents.
1. Use of the premises.
m. Work restrictions.
n. Owner's occupancy requirements.
o. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.
p. Construction waste management and recycling.
q. Parking availability.
r. Office, work, and storage areas.
s. Equipment deliveries and priorities.
t. First aid.
u. Security.
v. Progress cleaning.
w. Working hours.
3. Minutes: The Contractor will record meeting minutes.
C. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. Coordinate dates of
meetings with preparation of payment requests.
1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Landscape Architect, each
contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or
involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be
represented at these meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with
Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review
other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as
appropriate to status of Project.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01310 - 3
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01310-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting.
Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule,
in relation to Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction
behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to
do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and
subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.
I) Review schedule for next period.
b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:
1) Sequence of operations.
2) Status of submittals.
3) Quality and work standards.
4) Status of correction of deficient items.
5) Field observations.
6) Requests for interpretations (RFIs).
7) Status of proposal requests.
8) Pending changes.
9) Status of Change Orders.
10) Documentation of information for payment requests.
3. Minutes: Contractor will record and distribute the meeting minutes.
4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who
should have been present.
a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress
meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue
revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01310
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 01320 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress
of construction during performance of the Work, including the following:
1. Preliminary Construction Schedule.
2. Contractor's Construction Schedule.
3. Submittals Schedule.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting the Schedule of Values.
2. Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting and
distributing meeting and conference minutes.
3. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals Schedule: Submit three (3) copies of schedule. Arrange the following information
in a tabular format:
1. Scheduled date for first submittal.
2. Specification Section number and title.
3. Submittal category (action or informational).
4. Name of subcontractor.
S. Description of the Work covered.
B. Preliminary Construction Schedule: Submit 3 copies.
C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit 3 copies of initial schedule, large enough to show
entire schedule for entire construction period.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01320 - 1
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Scheduling Consultant Qualifications: An experienced specialist in CPM scheduling and
reporting, with capability of producing CPM reports and diagrams within 24 hours of
Landscape Architect's request.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of
construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of subcontractors.
B. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of
subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required
schedules and reports.
1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties
involved.
2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule
them in proper sequence.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE
2.2
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
A. Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required
by construction schedule. Include time required for review, resubmittal, ordering,
manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates.
1. Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of Values, and
Contractor's Construction Schedule.
CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
Procedures: Comply with procedures contained in AGC's "Construction Planning &
Scheduling. "
Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to date of
Substantial Completion.
Activities: Treat each separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal element
ofthe Work.
Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and
as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.
Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but
not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and Final Completion.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01320 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
F. Computer Software: Prepare schedules using a program that has been developed specifically to
manage construction schedules.
2.3 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART)
A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Gantt-chart-type,
Contractor's Construction Schedule within 30 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed.
Base schedule on the Preliminary Construction Schedule and whatever updating and feedback
was received since the start of Project.
B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of
each week with a continuous vertical line.
1. For construction activities that require 3 months or longer to complete indicate an
estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments within time bar.
2.4 REPORTS
A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following
information concerning events at Project site:
1. List of subcontractors at Project site.
2. Material deliveries.
3. Accidents.
4. Meetings and significant decisions.
5. Unusual events.
6. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.
7. Meter readings and similar recordings.
8. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.
9. Request for Proposals received and implemented.
10. Construction Change Directives received and implemented.
11. Services connected and disconnected.
12. Equipment or system tests and startups.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect
actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly
scheduled progress meeting.
1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have
been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each
such meeting.
2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not
limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01320 - 3
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01320 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
3. As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity.
B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Owner, Landscape Architect, and other
parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility.
1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.
2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the
same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned
portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.
END OF SECTION 01320
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART I-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop
Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment and
the Schedule of Values.
2. Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting and
distributing meeting and conference minutes and for submitting Coordination Drawings.
3. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and
reports, including Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule.
4. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties.
5. Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record
Specifications, and Record Product Data.
6. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for submittals in those
Sections.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requITes Landscape Architect's
responsive action.
B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Landscape Architect's
responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.
1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. General: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings in .dwg format will not
be provided by Landscape Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals.
B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of
construction activities.
1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 1
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
2.
Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so
processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for
coordination.
I
a.
Landscape Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring
coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.
I
C.
Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress
Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of
related construction activities.
I
D. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for re-submittals, as
follows. Time for review shall commence on Landscape Architect's receipt of submittal. No
extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals
enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including re-submittals.
I
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Name and address of Contractor.
d. Name and address of subcontractor.
e. Submittal number.
f. Other necessary identification.
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time
if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Landscape Architect will advise
Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.
2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner
as initial submittal.
3. Re-submittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each re-submittal.
E. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.
1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.
2. Provide a space approximately 6 x 8 inches on label or beside title block to record
Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Landscape Architect.
3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Destination (To:).
d. Source (From:).
e. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier.
I
I
I
I
I
F. Submit six (6) copies of submittals to Landscape Architect: One copy for Owners
Representative, Two Copies for Landscape Architect with three (3) copies being returned to the
Contractor.
G. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and
handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Landscape Architect will return
submittals, without review if received from sources other than Contractor.
1. Transmittal Form: Provide locations on form for the following information:
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
f. Category and type of submittal.
g. Submittal number, numbered consecutively.
h. Submittal purpose and description.
1. Specification Section number and title.
J. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
k. Submittal and transmittal distribution record.
I. Remarks.
m. Signature of transmitter.
H. Re-submittals: Make re-submittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.
1. Note date and content of previous submittal.
2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of
revision.
3. Resubmit submittals until they are approved.
I. Distribution: Furnish copies of fmal submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers,
fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of
construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
J. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating approval.
1.5 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF ARCHITECT'S CAD FILES
A. General: At Contractor's written request, copies of Architect's CAD files will be provided to
Contractor for Contractor's use in connection with Project, subject to the following conditions:
1. Files will be transmitted in PDF format.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections.
B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and
type of product or equipment.
1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are
not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.
2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.
3. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Manufacturer's written recommendations.
b. Manufacturer's product specifications.
c. Manufacturer's installation instructions.
d. Standard color charts.
e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
f. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 3
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
I
I
g. Printed performance curves.
h. Operational range diagrams.
1. Mill reports.
J. Standard product operation and maintenance manuals.
k. Compliance with specified referenced standards.
1. Testing by recognized testing agency.
m. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
n. Notation of coordination requirements.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples.
5. Number of Copies: Submit six (6) copies of Product Data, unless otherwise indicated.
Landscape Architect will return three copies. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a
Project Record Document.
C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a standard and
appropriate scale.
1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements 10 the Contract Documents. Include the
following information, as applicable:
a. Dimensions.
b. Identification of products.
c. Fabrication and installation drawings.
d. Roughing-in and setting diagrams.
e. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, and
control wiring.
f. Shopwork manufacturing instructions.
g. Templates and patterns.
h. Schedules.
1. Design calculations.
J. Compliance with specified standards.
k. Notation of coordination requirements.
1. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
m. Relationship to adjoining construction clearly indicated.
n. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.
o. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed
wiring.
2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop
Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 24 by 36 inches
3. Number of Copies: Submit six (6) bond copies of each submittal. Landscape Architect
will return three copies.
D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these
characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between
submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.
1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together
in one submittal package.
2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following:
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
a. Generic description of Sample.
b. Product name and name of manufacturer.
c. Sample source.
d. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
3. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or
sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available.
a. Number of Samples: Submit one (1) full set of available choices where color,
pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from
manufacturer's product line. Landscape Architect will return submittal with
options selected.
E. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section
"Construction Progress Documentation" for Construction Manager's action.
F. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division I Section "Construction
Progress Documentation."
G. Application for Payment: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Payment
Procedures. "
H. Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Payment
Procedures. "
I. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each
portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a
special design. Include the following information in tabular form:
1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying
products.
2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract.
3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.
4. Number of Copies: Submit six (6) copies of subcontractor list, unless otherwise
indicated. Landscape Architect-will return three copies.
a. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document.
2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections.
1. Number of Copies: Submit three (3) copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated.
Landscape Architect will not return copies.
2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of
entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be
signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that
entity.
SUBMlTTALPROCEDURES
01330 - 5
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section
"Construction Progress Documentation."
C. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience
of flfIn or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names
and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.
D. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel
comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure
Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) on A WS forms. Include
names offirms and personnel certified.
E. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that
Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is
authorized by manufacturer forthis specific Project.
F. Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying
that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of
manufacturing experience where required.
G. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that
product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
H. Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that
material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
I. Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's
standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with
requirements in the Contract Documents.
J. Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by
manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on
evaluation of tests performed py manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or
on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.
K. Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard
form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for
compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents.
L. Compatibility Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed
before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate
preparation needed for adhesion.
M. Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's
standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during
installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with
requirements in the Contract Documents.
N. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and
normal maintenance of products and equipment.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
O. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to,
performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations.
Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads.
Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for
calculations. Include page numbers.
P. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents
manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a
product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of
manufacturer. Include the following, as applicable:
1. Preparation of substrates.
2. Required substrate tolerances.
3. Sequence of installation or erection.
4. Required installation tolerances.
5. Required adjustments.
6. Recommendations for cleaning and protection.
Q. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized
service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable:
1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative
making report.
2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product.
3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.
4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with
requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.
5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance
complies with requirements.
6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.
7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.
R. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of
insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of
coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage.
S. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs): Submit information directly to Owner; do not submit to
Landscape Architect.
1. Landscape Architect will not review submittals that include MSDSs and will return the
entire submittal for re-submittal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A. Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for
compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with
approval stamp before submitting to Landscape Architect.
SUBNITTTALPROCEDURES
01330 - 7
SUBMITIAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name
and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date
of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked,
and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.
3.2 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT'S ACTION
A. General: Landscape Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval
stamp and will return them without action.
1. Action Submittals: Landscape Architect will review each submittal, make marks to
indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Landscape Architect will
stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate
action taken
B. Informational Submittals: Landscape Architect will review each submittal and will not return it,
or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Landscape Architect will forward each
submittal to appropriate party.
C. Partial submittals are not acceptable, will be considered non-responsive, and will be returned
without review.
D. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded.
END OF SECTION 01330
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 01420 - REFERENCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. "Landscape Architect": shall have the same defmition as the term "Engineer" as defmed in the
General Conditions.
C. "Approved": When used to convey Landscape Architect's action on Contractor's submittals,
applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Landscape Architect's duties and
responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.
D. "Directed": A command or instruction by Landscape Architect. Other terms including
"requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" have the same
meaning as "directed."
E.
"Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on
Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown,"
"noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."
F.
"Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having
jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control
performance ofthe Work.
G. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly,
installation, and similar operations.
H. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking,
assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing,
protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.
I. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
J. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site
is shown on Drawings and mayor may not be identical with the description. of the land on
which Project is to be built.
REFERENCES
01420 - I
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if
bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards
are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents,
unless otherwise indicated.
C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with
industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not
bound with the Contract Documents.
I. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain
copies directly from publication source.
D. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and
acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the
recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone
numbers, and Web-site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-
to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
ADAAG
CFR
CRD
UFAS
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities
Available from Access Board
www.access-board.gov
(800) 872-2253
(202) 272-0080
Code of Federal Regulations
Available from Government Printing Office
www.access.gpo.gov/nara/cfr
(888) 293-6498
(202) 512-1530
Handbook for Concrete and Cement
Available from Army Corps of Engineers
Waterways Experiment Station
www.wes.army.mil
(601) 634-2355
Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards
Available from Access Board
www.access-board.gov
(800) 872-2253
(202) 272-5434
1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale
Research's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade &
Professional Associations ofthe U.S."
REFERENCES
01420 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
B. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications
or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the
following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web-site addresses are subject to change and
are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
CE Army Corps of Engineers
www.usace.army.mil
DBA Davis-Bacon Act
Davis-Bacon www.hud.gov/progdesc/old--db.cfm
EPA
HUD
NIST
NECA
NEMA
OSHA
UL
Environmental Protection Agency
www.epa.gov
(202) 260-2090
Department of Housing and Urban Development
www.hud.gov
(202) 708-1112
National Institute of Standards and Technology
www.nist.gov
(301) 975-6478
National Electrical Contractors Association
www.necanet.org
(301) 657-3110
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
www.nema.org
(703) 841-3200
Occupational Safety & Health Administration
www.osha.gov
(800) 321-6742
(202) 693-1999
(800) 704-4050
(847) 272-8800
Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
www.ul.com
C. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or
other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following
list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web-site addresses are subject to change and are believed
to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
FDEP Florida Department of Environmental Protection
www.dep.state.fl.us
FDOT
HRS
SWFWMD
REFERENCES
Florida Department of Transportation
www.dot.state.fl.us
Florida Department of Health
www.doh.state.fl.us
Southwest Florida Water Management District
www.swfwmd.state.fl.us
01420 - 3
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) I
END OF SECTION 01420 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
REFERENCES 01420 - 4 I
------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and
protection facilities.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Summary" for limitations on utility interruptions and other work
restrictions.
2. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for procedures for submitting copies of
implementation and termination schedule and utility reports.
3. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for temporary heat, ventilation, and humidity
requirements for products in those Sections.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Permanent Enclosure: As determined by Landscape Architect, permanent or temporary roofmg
is complete, insulated, and weathertight; exterior walls are insulated and weathertight; and all
openings are closed with permanent construction or substantial temporary closures.
1.4 USE CHARGES
A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum.
Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not
limited to, Owners Representative, Landscape Architect, occupants of Project testing agencies,
and authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Sewer Service: Pay sewer service use charges for sewer usage by all entities for construction
operations.
C. Water Service: Pay water service use charges for water used by all entities for construction
operations.
D. Electric Power Service: Pay electric power service use charges for electricity used by all
entities for construction operations.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01500 - 1
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01500 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary
electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.
B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each
temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent service shall assume
responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its
use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned
responsibilities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature
controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading, furnished, and equipped to
accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations.
1. Store combustible materials apart from building.
2.2 EQUIPMENT
A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by
locations and classes of fire exposures.
B. Heating Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent heating system, provide
vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic
control.
1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating
units is prohibited.
2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a testing agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference
with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the
Work.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities
are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.
3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service.
1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be
interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.
B. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for
construction.
C. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of
construction personnel. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location,
operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.
D. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by
construction personnel. Install one telephone line for each field office.
1. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.
2. Provide superintendent with cellular telephone or portable two-way radio for use when
away from field office.
3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities.
2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.
B. Parking: Provide temporary parking areas for construction personnel.
C. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Provide Project identification and other signs as
indicated elsewhere in this Project Manual. Install signs where indicated to inform public and
individuals seeking entrance to Project. Unauthorized signs are not permitted.
D. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle
waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction.
3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INST ALLA nON
A. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct
construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that
minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable
effects.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01500 - 3
3.5
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
I
1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Division 1 Section "Summary."
B.
Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and
discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways,
according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
I
1. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during
construction until permanent vegetation has been established.
I
I
I
I
C.
Stormwater Control: Comply with authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and
around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from
heavy rains.
D.
Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line
of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root
systems from damage, flooding, and erosion.
E.
Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in
progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar
activities. Provide temporary weathertightenclosurefor building exterior,
1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, insulate
temporary enclosures.
I
I
I
F.
Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types
needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with
NFPA 241.
1. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar
sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel
at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be
followed; Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information.
I
I
I
OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
A.
Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and
abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.
B.
Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.
I
1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,
ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated
results and to avoid possibility of damage.
I
I
C.
Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and
protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.
D.
Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has
ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than
I
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01500 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may
have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work,
clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor.
Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs.
2. Remove temporary paving not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent
paving. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate
fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials
contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other
substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street
paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having
jurisdiction.
3. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during
construction period. Comply with fmal cleaning requirements specified in Division 1
Section "Closeout Procedures."
END OF SECTION 01500
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01500- 5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Station Square Park
SECTION 01520 - MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. All maintenance of traffic work shall conform to the requirements of Section 102 of the
Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
Construction, dated 2000, except as amended hereinafter.
B. The Contractor shall furnish, operate, erect, maintain and remove all work zone traffic control
associated with the Project, at the immediate work site and as may be necessary at outlying
points, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, hazard warnings, barricades,
warning signs, delineators, flagmen or pilot cars in accordance with the Manual on Traffic
Controls and Safe Practices for Street and Highway Construction Maintenance and Utility
Operations published by the FDOT. The Contractor shall also take all necessary precautions
for the protection of the work and the safety of the public, in accordance with Section 102 of
the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction.
C. Access shall be provided to all residences and all places of business whenever construction
interferes with the existing means of access.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. FDOT Design Standards (DS) are the minimum standards for use in the development of all
traffic control plans.
B. The Owner will require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the
Contractor on the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work
Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from
the American Traffic Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida
Department of Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope
of Work and/or sections of these Technical Specifications. This Worksite Traffic Supervisor
shall:
1. Be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted.
2. Be available on a 24-hour per day basis and shall review the project on a day-to-day
basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control.
3. Have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain traffic control and
handle traffic related situations.
4. Ensure that routine deficiencies are corrected within a 24-hour period.
5. Be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification of an emergency
situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or to
provide alternate traffic arrangements.
MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC
01520-1
MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC
01520-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Station Square Park
C. Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle
may be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a
designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result
in temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other
activities deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor is required to present his Maintenance of Traffic Plan at the preconstruction
conference. This maintenance of traffic plan shall be in .graphic and written form, shall follow
the maintenance of traffic conceptual plan provided in Contract Documents, and shall include
all phasing, transition between phasing, and reestablishment of normal traffic patterns. The
Maintenance of Traffic Plan shall include and conform to the following general requirements:
1. This Plan shall be designed to the standard required by construction permits issued
by the City of Clearwater and/or the Florida Department of Transportation.
2. The plan shall incorporate the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards
and Guides for Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance,
Utility and Incident Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic
Control Devices published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as
amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or most recent edition.
3. F or traffic control devices, etc., see the FDOT "Manual on Traffic Control and Safe
Practices for Street and Highway Construction" latest edition.
4. Cost of all barricades, temporary pavement marking and signing to be included in the
cost of maintenance of traffic.
5. Local residents and businesses within the area of construction shall be given access to
their property during all phases of construction.
6. Plan must be approved by the Landscape Architect and the Owner prior to starting
any construction.
7. The Project Engineer shall approve any alteration of approved traffic patterns prior to
implementation.
8. The contractor shall be responsible for establishing a work schedule so that any
location under construction will not be left in hazardous condition at the completion
of any work period.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Station Square Park
PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3- EXECUTION
A. For all roadways but local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas
holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season, both as defined by the Owner,
without prior approval from the Owner.
B. Obtain permits for any Pinellas County and FDOT roadways.
C. Provide standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties
directly affected by the construction process.
D. The Contractor shall provide a Message Display Board at a minimum of7-day notice period
prior to road closure and during the length of the construction project.
E. The Owner's Construction Inspector assigned to the project may make known requirements
for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The Contractor shall take
direction from the Landscape Architect or Project Inspector.
END OF SECTION 01520
MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC
01520-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 01610 - PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTIONS
A. Work Included: Make substitutions under the requirements of the Contract Documents, and
submit the necessary information required by the contract documents to establish compliance
with those documents.
B. Individual requirements for Substitutions also may be described in pertinent Sections of these
Specifications.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. General Conditions.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Coordination of Substitutions:
1. Prior to each submittal for Substitution, carefully review and coordinate all aspects of
each item being submitted.
2. Verify that each item and the data submitted for it conform in all respects with the
specified requirements.
3. By affIXing the Contractor's signature to each submittal, certify that this coordination
has been performed.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Voluntary substitutions shall be made at the time of bidding on the Substitution Request
Form. Supportive submittal data; shop drawings, samples, etc., shall be made in accordance
with Section 01330, Submittal Procedures.
PART2- PRODUCT
2.1 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM
A. Contractor's Base Bid shaD be per Drawings and Project Manual using only those
manufacturers listed.
1. V olu~tary substitutions for products may be requested during bidding period or by
submitting completed Substitutions Request Form with the Bid.
2. Landscape Architect will consider requests from the Contractor, utilizing this section
for the Substitutions of Products in place of those specified, only when:
1. Substitution is listed at time of bidding, on the form provided therefore in the
bidding documents,
2. and when substantiated by the Contractor's submittal data within 20 calendar
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01610-01
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
days after award of the contract.
B.
C.
Substitution Request Form is attached to this Section.
Submit separate request for each substitution.
I
1) Product description.
2) Reference Standards.
3) Performance and test data.
I
I
I
I
2.2 SUBSTITUTION SUPPORT DATA
A. Support each request with:
1. Complete data substantiating compliance of the proposed substitutions with
requirements stated in Contract Documents.
a. Product identification, including manufacturers name and address
b. Manufacturers literature; which must identify
c. Samples, as applicable
d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used and date
of each installation.
I
I
I
I
I
I
2. Itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with project specified; list
significant variations.
3. Data relating to changes in construction schedule.
4. Any effect of substitution on separate contracts.
5. List of changes required in other work of products.
6. Accurate cost data comparing proposed substitutions product specified,
7. Designation of required license fees or royalties.
8. Designation of availability of maintenance services, sources or replacement materials.
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE
A.
Furnish and install Products specified, under options and conditions for substitutions stated in
this Section.
1. For Products specified only by reference standard, select Product meeting that
standard, by any manufacturer.
2. For Products specified by naming several Products or manufacturers, select anyone
of products and manufacturers named which complies with specifications.
3. For Product specified by naming several Products or manufacturers and stating "or
equivalent", "or equal", or "Landscape Architect approved equivalent", or similar
wording, submit a request as for substitutions for any Product or manufacturer which
is not specifically named for review and approval by the Landscape Architect.
I
I
I
I
B.
Contractor's Options:
I
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
01610-02
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
D. Substitutions will not be considered for acceptance when;
1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals without a
formal request from the Contractor.
2. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents.
3. In judgment of Landscape Architect, do not include adequate information necessary
for a complete evaluation.
4. If requested after bids are received.
E. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without acceptance of Landscape
Architect.
F. Landscape Architect will determine acceptability of proposed substitutions.
G. Contractor's Representation:
1. In making formal request for substitution, Contractor represents that:
a. He has investigated proposed product and determined that it is equivalent to or
superior in all respects to that specified.
b. He will provide same warranties or bonds for substitutions as for product
specified.
c. He will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into the Work, and will
make such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all
respects.
d. He waives claims for additional costs caused by substitutions which may be
subsequently become apparent.
e. Cost data is complete and includes related costs under his Contract, but not:
1) Costs under separate contracts.
f. Cost data need not be submitted if request is for inclusion in an addendum.
Requests after Contract award shall contain complete cost comparison.
H. Landscape Architect's Duties:
1. Review Contractor's requests for substitution with reasonable promptness.
2. Notify Contractor, in writing, of decision to accept or reject requested substitution.
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
01610-03
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
01610-04
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM:
CONTRACT AWARD
DATE:
TO:
PROJECT:
We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the above
project:
DRAWING SHEET #:
SPEC._SECT. NO.
PARAGRAPH
SPECIFIED ITEM NAME:
Proposed
Substitution:
Attach complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications, which proposed substitution will
require for its proper installation.
Submit with request all necessary samples and substantiating data to prove equal quality and performance to
that which is specified. Clearly mark manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance.
Fill in the blanks below.
1. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on the Drawings?
Yes No If yes, indicate changes.
2. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and
detailing costs caused by requested substitution?
Yes No Ifno, fully explain.
3. What affect does substitution have on other Contracts or other trades?
4. What affect does substitution have on the Construction Schedule?
5. Manufacture's Warranties of the proposed and specified items are:
Same Different (explain on attachment).
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
6. Reason for request:
7. Itemized comparison of specified item (s) with the proposed substitutions; list significant
variations:
8. Accurate cost data comparing proposed substitution with product specified.
9. Designation of maintenance services and sources:
(Attach additional s~eets if required.)
ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITY FOR EQUAL PERFORMANCE
_ Accepted
_ Accepted as noted
Undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to the specified item.
Submitted by:
By:
Signature
Title
Date:
Firm
Date
Address
Telephone
CERTIFICATE OF EQUAL PERFORMANCE: (For Use by Landscape Architect)
Accepted
_ Accepted as noted
Received too late
Remarks:
Signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind his firm to the above items. Failure to provide
legally binding signature will result in retraction of approval.
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
01610-05
END OF SECTION 01610
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
01610-06
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout,
including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Inspection procedures.
2. Warranties.
3. Final cleaning.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for requirements for Applications for Payment
for Substantial and Final Completion.
2. Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record
Specifications, and Record Product Data.
3. Divisions 2. through 16 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements
for the Work in those Sections.
1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial
Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request.
1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list).
2. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final
certifications, and similar documents.
3. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to
services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar
releases.
4. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals and
similar final record information.
5. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by
Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.
6. Make final changeover of pennanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's
personnel of changeover in security provisions.
7. Complete startup testing of systems.
8. Submit test/adjustlbalance records.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01770 - 1
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01770 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
9. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, construction tools, and
similar elements.
10. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and
maintenance.
11. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.
12. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual
defects.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of
request, Landscape Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of
unfulfilled requirements. Landscape Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial
Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or
additional items identified by Landscape Architect, which must be completed or corrected
before certificate will be issued.
1. Re-inspection: Request re-inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections
as incomplete is completed or corrected.
2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final
Completion.
1.4 FINAL COMPLETION
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final
Completion, complete the following:
1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 1 Section "Payment
Procedures. "
2. Submit certified copy of Landscape Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of
items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Landscape
Architect. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or
otherwise resolved for acceptance.
3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance
requirements.
4. Submit pest-control final inspection report and warranty.
5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products,
equipment, and systems.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request,
Landscape Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled
requirements. Landscape Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection
or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate
will be issued.
1. Re-inspection: Request re-inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections
as incomplete is completed or corrected.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
1.5 WARRANTIES
A. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Landscape Architect for designated
portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial
Completion is indicated.
B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the
Project Manual.
1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders,
thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1I2-by-ll-inch
paper.
2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark
tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or
installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone
number of Installer.
3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title
"WARRANTIES," Project name, Project number, and name of Contractor.
C. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or
fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially
hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FINAL CLEANING
A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply
with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution
regulations.
B. Cleaning: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
a. Clean Project site in areas disturbed by construction activities, including roadway
areas, sidewalks, landscape areas, etc. within and directly adjacent to the limits of
construction of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances.
b. Sweep all paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and
other foreign deposits.
c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured
surface.
d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from
Project site.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01770 - 3
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01770 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
e. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition,
free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. A void disturbing natural
weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original
condition.
f. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs,
plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces.
g. Remove labels that are not permanent.
h. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed fmishes and surfaces.
Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or
that already show evidence of repair or restoration.
1) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and
electrical nameplates.
1. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment.
Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign
substances.
J. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions.
k. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains
resulting from water exposure.
1. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency.
Replace burned-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and
defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply
with requirements for new fixtures.
m. Leave Project site clean and ready for public use.
C. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not bum waste materials. Do not bury debris or
excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous
materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of
lawfully.
END OF SECTION 01770
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 01781 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record
Documents, including the following:
1. Record Drawings.
2. Record Specifications.
3. Record Product Data.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures.
2. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for Project Record Documents
ofthe Work in those Sections.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following:
1. Number of Copies: Submit copies of Record Drawings as follows:
a. Final Submittal: Submit one (1) set of marked-up Record Prints, one (1) set of
Record Transparencies, and two (2) copies printed from Record Transparencies.
Print each Drawing of the full drawing set, whether or not changes and additional
information were recorded.
B. Record Product Data: Submit one copy of each Product Data submittal.
1. Where Record Product Data is required as part of operation and maintenance manuals,
submit marked-up Product Data as an insert in manual instead of submittal as Record
Product Data.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01781-1
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
RECORD DRAWINGS
A.
Record Prints: Maintain one (1) set of blue- or black-line prints of the Contract Drawings and
Shop Drawings.
1. Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies
from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data,
whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the
marked-up Record Prints.
a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be
difficult to identify or measure and record later.
b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique.
c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup
before enclosing concealed installations.
2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Dimensional changes to Drawings.
b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings.
c. Depths of footings.
d. Locations and depths of underground utilities.
e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.
f. Revisions to electrical circuitry.
g. Actual equipment locations.
h. Locations of concealed internal utilities.
l. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive.
J. Changes made following Landscape Architect's written orders.
k. Details not on the original Contract Drawings.
1. Field records for variable and concealed conditions.
m. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically.
3. Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing
actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked,
show cross-reference on the Contract Drawings.
4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish
between changes for different categories of the Work at same location.
5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted
from original Drawings.
6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order
numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.
B. Record Transparencies: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial
Completion, review marked-up Record Prints with Owner's Representative. Prepare a full set
of corrected transparencies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings.
1. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on Record Prints.
Erase, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01781 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
2. Refer instances of uncertainty to Owner's Representative for resolution.
3. Owner will furnish Contractor one set of transparencies of the Contract Drawings for use
in recording information.
4. Print the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings for use as Record Transparencies.
2.2 RECORD PRODUCT DATA
A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation
varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that
cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in
manufacturer's written instructions for installation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE
A. Recording: Maintain one (1) copy of each submittal during the construction period for Project
Record Document purposes. Post changes and modifications to Project Record Documents as
they occur; do not wait until the end of Project.
B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store Record Documents and Samples in the
field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project
Record Documents for construction purposes. Maintain Record Documents in good order and
in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to
Project Record Documents for Owner's Representative and Landscape Architect's reference
during normal working hours.
END OF SECTION 01781
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01781-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 02000 - SITE WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division-l Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. These general site work requirements apply to all site work operations.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with all applicable local, state, and federal requirements regarding materials, methods
of work, and disposal of excess and waste materials.
B. Obtain and pay for all required inspections, permits, and fees. Provide notices required by
governmental authorities.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Visit the site and examine the existing conditions. Note the character and extent of work
involved.
B. Locate and identifY existing underground and overhead services and utilities within contract
limit work areas. Provide adequate means of protection of utilities and services designed to
remain. Repair utilities damaged during site work operations at Contractor's expense.
C. Arrange for disconnection, disconnect and seal or cap all utilities and services designated to
be removed before start of site work operations. Perform all work in accordance with the
requirements of the applicable utility company or agency involved.
D. When uncharted or incorrectly charted underground piping or other utilities and services are
encountered during site work operations, notifY the applicable utility company immediately to
obtain procedure directions. Cooperate with the applicable utility company in maintaining
active services in operation.
E. Locate, protect, and maintain bench marks, monuments, control points and project
engineering reference points. Re-establish disturbed or destroyed items at Contractor's
expense.
F. Perform site work operations and the removal of debris and waste materials to assure
minimum interference with streets, walks, and other adjacent facilities.
G. Prior to commencement of other work, the contractor shall install silt fencing and other
erosion and sediment control measures in accordance with the plans. These measures shall be
monitored and repaired on a weekly basis, and/or following rain events greater than 0.5-
inches.
H. Use all means necessary to control dust on and near the work. Dampen surfaces as required.
Comply with pollution control regulations of governing authorities. Burning of debris is
typically not permitted, however the contractor is responsible to obtain permits should he
desire to.
I. Protect existing buildings, paving and other services or facilities on site and adjacent to the
site from damage caused by site work operations. In the event of damage, immediately make
SITE WORK - GENERAL
Section 02000-1
SITE WORK - GENERAL
Section 02000-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the engineer. Cost of repair and
restoration of damaged items at Contractor's expense.
J. Protect and maintain street lights, utility poles and services, traffic signal control boxes, curb
boxes, valves and other services, except items designated for removal. Remove or coordinate
the removal of traffic signs, parking meters and postal mail boxes with the applicable
governmental agency. Provide for temporary relocation when required to maintain facilities
and services in operation during construction work.
K. Barricade and cover areas as necessary to protect pedestrians, workmen and adjacent
properties.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Materials and equipment: As selected by Contractor, except as indicated.
B. Fill dirt if brought in from off-site to replace any excavated material, shall be approved by the
Engineer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 PREPARATION
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which site work is performed. Do not proceed with
the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
B. Consult the records and drawings of adjacent work and of existing services and utilities which
may effect site work operations.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 02230 - SITE CLEARING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
L2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Protecting existing trees to remain.
2. Removing existing trees, shrubs, groundcovers, plants, and grass.
3. Clearing and grubbing.
4. Removing above- and below-grade site improvements.
5. Disconnecting, capping or sealing, and removing site utilities as indicated on plans.
6. Temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary utilities, temporary
construction and support facilities, temporary security and protection facilities, and
temporary erosion and sedimentation control procedures.
2. Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements" for verifying utility locations and for
recording field measurements.
3. Division 2 Section "Tree Protection and Trimming" for protecting trees remaining on-site
that are affected by site operations.
4. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for soil materials, excavating, backfilling, and site
grading.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Tree Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to be protected
during construction, and defmed by the drip line of individual trees or the perimeter drip line of
groups of trees, unless otherwise indicated.
1.4 MATERIAL OWNERSHIP
A. Except for materials indicated to remain on Owner's property or to be removed by the Owner,
cleared materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site.
SITE CLEARING
02230 - 1
1.5
1.6
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SUBMITTALS
A.
Photographs and videotape, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of trees, walks,
buildings, structures, adjoining construction, and any and all other site improvements that might
be misconstrued as damage caused by site clearing.
B.
Record drawings, according to Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents," identifying and
accurately locating capped utilities and other subsurface structural, electrical, and mechanical
conditions.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied
or used facilities during site-clearing operations. Follow all requirements of approved
Maintenance of Traffic Plan.
1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities
without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities
having jurisdiction.
B. Salvable Improvements: Carefully remove items indicated to be salvaged and store on Owner's
premises where indicated.
C. Utility Locator Service: Notify utility locator service for area where Project is located before
site clearing.
D. Do not commence site clearing operations until temporary erosion and sedimentation control
measures are in place.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
PREP ARA TION
A.
Protect and maintain benchmarks and survey control points from disturbance during
construction.
B.
Locate and clearly flag trees and vegetation to remain or to be relocated.
C.
Protect existing site improvements to remain from damage during construction.
1. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to Owner.
SITE CLEARING
02230 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.2
3.3
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTA nON CONTROL
A.
If required, Contractor shall obtain a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(NPDES) Permit from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection prior to
commencement of any work.
B.
Provide temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures to prevent soil erosion and
discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways,
according to NPDES Permit and the requirements of any other authorities having jurisdiction.
C.
Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion and sedimentation control measures during construction
until permanent vegetation has been established.
D.
Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during
removal.
E.
Where excavation for new construction is required within tree protection zones, hand clear and
excavate to minimize damage to root systems. Use narrow-tine spading forks, comb soil to
expose roots, and cleanly cut roots as close to excavation as possible.
1. Backfill with soil as soon as possible.
F.
Repair or replace trees and vegetation indicated to remain that are damaged by construction
operations, in a manner approved by Landscape Architect.
1. Employ an arborist, licensed in jurisdiction where Project is located, to submit details of
proposed repairs and to repair damage to trees and shrubs.
2. Replace trees that cannot be repaired and restored to full-growth status, as determined by
Landscape Architect.
UTILITIES
A.
Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off utilities indicated to be removed.
1. Arrange with utility companies to shut off indicated utilities following approval and
notification of Owner.
B.
Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others
unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide
temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Landscape Architect not less than two days m advance of proposed utility
interruptions.
C.
Excavate for and remove underground utilities indicated to be removed.
D.
Removal of underground utilities is included in Division 2 Sections covering site utilities.
SITE CLEARING
02230 - 3
SITE CLEARING
02230 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
3.4 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
A. Remove obstructions, trees, shrubs, grass, and other vegetation to permit installation of new
construction.
1. Do not remove trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or to be relocated.
2. Cut minor roots and branches of trees indicated to remain in a clean and careful manner
where such roots and branches obstruct installation of new construction.
3. Grind stumps and remove roots, obstructions, and debris extending to a depth of 12
inches below exposed sub grade.
4. Use only hand methods for grubbing within tree protection zone.
B. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material
unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated.
1. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding a loose depth of 8 inches, and
compact each layer to a density equal to adjacent original ground.
3.5 SITE IMPROVEMENTS
A. Remove existing above- and below-grade improvements as indicated and as necessary to
facilitate new construction.
B. Remove slabs, paving, curbs, gutters, and other improvements as indicated or as necessary to
accommodate construction.
3.6 DISPOSAL
A. Disposal: Remove surplus soil material, obstructions, demolished materials, and waste
materials including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 02230
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 02231 - TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING
PART I-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the protection and trimming of existing trees that interfere with, or are
affected by, execution of the Work, whether temporary or permanent construction.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary tree protection.
2. Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for removal limits of trees, shrubs, and other p1antings
affected by new construction.
3. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for building and utility trench excavation, backfilling,
compacting and grading requirements, and soil materials.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Tree Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to remain during
construction, and defined by the drip line of individual trees or the perimeter drip line of groups
of trees, unless otherwise indicated.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Tree Pruning Schedule: Written schedule from arborist detailing scope and extent of pruning of
trees to remain that interfere with or are affected by construction.
C. Qualification Data: For tree service firm and arborist.
D. Certification: From arborist, certifying that trees indicated to remain have been protected
during construction according to recognized standards and that trees were promptly and
properly treated and repaired when damaged.
E. Maintenance Recommendations: From arborist, for care and protection of trees affected by
construction during and after completing the Work.
TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING
02231 - 1
TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING
02231 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Tree Service Firm Qualifications: An experienced tree service firm that has successfully
completed tree protection and trimming work similar to that required for this Project and that
will assign an experienced, qualified arborist to Project site during execution of tree protection
and trimming.
B. Arborist Qualifications: An arborist certified by ISA or licensed in the jurisdiction where
Project is located.
C. Tree Pruning Standard: Comply with ANSI A300 (Part 1), "Tree, Shrub, and Other Woody
Plant Maintenance--Standard Practices (Pruning)."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Protective Construction Fence: 2x4 pressure treated stock with flagging on horizontal
members. Space vertical members 6-8 feeton center. Upright posts shall be at least four (4)
feet in length with a minimum of two (2) foot anchored in the ground. Upright posts are to be
placed at a maximum distance of eight (8) feet apart.
B. Organic Mulch: Pine Bark Mini Nugget mulch free of deleterious materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Install protective construction fencing around tree protection zones prior to land preparation or
construction activities within or adjacent to work zone, including all staging and/or lay down
areas. Maintain temporary fence and remove when construction is complete.
B. The barricade shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area
surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one (I) foot for each inch of the tree's
diameter at breast height DBH at 4 Y2 ft. above grade or as follows, whichever is larger:
1. At or greater than two-thirds of the drip line of all protected trees.
C. Protect tree root systems from damage caused by runoff or spillage of noxious materials while
mixing, placing, or storing construction materials. Protect root systems from ponding, eroding,
or excessive wetting caused by dewatering op~rations.
D. Mulch areas inside tree protection zones and other areas indicated at 3" depth.
E. Do not store construction materials, debris, or excavated material inside tree protection zones.
Do not permit vehicles or foot traffic within tree protection zones; prevent soil compaction over
root systems.
F. Maintain tree protection zones free of weeds and trash.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
G. When a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is
terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during
construction.
H. Remove all debris and trash within the protective barrier at the start, during, and before
removing barrier.
I. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any
protected tree or palm.
3.2 EXCAVATION
A. Install shoring or other protective support systems to minimize sloping or benching of
excavations.
B. Do not excavate within tree protection zones, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Where excavation for new construction is required within tree protection zones, hand clear and
excavate to minimize damage to root systems. Use narrow-tine spading forks and comb soilto
expose roots.
3.3 REGRADING
3.4
A.
B.
C.
D.
3.5
A.
B.
A. Grade Lowering: Where new finish grade is indicated below existing grade around trees, slope
grade beyond tree protection zones. Maintain existing grades within tree protection zones.
I. Place fill layer of topsoil to fmish grade. Do not compact drainage fill or topsoil. Hand
grade to required finish elevations.
TREE PRUNING
Prune trees to remain that are affected by temporary and permanent construction.
Prune trees to remain to compensate for root loss caused by damaging or cutting root system.
Provide subsequent maintenance during Contract period as recommended by arborist.
Pruning Standards: Prune trees according to ANSI A300 (Part 1).
Cut branches with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop.
TREE REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
Promptly repair trees damaged by construction operations within 24 hours. Treat damaged
trunks, limbs, and roots according to arborist's written instructions.
Remove and replace trees indicated to remain that die or are damaged during construction
operations that arborist determines are incapable of restoring to normal growth pattern.
I. Provide new trees of 6-inch caliper size and of a species selected by Landscape Architect
when damaged trees more than 6 inches in caliper size, measured 12 inches above grade,
TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING
02231 -3
TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING
02231 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
are required to be replaced. Plant and maintain new trees as specified in Division 2
Section "Landscaping."
3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS
A. Burning is not permitted.
B. Disposal: Remove excess excavated material and displaced trees from Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 02231
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 02300 - EARTHWORK
PART I-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Preparing subgrades for walks and pavements.
2. Excavating and backfilling for structures.
3. Base course for concrete walks.
4. Subsurface drainage backfill for walls and trenches.
5. Excavating and backfilling for utility trenches.
6. Excavating and backfilling trenches for buried mechanical and electrical utilities and pits
for buried utility structures.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for recording pre-excavation
and earthwork progress.
2. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary controls, utilities,
and support facilities.
3. Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for temporary erosion and sedimentation control
measures, site stripping, grubbing and removal of above- and below-grade improvements
and utilities.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Backfill: Soil material or controlled low-strength material used to fill an excavation.
1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to
support sides of pipe.
2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench.
B. Base Course: Course placed between the subgrade course and concrete paving or interlocking
concrete unit pavers.
C. Bedding Course: Course placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe.
D. Borrow Soil: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill.
EARTHWORK
02300 - 1
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
E.
Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and
dimensions indicated.
1. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below sub grade elevations or beyond indicated
lines and dimensions without direction by Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as
remedial work directed by Engineer, shall be without additional compensation.
I
I
I
F.
Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades.
G.
Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill or
backfill immediately below base, drainage fill, or topsoil materials.
H. Utilities: On-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services
within buildings.
I
I
I
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for
compliance of the following with requirements indicated:
A. Geotechnical Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according
to ASTM E 329 to conduct soil materials testing, as documented according to ASTM D 3740 and
ASTM E 548.
I
I
I
I
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOIL MATERIALS
A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not
available from excavations.
1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent of
optimum moisture content at time of compaction.
I
I
I
I
B. Satisfactory Soils: Classification Groups A-I, A-2-4, A-2-5, and A-3, or a combination of these
groups; free of rock or gravel larger than 3 inches in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen
materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter.
C. Unsatisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups A-2-6, A-2-7, A-4, A-5, A-6, and A-7, or a
combination of these groups.
D. Subgrade Material: Shall meet the criteria from Section 160-4 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition).
I
E. Base Courses:
EARTHWORK
02300 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
1. Limerock Base: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and
911 ofFDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum com-
pacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved
certified pit.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for
marking and identifying underground utilities, 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously
inscribed with a description of the utility; colored as follows:
B. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant polyethylene film warning tape
manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches wide
and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility, with metallic core
encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is
buried up to 30 inches deep; colored as follows:
1. Red: Electric.
2. Yellow: Gas, oil, steam, and dangerous materials.
3. Orange: Telephone and other communications.
4. Blue: Water systems.
5. Green: Sewer systems.
6. Purple: Reuse water.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by
settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork
operations.
3.2 DEWATERING
A. Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe shall be laid "in the dry". The contractor
shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or
more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity underdrain system,
or sumps with pumps.
Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the excavation
and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and
reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the
pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of
handling large volumes of air as well as of water.
The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering
operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work,
EARTHWORK
02300 - 3
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
I
I
I
I
the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in
excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to
conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engineer.
The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, or, in the case
of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures.
3.3 EXCA V AnON
A. The contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner
which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times maintaining
the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The
contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of
all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unles& otherwise specifically stated in
these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory
agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contractor.
For the purposes of the Contractor's. safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to
consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as
OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for
excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the
removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of
a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify his Competent
Person to City staff at the start of construction.
I
City staff are required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or
other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff in conformance with
the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in compliance with
these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's
excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe
or does not conform OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must either
provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishment of
the City's work at the Contractor's expense.
I
I
I
C. The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, tools,
labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.4 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL
A. All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated and removed from the
site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off-
site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall either be shown on the plans, or determined
in the field by the Landscape Architect in conjunction with the Owner.
B. The basis of measurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated
and replaced with suitable material as determined by either cross sections of the excavation, truck
measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal.
I
EARTHWORK
02300 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable
material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item.
3.5 BACKFILL
A. Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources
as may be required by the Landscape Architect. Such material shall be granular, free from organic
matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest dimension
and all fill shall be similar material.
Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand
shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means.
Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 12" in thickness
unless alternate method is approved by the Landscape Architect. Backfill shall be a minimum of
98% compaction as determined by the modified Proctor Density Test to the bottom of pavement.
Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a
minimum of 95% compaction of AASHTO T 180 Standard Density Test.
The cost of backfill shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of the pipe, or, in the
case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structure.
3.6 PLACEMENT & COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS
A. Place backfill and fill soil materials in accordance with Section 120 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition).
3.7 BASE COURSES
A. This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade.
Paving base shall be 4" compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or
directed by the Landscape Architect. The subgrade shall be 12" compacted minimum thickness
with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or
directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a
Proctor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing
laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is found within the
limits of the base, the section on Unsuitable Material Removal of the Contract Specifications will
apply.
The Contractor shall notifY the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all base
and subgrade placement or reworking.
EARTHWORK
02300 - 5
EARTHWORK
02300 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
3.8 SUBGRADE
A. All sub grade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of
FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall
have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by
the Engineer.
B. The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place and
accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth shall be
per Section 161-6.4 ofFDOT's 2000Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be
per FDOT Section 160-7.2. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be corrected
by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City
Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that
are left in place (latest edition).
ItIlThe unit price for subgrade shall include preparation, placement, spreading, compaction,
finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals
necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid
item for base.
3.9 PROTECTION
A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep
free of trash and debris.
B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed
surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent
construction operations or weather conditions.
1. ScarifY or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Landscape Architect;
reshape and recompact.
C. Where settling occurs before project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing,
backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing.
1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work,
and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible.
3.10 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil,
trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 02300
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 02510 - WATER DISTRIBUTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes water-distribution piping and related components for water service.
B. Utility-furnished products include water meters that will be furnished to the site, ready for
installation by the City of Clearwater.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. PE: Polyethylene plastic.
B. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Field quality-control test reports.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements:
1. Comply with requirements of utility company supplying water. Include backflow
prevention.
2. Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction for potable-water-service piping,
including materials, installation, testing, and disinfection.
B. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.
C. NSF Compliance:
1. Comply with NSF 14 for plastic potable-water-service piping. Include marking "NSF-
pw" on piping.
2. Comply with NSF 61 for materials for water-service piping and specialties for domestic
water.
WATER DISTRIBUTION
02510 - 1
1.6
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
1.7
A.
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver piping with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and
handling to prevent pipe-end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture.
Protect stored piping from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade.
Protect flanges, fittings, and specialties from moisture and dirt.
Store plastic piping protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending.
Store materials at a location approved by the Landscape Architect.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Interruption of Existing Water-Distribution Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities
occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after
arranging to provide temporary water-distribution service according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Owner no fewer than two working days in advance of proposed interruption of
service.
2. Do not proceed with interruption of water-distribution service without Owner's written
permission.
1.8 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate connection of meter to I" water supply with utility company.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PE PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. PE, ASTM Pipe: ASTM D 2239, SDR 9; ofPE compound 3408.
1. Insert Fittings for PE Pipe: ASTM D 2609, made ofPA, PP, or PVC with serrated male
insert ends matching inside of pipe. Include bands or crimp rings.
2. Molded PE Fittings: ASTM D 3350, PE resin, socket- or butt-fusion type, made to match
PE pipe dimensions and class.
B. PE, A WW A Pipe: A WW A C906, SDR 9; of PE compound number 3408.
1. PE, A WW A Fittings: A WW A C906, socket- or butt-fusion type, with DR number
matching pipe and PE compound number 3408.
2.2 WATER METERS
A. Water meters will be furnished by the City of Clearwater. Contractor shall notify the Landscape
Architect when the service is ready for meter installation. Contractor shall coordinate required
inlet and outlet sizes and material types, and meter sizes with the Landscape Architect.
WATER DISTRIBUTION
02510 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
2.3 WATER METER BOXES
1. Description: Per City of Clearwater standards.
2.4 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
A. Reduced-Pressure-Principle Backflow Preventers:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Hersey-Besco Model FRP II.
b. An approved equal
2. Size: 2"
3. End Connections: Threaded.
4. Configuration: Designed for horizontal flow.
B. Double-Check, Backflow-Prevention Assemblies:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Hersey-Beeco Model FDC
b. Watts Model 709 or 007
c. Conbraco 40100
d. An approved equal
2. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Size: 2"
4. End Connections: Threaded.
5. Configuration: Designed for horizontal flow.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EARTHWORK
A. Refer to Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling.
3.2 PIPING APPLICATIONS
A. General: Use pipe, fittings, and joining methods for piping systems according to the following
applications.
B. Do not use flanges or unions for underground piping.
C. Underground water-service piping :y.. to 2 inch shall be the following:
1. PE, SDR 9,3408 Polyethylene, clamped or molded PE fittings heat-fusion joints.
3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. See Division 2 Section "Piped Utilities - Basic Materials and Methods" for basic piping joint
construction.
WATER DISTRIBUTION
02510 - 3
WATER DISTRIBUTION
02510 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
B. Make pipe joints according to the following:
1. PE Piping Insert-Fitting Joints: Use plastic insert fittings and fasteners according to
fitting manufacturer's written instructions.
2. Dissimilar Materials Piping Joints: Use adapters compatible with both piping materials,
with OD, and with system working pressure. Refer to Division 2 Section "Piped Utilities
- Basic Materials and Methods" for joining piping of dissimilar metals.
3.4 BACKFLOW PREVENTER INSTALLATION
A. Install backflow preventers of type, size, and capacity indicated. Include valves and test cocks.
Install according to requirements of plumbing and health department and authorities having
jurisdiction, and per City of Clearwater index 405.
B. Do not install backflow preventers that have relief drain in vault or in other spaces subject to
flooding.
3.5 CONNECTIONS
A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 2 Sections. Drawings indicate
general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B. Connect water-distribution piping to stubbed end of existing piping from service side of existing
meter.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Piping Tests: Conduct piping tests before joints are covered. Fill pipeline 24 hours before testing
and apply test pressure to stabilize system. Use only potable water. NotifY the Engineer and the
City of Clearwater Water Division two working days prior to beginning hydrostatic testing.
B. Hydrostatic Tests: Test at not less than 150 psi for a period of one hour.
1. Increase pressure in 50 psi increments and inspect each joint between increments. Hold
at test pressure for 1 hour. Maximum allowable leakage is 2 quarts (1.89 L) per hour per
100 joints. Remake leaking joints with new materials and repeat test until leakage is
within allowed limits.
C. Prepare reports of testing activities. Submit these reports to the Engineer for approval.
3.7 IDENTIFICATION
A. Install continuous detectable warning tape during backfilling of trench for underground water-
distribution piping. Locate below finished grade, directly over piping. Underground warning
tapes are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork."
3.8 CLEANING
A. Clean and disinfect water-distribution piping as follows:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
1. Purge new water-distribution piping systems and parts of existing systems that have been
altered, extended, or repaired before use.
a. Prior to sterilization, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed until a clean, clear wa-
ter flows from the hydrants.
b. Fill system or part of system with liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution
conforming to federal specification 0 S 602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite,
commonly known as "HTH", or "Percloron".
c. After sterilization has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free re-
sidual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlo-
rine shall be in accordance with standard testing methods using a standard DPD
test set.
d. After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified
herein, City of Clearwater Water Division personnel shall take samples of water
from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers.
The City shall forward the samples to the Florida State Board of Health for bacte-
rial examination. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of coliform organ-
isms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the
absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed be-
fore the system is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibil-
ity to perform the sterilization as outlined above.
B. Prepare reports of purging and disinfecting activities. Submit these reports to the Engineer for
approval.
C. Provide four certified as-built drawings of all water distribution system construction to the
Engineer.
END OF SECTION 02510
WATER DISTRIBUTION
02510 - 5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 02518 - INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING
PART 1
1.1
A.
GENERAL
DESCRIPTION OF WORK
Provide interlocking concrete unit paving as shown and specified. The work includes:
I. Interlocking concrete unit paving over a compacted limerock base.
2. Interlocking concrete unit paving over a concrete base.
2. Base and bedding.
B. Related work:
1.2
1.3
1.4
I. Section 02200: Earthwork.
2. Section 02751: Cement Concrete Pavement.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Materials and methods of construction shall comply with the following standards:
I. American Society for Testing and Materials, (ASTM).
2. American Association of State and Highway Transportation Officials, (AASHTO).
B.
Installation: Performed only by skilled workmen with satisfactory record of performance on
completed projects of comparable size and quality.
C.
Do not change source of interlocking concrete unit pavers during the course of the work.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for interlocking concrete
paver units.
B.
Submit a minimum of 5 full size samples of each color paver unit required. Include the full
range of style, size, exposed fmish, color, and texture proposed for the work.
C.
Submit manufacturer's certification that paver units comply with specified material and
physical requirements.
D.
Submit material certificates for bedding materials.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Protect paving units from damage, chipping, and soiling during delivery and storage. Store off
the ground on pallets or wood platforms.
INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING
02518-1
1.5
PART 2
2.1
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
Store loose granular materials in a well drained area on a solid surface to prevent mixing with
foreign materials.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Review installation procedures and coordinate paving work with other work affected by the
interlocking concrete unit paving work.
B.
Protect partially completed paving against weather damage when work is not in progress.
C.
Provide temporary barricades and warning lights as required for protection of project work
and public safety.
D.
Protect adjacent work from damage, soiling, or staining during paving operations.
PRODUCTS
MATERIALS
A.
General: Paver unit materials and fabrication shall meet or exceed the requirements of USPS I
Designation CPS7180 Standard Specifications for Interlocking Concrete Paving Stone and
Grass Pavers. Pavers shall be as supplied by Paver Systems, Inc., or equal. Provide colors and
sizes as indicated on the plans and in these specifications.
1. Portland cement: ASTM C150, Type 1.
2. Aggregate: ASTM C33.
3. Compressive strength: Average compressive strength shall be 8,000 psi at time of
delivery. No individual paver shall be less than 7,500 p.s.i. at time of delivery.
4. Absorption: Maximum 5%.
5. Freeze-thaw test: ASTM C67, no breakage and maximum 1% loss in dry weight
after 50 cycles.
6. Abrasion resistance: ASTM C418, maximum volume loss 15 cu. em. per 50 cu. em.
Average thickness loss 3 mm.
7. Dimension tolerances: Length maximum 1/6" (1.5 mm), height maximum 1/8"
(3mm) from standard dimension.
8. Provide only sound units free of defects that would interfere with proper placing of
units or impair strength or permanence of construction. Minor cracks and minor
chipping incidental to methods of manufacture, handling in shipment, and delivery
will be acceptable subject to Landscape Architect's review and acceptance. Excessive
cracks and chipping, as determined by the Landscape Architect, will be rejected as
not complying with specification requirements.
INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING
02518-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
9. Provide test reports certifying materials and physical requirements compliance. Tests
shall have been conducted not more than 12 months prior to manufacture.
C. Bedding and leveling material: ASTM C33 or AASHTO M43, #10 graded clean coarse
concrete sand.
D.
E.
PART 3
3.1
A.
3.2
A.
B.
3.3
Joint fill: Clean concrete sand or mason sand.
Sealer: Surebond Inc., (or equal concrete and paver sealer & joint sand stabilizer).
EXECUTION
INSPECTION
Examine substrates and installation conditions. Do not start interlocking concrete unit paving
work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
PREPARATION
Do not use paving units with chips, cracks, voids, discolorations, or other visible defects.
Cut paving units with motor-driven saw equipment designed to cut masonry with clean, sharp
unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provide pattern shown and to fit adjoining work
neatly. Use full units without cutting wherever possible. Avoid the use of small pieces of
pavers or large joint spaces.
. '.0;.
C.
Set interlocking concrete unit pavers in patterns indicated with level surface and uniform
joints of widths indicated.
D.
Install edging at indicated areas to provide suitable restraint for paving edges not contained by
adjacent paving materials.
INSTALLATION: BASE MATERIALS
A.
Limerock base course:
1. Obtain Landscape Architect's inspection and acceptance of subgrade surface before
placing of limerock or concrete base.
2. Compact subgrade materials with suitable compaction equipment to 98% modified
proctor T-180.
B. Concrete base course:
1. Obtain Landscape Architect's inspection and acceptance of subgrade surface before
placing of concrete base.
2. Compact subgrade materials with suitable compacting equipment to 98% modified
proctor T-180.
INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING
02518-3
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3. Construct concrete slab where indicated to 3000 P.S.I. Allow to fully cure prior to
placement of bedding and leveling materials.
C. Bedding and leveling course:
3.4
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
3.5
A.
3.6
A.
B.
1. Obtain Landscape Architect's inspection and acceptance of finished concrete base
course before placing bedding and leveling course materials.
2. Spread bedding and leveling course materials evenly over the entire area to be paved,
screed to a minimum level that will provide a minimum I" thickness when the paving
stones have been placed and vibrated.
3. Protect screeded and leveled bedding and leveling course from damage until covered
with paver units. Do not precompact bedding and leveling course.
INSTALLATION: INTERLOCKING CONCRETE PAVERS
Lay paver units in pattern indicated on the drawings. Paver layout indicated on plans has been
designed to minimize cutting of individual paver units. Paver units must be installed in such a
manner as to assure minimized paver cuts. Maintain desired pattern and provide uniform
1/16" joints between units.
Fill gaps at the edge of the paved surface with standard edge pieces or with paver units cut to
fit. Provide cut units with straight even cut surfaces, free from cracks or chips.
Vibrate paver units to their final level with 3 or more passes of a vibrating plate compactor.
After first vibration, brush sand over the surface and vibrate into the joints with additional
passes of the plate vibrator. Completely fill joints.
After final vibrating the surface shall be true to grade and shall not vary by more than 1/4"
when tested with a 10'-0" straightedge at any location on the surface.
PROTECTION
Protect interlocking concrete unit paving from damage until fmal acceptance.
CLEANING
Remove and replace interlocking concrete paving units which are broken, chipped, stained or
otherwise damaged.
Perform cleaning during installation of work and upon completion of the work. Remove from
site all excess materials, debris, and equipment. Repair damage resulting from interlocking
concrete unit paving operations.
END OF SECTION 02518
INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING
02518-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 02630 - STORM DRAINAGE
PART I-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes gravity-flow, nonpressure storm drainage outside the building, with the
following components:
A. Cleanouts.
B. Drains.
C. Precast manholes and inlets.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.
B. RCP: Reinforced Concrete Pipe
C. FDOT: Florida Department of Transportation
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Gravity-Flow, Nonpressure, Drainage-Piping Pressure Rating: Pipe joints shall be at least
silttight.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
A. Drains.
B. Shop Drawings: For the following:
A. Manholes: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and frames and covers. Include
design calculations, and concrete design-mix report for cast-in-place manholes.
B. Catch Basins and Stormwater Inlets. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and
frames, covers, and grates.
STORM DRAINAGE
02630 - 1
STORM DRAINAGE
02630 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
C. Stormwater Structures: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, frames and covers,
design calculations, and concrete design-mix report.
D. All items for which use of "an approved equal" is sought by the Contractor.
C. Coordination Drawings: Show pipe sizes, locations, and elevations. Show other piping in same
trench and clearances from storm drainage system piping. Indicate interface and spatial
relationship between manholes, piping, and proximate structures.
D. Field quality-control test reports.
1.6 DELNERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Do not store plastic manholes, pipe, and/or fittings in direct sunlight.
B. Do not store gasketing material for RCP in direct sunlight.
C. Protect pipe, pipe fittings, and seals from dirt and damage.
D. Handle manholes according to manufacturer's written rigging instructions.
E. Handle structures according to the manufacturer's written instructions.
F. Store materials only in locations approved by the Engineer.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Interruption of Existing Storm Drainage Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied
by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after
arranging to provide temporary service according to requirements indicated:
A. Notify Owner no fewer than two working days in advance of proposed interruption of
service.
B. Do not proceed with interruption of service without Owner's written permission.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Use only products of domestic (USA) manufacture.
2.2 PIPING MATERIALS
A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Arti~le for applications of pipe, fitting, and joining
materials.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
2.3 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE
A. Pipe and Appurtenances: Shall meet the requirements of section 449 of the current FDOT
Standard Specifications. Determine pipe wall thickness per the requirements of index 205 of
the current FOOT Design Standards.
2.4 PVC PIPE AND FITIINGS
A. PVC Pipe and Fittings: Shall meet the requirements of Section 948 of the current Florida
Department of Transportation Standard Specifications.
2.5 NONPRESSURE- TYPE PIPE COUPLINGS
A. Comply with ASTM C 1173, elastomeric, sleeve-type, reducing or transition coupling, for
joining underground nonpressure piping. Include ends of same sizes as piping to be joined, and
corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end.
B. Sleeve Materials:
A. For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material compatible with pipe
materials being joined.
C. Unshielded Flexible Couplings: Elastomeric sleeve with corrosion-resistant-metal tension band
and tightening mechanism on each end.
A. Manufacturers:
a. Femco Inc., or approved equal.
D. Ring-Type Flexible Couplings: Elastomeric compression seal with dimensions to fit inside bell
of larger pipe and for spigot of smaller pipe to fit inside ring.
A. Manufacturers:
a. Femco Inc., or approved equal.
2.6 DRAINS
A. Gray-Iron Area Drains: ASME AI12.21.1M, round body with anchor flange and round secured
grate. Include bottom outlet with inside calk or spigot connection, of sizes indicated.
A. Manufacturers (select from list below, or approved equal) Selected structure shall be
compatible with the grate listed below:
a. Josam Company.
b. MIF AB Manufacturing, Inc.
c. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.
d. Wade Div.; Tyler Pipe.
STORM DRAINAGE 02630 - 3
STORM DRAINAGE
02630 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
e. Watts Industries, Inc.
f. Watts Industries, Inc.; Enpoco, Inc. Div.
g. Zum Industries, Inc.; Zum Specification Drainage Operation.
2. Top-Loading Classification(s): Heavy duty.
B. Trench Drains: Urban Accessories Model OT Title 24, cast iron, or approved equal. Approval
for a substitute grate must be obtained from the Landscape Architect.
2.7 MANHOLES
A. Standard Precast Concrete Manholes: precast meeting the requirements of ASTM C 478 or the
requirements of the FDOT Standard Specifications, at the manufacturer's option. Structures to
be of depth indicated, with provision for sealant joints.
A. For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Part B Index Numbers
200 to 235 and the FDOT Design Standards, index numbers 200 to 280.
B. Manhole Frames and Covers: Meet the requirements of City of Clearwater Index
Number 201.
C. Seating: The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five
inches in thickness to secure proper seating and bearing.
D. Invert channels: Shall be constructed smooth and semi-circular in shape conforming to
the outside of adjacent sewer section.
E. Floor: Outside of the channels, the floor shall be made smooth and sloped toward the
channels.
F. Openings: Distance between precast openings for pipe ("blank outs") or precast opening
and top of precast structure shall be no less than the wall thickness of the structure.
B. Built up storm structures: Construct of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on City
of Clearwater Index Numbers 201 and 202.
A. Manhole Frames and Covers: Meet the requirements of City of Clearwater Index
Number 201.
B. Seating: The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five
inches in thickness to secure proper seating and bearing.
C. Invert channels: Shall be constructed smooth and semi-circular in shape conforming to
the outside of adjacent sewer section.
D. Floor: Outside of the channels, the floor shall be made smooth and sloped toward the
channels.
E. Steps: Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the
mortar shall be smoothed from the inside of the manholes.
2.8 CONCRETE
A. General: Cast-in-place concrete according to ACI 318/318R, ACI 350R, and the following:
A. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II.
B. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33, sand.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
C. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33, crushed gravel.
D. Water: Potable.
B. Portland Cement Design Mix: 4000 psi minimum, with 0.45 maximum water-cementitious
materials ratio.
A. Reinforcement Fabric: ASTM A 185, steel, welded wire fabric, plain.
B. Reinforcement Bars: ASTM A 615/ A 615M, Grade 60, deformed steel.
C. Ballast and Pipe Supports: Portland cement design mix, 3000 psi minimum, with 0.58
maximum water-cementitious materials ratio.
A. Reinforcement Fabric: ASTM A 185, steel, welded wire fabric, plain.
B. Reinforcement Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed steel.
2.9 CATCH BASINS
A. Standard Precast Concrete Catch Basins: precast meeting the requirements of ASTM C 478 or
the requirements ofthe FDOT Standard Specifications, at the manufacturer's option. Structures
to be of depth indicated, with provision for sealant joints.
A. For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Part B Index Numbers
200 to 235 and the FDOT Design Standards, index numbers 200 to 280.
B. Seating: The catch basin base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately
five inches in thickness to secure proper seating and bearing.
C. Invert channels: Shall be constructed smooth and semi-circular in shape conforming to
the outside of adjacent sewer section.
D. Floor: Outside of the channels, the floor shall be made smooth and sloped toward the
channels.
E. Openings: Distance between precast openings for pipe ("blank outs") or precast opening
and top of precast structure shall be no less than the wall thickness of the structure.
F. Grate: For within walled landscape areas, use cast iron grates. All other grates shall be
steel, and suitable for use in pedestrian and bicycle traffic areas. All grates shall meet
the requirements of the FDOT Design Standards, Index numbers 200 to 280.
B. Cast-in-Place Concrete, Catch Basins: Construct of brick with cast iron frames and covers as
shown on City of Clearwater Index Numbers 201 and 202.
A. Seating: The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five
inches in thickness to secure proper seating and bearing.
B. Invert channels: Shall be constructed smooth and semi-circular in shape conforming to
the outside of adjacent sewer section.
C. Floor: Outside of the channels, the floor shall be made smooth and sloped toward the
channels.
D. Steps: Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the
mortar shall be smoothed from the inside of the manholes.
E. Grate: For within walled landscape areas, use cast iron grates. All other grates shall be
steel, and suitable for use in pedestrian and bicycle traffic areas. All grates shall meet
the requirements of the FOOT Design Standards, Index numbers 200 to 280.
STORM DRAINAGE
02630 - 5
STORM DRAINAGE
02630 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
2.10 STORMW A TER INLETS
A. Curb Inlets: Made with vertical curb opening, of materials and dimensions according to FDOT
Design Standards Index Numbers 200 to 280.
B. Gutter Inlets: Made with horizontal gutter opening, of materials and dimensions according to
FDOT Design Standards Index Numbers 200 to 280. Include heavy~duty frames and grates.
C. Frames and Grates: Heavy-duty frames and grates according to FDOT Design Standards.
2.11 PIPE OUTLETS
A. Head Walls: Cast-in-place reinforced concrete, with apron and tapered sides.
B. Riprap Basins: Broken, irregular size and shape, graded stone according to NSSGA's "Quarried
Stone for Erosion and Sediment Control."
A. Average Size: NSSGA No. R-4, screen opening 3 inches (76 mm).
C. Filter Stone: According to NSSGA's "Quarried Stone for Erosion and Sediment Control,"
No. FS-2, No.4 screen opening, average-size, graded stone.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EARTHWORK
A. Excavation, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork."
3.2 PIPING APPLICATIONS
A. Use nonpressure-type flexible couplings where required to join gravity-flow, nonpressure
sewer piping, unless otherwise indicated.
a. Unshielded, flexible couplings for same or minor difference OD pipes.
b. Unshielded, increaser/reducer-pattern, flexible couplings for pipes with different
OD.
c. Ring-type flexible couplings for piping of different sizes where annular space
between smaller piping's OD and larger piping's ill permits installation.
B. Gravity-Flow, Nonpressure Sewer Piping: Use any of the following pipe materials for each size
range:
A. Sizes 12" and smaller: PVC sewer pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketedjoints.
B. Sizes 15" and larger: Reinforced-concrete sewer pipe and fittings, gaskets, and gasketed
joints.
3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans and details indicate general location and
arrangement of underground storm drainage piping. Location and arrangement of piping layout
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
take design considerations into account. Install piping as indicated, to extent practical. Where
specific installation is not indicated, follow piping manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Install piping beginning at low point, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken
continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install gaskets, seals, sleeves,
and couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements,
and other installation requirements.
C. Install manholes for changes in direction unless- fittings are indicated. Use fittings for branch
connections unless direct tap into existing sewer is indicated.
D. Install proper size increasers, reducers, and couplings where different sizes or materials of pipes
and fittings are connected. Reducing size of piping in direction of flow is prohibited.
E. Install gravity-flow, nonpressure drainage piping according to the following:
A. Install piping pitched down in direction of flow, at minimum slope of one percent, unless
otherwise indicated.
B. Install PVC sewer piping according to ASTM D 2321 and ASTM F 1668.
C. Install reinforced-concrete sewer piping according to ASTM C 1479 and ACP A's
"Concrete Pipe Installation Manual." Wrap all pipe joints with Mirafi 140N filter fabric
or approved equal. Inspect and clean all pipe immediately prior to placement in the
trench. If any difficulty is found in fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done
on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and the tops of the pipe joints plainly
marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to
fit. Each pipe joint shall be solidly and evenly bedded. Before finishing the joint, some
suitable device is to be used to fmd that the inverts coincide and the pipe is clear
throughout.
3.4 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Basic pipe joint construction is specified in Division 2 Section "Piped Utilities - Basic Materials
and Methods." Where specific joint construction is not indicated, follow piping manufacturer's
written instructions.
B. Join gravity-flow, nonpressure drainage piping according to the following:
A. Join PVC sewer piping according to ASTM D 2321 and ASTM D 3034 for elastomeric-
sealjoints or ASTM D 3034 for elastomeric gasket joints.
B. Join reinforced-concrete sewer piping according to ACP A's "Concrete Pipe Installation
Manual" for rubber-gasket joints.
C. Join dissimilar pipe materials with nonpressure-type flexible couplings.
3.5 CLEANOUT INSTALLATION
A. Install cleanouts and riser extension from sewer pipe to cleanout at grade. Use PVC fittings in
sewer pipes at branches for cleanouts and PVC pipe for riser extensions to cleanouts. Install
piping so cleanouts open in direction of flow in sewer pipe.
A. Use heavy-duty, top-loading classification cleanouts all areas.
STORM DRAINAGE
02630 - 7
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. Set cleanout frames and covers in earth in cast-in-place concrete block, 18 by 18 by 12 inches
deep. Set with tops flush with surrounding earth grade.
C. Set cleanout frames and covers in concrete pavement with tops flush with pavement surface.
3.6 DRAIN INSTALLATION
A. Install type of drains in locations indicated. Use heavy-duty, top-loading classification drains
all areas.
B. Embed drains in 4-inch minimum depth of concrete around bottom and sides.
C. Fasten grates to drains unless otherwise indicated.
D. Set drain frames and covers with tops flush with pavement surface.
E. Assemble trench sections with flanged joints.
F. Embed trench sections in 4-inch minimum concrete around bottom and sides.
3.7 MANHOLE INSTALLATION
A. General: Install manholes, complete with appurtenances and accessories indicated.
B. Install precast concrete manhole sections according to ASTM C 891.
C. Construct cast-in-place manholes as indicated.
D. Set tops of frames and covers flush with finished surface of manholes that occur in pavements.
Set tops 3-inches above finished surface elsewhere, unless otherwise indicated.
3.8 CATCH BASIN INSTALLATION
A. Construct catch basins to sizes and shapes indicated.
B. Set frames and grates to elevations indicated.
3.9 STORMWATERINLET AND OUTLET INSTALLATION
A. Construct inlet head walls, aprons, and sides of reinforced concrete, as indicated.
B. Construct riprap of broken stone, as indicated.
C. Install outlets that spill onto grade, anchored with concrete, where indicated.
D. Install outlets that spill onto grade, with flared end sections that match pipe, where indicated.
E. Construct energy dissipaters at outlets, as indicated.
STORM DRAINAGE
02630 - 8
-
.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
3.10 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Place cast-in-place concrete according to ACI 318/318R.
3.11 CONNECTIONS
3.12 CLOSING ABANDONED STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEMS
A. Abandoned Piping: Close open ends of abandoned underground piping indicated to remain in
place. Include closures strong enough to withstand hydrostatic and earth pressures that may
result after ends of abandoned piping have been closed. Use either procedure below:
A. Close open ends of piping with at least 12 inches thick, brick masonry bulkheads.
B. Close open ends of piping with threaded metal caps, plastic plugs, or other acceptable
methods suitable for size and type of material being closed. Do not use wood plugs.
B. Abandoned Manholes and Structures: Excavate around manholes and structures as required and
use one procedure below:
A. Remove manhole or structure and close open ends of remaining piping.
B. Remove top of manhole or structure down to at least 36 inches. Fill to within 12 inches
of top with stone, rubble, gravel, or compacted dirt. Fill to top with concrete.
C. Backfill to grade according to Division 2 Section "Earthwork."
3.13 IDENTIFICATION
A. Materials and their installation are specified in division 2 Section "Earthwork." Arrange for
installation of green warning tape directly over piping and at outside edge of underground
structures.
A. Use warning tape or detectable warning tape over ferrous piping.
B. Use detectable warning tape over nonferrous piping and over edges of underground
structures.
3.14 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect interior of piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occurred.
Inspect after approximately 24 inches of backfill is in place, and again at completion of Project.
A. Submit separate reports for each system inspection.
B. Defects requiring correction include the following:
a. Alignment: Less than full diameter of inside of pipe is visible between structures.
b. Deflection: Flexible piping with deflection that prevents passage of ball or
cylinder of size not less than 92.5 percent of piping diameter.
STORM DRAINAGE 02630 - 9
STORM DRAINAGE
02630 - 10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
c. Crushed, broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged piping.
d. Infiltration: Water leakage into piping.
e. Exfiltration: Water leakage from or around piping.
C. Replace defective piping using new materials, and repeat inspections until defects are
within allowances specified.
D. Reinspect and repeat procedure until results are satisfactory.
B. Test new piping systems, and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or
repaired, for leaks and defects.
A. Do not enclose, cover, or put into service before inspection and approval.
B. Test completed piping systems according to authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Schedule tests and inspections by authorities having jurisdiction with at least 24 hours'
advance notice.
D. Submit separate report for each test.
E. Gravity-Flow Storm Drainage Piping: Test according to requirements of authorities
having jurisdiction, UNI-B-6, and the following:
a. Exception: Piping with soiltight joints unless required by authorities having
jurisdiction.
b. Option: Test plastic piping according to ASTM F 1417.
C. Replace leaking piping using new materials, and repeat testing until leakage is within
allowances specified.
3.15 CLEANING
A. Clean interior of piping of dirt and superfluous materials.
END OF SECTION 02630
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 02751 - CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes exterior cement concrete pavement for the following:
1. Stained cement concrete pavement.
2. Unit paver base.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for subgrade preparation, grading, and base course.
2. Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for general building applications of
concrete.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit concrete mix designs. Obtain approval before placing concrete.
B. Product data:
1. Submit complete materials list of items proposed for the work. Identify materials
source.
2. Submit admixture, curing compound, retarder, and accessory item product data.
3. Submit material certificates for aggregates, reinforcing, andjoint fillers.
C. Submit concrete delivery tickets. Show the following:
1. Batch number.
2. Mix by class or sack content with maximum size aggregate.
3. Air content.
4. Slump test results.
5. Time of loading.
D. Submit concrete cylinder strength test reports.
CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
02751 - 1
CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
02751 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Mockups: Cast mockups of a 4 'x4' section of decorative cement concrete work to
demonstrate typical pattern, texture, surface finish, color, joints, and standard of
workmanship.
1. Build mockups in the location and of the size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed
by Landscape Architect.
2. Approved mockups may not become part of the completed work.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Work notification: Notify Landscape Architect at least 24 hours prior to installation of
concrete.
B. Establish and maintain required lines and grade elevations.
C. Do not install concrete work over wet, saturated or muddy sub grade.
D. Do not install concrete when air temperature is below 40 degrees F. Use of calcium chloride,
salt, or any other admixture to prevent concrete from freezing is prohibited.
E. Protect adjacent work.
F. Provide temporary barricades and warning lights as required for protection of project work
and public safety.
PART 2 PRODUCT
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified.
2. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, manufacturers specified.
2.2 MATERIALS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
A. Concrete at Sidewalks: Concrete shall be Class I that conforms to the requirements of FDOT
Standards for Road and Bridge Construction, 2000, Section 346. Unless otherwise noted, all
concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi.
B. Preformed Joint Filler: ASTM 01751, pre-molded, non-extruding asphalt impregnated
fiberboard, thickness indicated.
C. Curing Compound: ASTM C309, non-yellowing, non-staining liquid membrane forming type
containing a fugitive dye. Chlorinated rubber compounds are not acceptable.
O. Forms: Wood or metal of sufficient strength to resist concrete placement pressure and to
maintain horizontal and vertical alignment during concrete placement. Provide forms straight,
free of defects and distortion, and height equal to full depth of concrete work.
1. Provide 2" nominal thickness, surfaced plank wood forms for straight sections. Use
flexible metal, 1" lumber or plywood forms to form radius bends.
E. Reinforcing: Reinforcing for concrete driveways and walks shall be 6x6 #10/10 welded wire
mesh.
F. Form release agent: Non-staining chemical form release agent free of oils, waxes, and other
materials harmful to concrete.
G. Reactive Stain: Acidic-based stain with wetting agents and high-grade, UV -stable metallic
salts that react with calcium hydroxide in cured concrete to produce permanent, variegated or
translucent color effects.
1. Available Products (or equal):
a. Scofield, L. M. Company; Lithochrome Chemstain.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Examine subgrades and installation conditions. 00 not start concrete work until
unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Proof roll the subgrade and do all necessary rolling and compacting to obtain firm, even
subgrade surface. Fill and consolidate depressed areas. Remove uncompactable materials,
replace with clean fill and compact to 98% Modified Proctor T -180 at all slabs beneath
concrete sidewalks
B. Remove loose material and debris from base surface before placing concrete.
CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
02751-3
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
C. Install, align, and level forms. Stake and brace forms in place. Maintain following grade and
alignment tolerances:
1. Comply with ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting,
and Placing Concrete", and as specified.
2. Protect concrete from physical damage or reduced strength due to weather extremes
during mixing, placing, and curing. In cold weather comply with ACI 306,
"Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting". In hot weather comply with
ACI 305, "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting".
3. Moisten base to provide a uniform dampened condition at the time concrete is placed.
4. Place and spread concrete to the full depth of the forms. Use only square-end shovels or
concrete rakes for hand-spreading and consolidating operations to prevent segregation
of aggregate and dislocation of reinforcement.
5. Place concrete in a continuous operation between expansion joints. Provide
construction joints when sections cannot be placed continuously.
6. Place concrete in one course, monolithic construction, for the full width and depth of
concrete work.
7. Strike-off and bull-float concrete after consolidating. Level ridges and fill voids. Check
surface with a 10'-0" straightedge. Fill depressions and refloat repaired areas. Darby the
concrete surface to provide a smooth level surface ready for fmishing.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Top of form: Maximum 1/8" in 10'-0".
2. Vertical face: Maximum 1/8" in 10'-0".
D. Coat form surfaces in contact with concrete with form release agent. Clean forms after each
use and coat with form release agent as necessary to assure separation from concrete without
damage.
E. Install, set, and build-in work furnished under other specification sections. Provide adequate
notification for installation of necessary items.
3.3 INST ALLA nON
A. Concrete placement:
a. Locate expansion joints as indicated. When not indicated, provide joints at
maximum 20'-0" on center for walks and concrete slabs below. Align expansion joints
in abutting curbs and walks.
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. Joints:
1. Construct control, expansion, and construction joints properly aligned with face
perpendicular to concrete surface.
2. Provide tooled control joints at sidewalks, sectioning concrete into segments as shown
on the construction detail. Joints to a minimum depth of 1 ".
3. Provide expansion joints using pre-molded joint filler at concrete work abutting curbs,
walls, structures, walks, and other fixed objects.
CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
02751-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
C. Concrete fmishing:
1. Perform concrete finishing using mechanical or hand methods as required.
2. Upon completion of floating, and after bleed water has disappeared and concrete can
sustain foot pressure with nominal indentation, cut concrete away from forms. Work
edges with an edging tool.
3. Install control joints at indicated locations during edging operations.
4. Complete surfacefmish as follows:
a. Provide sidewalk surfaces with light broom finish. Before the surface sets, a soft
broom shall be passed over the surface to produce a surface uniform in texture
and appearance. Broom direction shall be exactly perpendicular to the direction
of sidewalk.
3.4 STAINING
A. Newly placed concrete shall be at least 14 days old.
'''t~~~. ~'l1!' . ","
8""",,~
1.
2.
3.
and pressure washing, or scrubbing with a rotary floor machine and
~tain manufacture~. Rinse un~i: water is clear.
Test surfaces to receive stain with droplets of water. If water beads and does not
penetrate surface, or only penetrates in some areas, profile surfaces by sanding, or
abrasive blasting. Retest and continue profiling surface until water droplets
immediately darken and uniformly penetrate concrete surfaces.
Apply acidic solution to dampened concrete surfaces, scrubbing with uncolored, acid-
resistant nylon bristle brushes until bubbling stops and concrete surface has texture of
120-grit sandpaper. Do not allow solution to dry on concrete surfaces. Rinse until
water is clear. Control, collect, and legally dispose of runoff.
Neutralize concrete surfaces and rinse until water is clear. Test surface for residue with
clean white cloth. Test surface with pH pencil to ensure reading between 7 and 8.
4.
5.
C. Allow pavement surface to dry before applying stain. Test surfaces to receive stain by tightly
taping 18 by 18 inches, 4-mil thick polyethylene sheet to concrete surface. Apply stain only
if no moisture has accumulated under sheet after 16 hours.
D. Reactive Stain: Apply reactive stain to pavement surfaces according to manufacturer's written
instructions and as follows:
1. Apply stain by uncolored bristle brush, roller, or high-volume, low-pressure sprayer
and immediately scrub into concrete surface with uncolored, acid-resistant nylon bristle
brushes in continuous, circular motion. Do not spread stain after fizzing stops. Allow
to dry four hours and repeat application of stain in sufficient quantity to obtain color
consistent with approved mockup panel.
CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
02751-5
CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
02751 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
2. Remove stain residue after four hours by wet scrubbing with commercial-grade
detergent acceptable to stain manufacturer. Rinse until water is clear. Control, collect,
and legally dispose of runoff.
E. Penetrating Stain: Apply penetrating stain to pavement surfaces according to manufacturer's
written instructions and as follows:
1. Apply first coat of stain to dry, clean surfaces by airless sprayer, or high-volume low-
pressure sprayer.
2. Allow to dry four hours and repeat application of stain in sufficient quantity to obtain
color consistent with approved mockup panel.
3. Rinse until water is clear. Control, collect, and legally dispose of runoff.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Provide field quality control testing and inspection during concrete operations.
B. Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all
concrete' placement, cooperate with, provide access to the work, obtain samples, and assist
test agent and their representatives in execution of their function.
C. Testing:
1. Provide slump test on first load of concrete delivered each day and whenever requested
by the Architect due to changes in consistency or appearance of concrete.
2. Provide air indicator tests and air meter tests for all air-entrained concrete.
a. Perform air indicator test with a "Chase" AE 35 or equal air indicator, and air
meter test in accordance with ASTM C231 or C173. Test first load of concrete
delivered each day.
b. Furnish copies of field records and tests reports as listed for strength tests.
3. Strength testing:
a. Provide 1 set of 3 test specimens for each 50 cu. yd. placed in anyone day.
Secure samples in accordance with ASTM CI72 and mold specimens in
accordance with ASTM C31.
b. Test 1 specimen at 7 days and 2 specimens at 28 days in accordance with ASTM
C39.
c. Furnish copies of field records and test reports as follows:
2 copies to Landscape Architect
1 copy to Contractor
1 copy to Ready Mix Supplier
1 copy to Owner
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
4. Record the exact location of the concrete in the work represented by each set of cylin-
ders and show on test reports.
5. Provide an insulated moist box for protection of the test cylinders until shipped to the
laboratory .
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect concrete work from damage due to construction, vandalism and vehicular traffic until
final acceptance. Exclude construction and vehicular traffic from concrete pavement for at
least 14 days.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion of the work. Remove
from site all excess materials, debris, and equipment. Repair damage resulting from concrete
operations.
B. Sweep concrete sidewalks and pavement, wash free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other
foreign material immediately prior to final acceptance.
END OF SECTION 02751
CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
02751 - 7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 02800 - LANDSCAPING
PART I-GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide trees, plants, and ground covers as shown and specified. The work includes:
1. Soil preparation.
2. Trees, plants, and ground covers.
3. Planting mixes.
4. Mulch and planting accessories.
5. Existing tree care.
6. Maintenance.
B. Related Work:
1. Section 02810: Landscape Irrigation.
2. Section 02810: Sodding.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Plant names indicated comply with "Standardized Plant Names" as adopted by the latest edition of
the American Joint Committee of Horticultural Nomenclature. Names of varieties not listed
conform generally with names accepted by the nursery trade. Provide stock true to botanical name
and legibly tagged.
B. Plant material shall be graded Florida No.1 or better as outlined under Grades and Standards for
Nursery Plants, State Plant Board of Florida.
C. All plants shall be nursery grown under climatic conditions similar to those in the locality of the
project for a minimum of 2 years.
D. Stock furnished shall be at least the minimum size indicated. Larger stock is acceptable, at no
additional cost, and providing that the larger plants will not be cut back to size indicated.
E. Plants may be inspected and approved at the place of growth, for compliance with specification
requirements for quality, size, and variety.
F. Such approval shall not impair the right of inspection and rejection upon delivery at the site or
during the progress of the work.
LANDSCAPING
02800-1
1.3
1.4
1.5
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit the following material samples:
1. Mulch.
2. Fafard growing media
3. Planting accessories.
B.
Submit certifications for the following materials:
1. PH value of on site soil taken at four locations spaced evenly around project site.
2. Peat moss.
3. Plant fertilizer.
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver fertilizer materials in original, unopened, and undamaged containers showing weight,
analysis, and name of manufacturer. Store in manner to prevent wetting and deterioration.
B.
Take all precautions customary in good trade practice in preparing plants for moving. Workmanship
that fails to meet the highest standards will be rejected. Dig, pack, transport, and handle plant with
care to ensure protection against injury. Inspection certificates required by law shall accompany
each shipment invoice or order to stock and on arrival, the certificate shall be filed with the
Landscape Architect. Protect all plants from drying out. If plants cannot be planted immediately
upon delivery, properly protect them with soil, wet peat moss, or in a manner acceptable to the
Landscape Architect. Water heeled-in plant daily. No plant shall be bound with rope or wire in a
manner that could damage or break the branches.
C.
Cover plants transported on open vehicle with a protective covering to prevent wind burn.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Work notification: Notify Landscape Architect at least 7 working days prior to installation of plant
material.
B.
Protect existing utilities, paving, and other facilities from damage caused by landscaping operations.
C.
A complete list of plants, including a schedule of sizes, quantities, and other requirements is shown
on the drawings. In the event that quantity discrepancies or material omissions occur in the plant
materials list, the planting plans shall govern.
D.
The irrigation system will be installed prior to planting. Locate, protect, and maintain the irrigation
system during the planting operations. Repair irrigation system components, damaged during
planting operations, at Landscape Contractor's expense.
LANDSCAPING
02800-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Warranty plant material to remain alive and be in healthy and vigorous condition for a period of one
year after completion and acceptance of entire project.
1. Inspection of plants will be made by the Landscape Architect at completion of planting.
B. Replace, in accordance with the drawings and specifications, all plants that are dead or, as
determined by the Landscape Architect, are in an unhealthy or unsightly condition, and have lost
their natural shape due to dead branches, or other caused due to the Contractor's negligence. The
cost of such replacement( s) is at Contractor's expense. Warrant all replacement plant for one year
after installation.
C. Warranty shall not include damage or loss of trees, plants, or ground covers caused by fires, floods,
freezing rains, lightning storms, or winds over 50 miles per hour, winter kill caused by extreme cold
and severe winter conditions not typical of planting area, acts of vandalism or negligence on the part
of the Owner.
D. Remove and immediately replace all plants, as determined by the Landscape Architect, to be
unsatisfactory during the initial plant installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Plants: Provide plants typical of their species or variety; with normal, densely-developed branches
and vigorous, fibrous root systems. Provide only sound, healthy, vigorous plants free from defects,
disfiguring knots, sun scald injuries, frost cracks, abrasions of the bark, plant diseases, insect eggs,
borers, and all forms of infestation. All plants shall have a fully developed form without voids and
open spaces.
1. Container-grown stock: Grown in a container for sufficient length of time for the root system
to have developed to hold its soil together, firm and whole.
a. No plants shall be loose in the container.
b. Container stock shall not be pot bound.
2. Provide tree species that mature at heights over 25'-0" with a single main trunk. Trees that
have the main trunk forming a "Y" shape are not acceptable.
3. Plants planted in rows shall be matched in form.
4. Plants larger than those specified in the plant list may be used when acceptable to the
Landscape Architect.
a. If the use of larger plants is acceptable, increase the spread of roots or root ball in
proportion to the size of the plant.
LANDSCAPING
02800-3
LANDSCAPING
02800-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
5. The height of the trees, measured from the crown of the roots to the top ofthe top branch,
shall not be less than the minimum size designated in the plant list.
6. No pruning wounds shall be present with a diameter of more than J " and such wounds must
show vigorous bark on all edges.
7. Shrubs and small plants shall meet the requirements for spread and height indicated in the
plant list.
a. The measurements for height shall be taken from the ground level to the average height of
the top of the plant and not the longest branch.
b. Single stemmed or thin plants will not be accepted.
c. Side branches shall be generous, well-twigged, and the plant as a whole well-bushed to
the ground.
d. Plants shall be in a moist, vigorous condition, free from dead wood, bruised, or other ~oot
or branch injuries.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Planting Soil Backfill: Backfill all plants with 50% sand and 50% organic material consisting of
native peat, well decomposed sawdust and top soil, free of all extraneous debris such as stones,
roots, etc.
B. Peat Moss: Brown to black in color, weed and seed free granulated raw peat or baled peat,
containing not more than 9% mineral on a dry basis.
C. Fertilizer:
1. Agriform 20-10-5 tablets (or equal) at rates as per the manufacturer's recommendations.
D. Mulch: Premium grade pine bark mini;.nuggets, 1"-2" overall. Furnish in 3 cu. ft. bags or bulk.
E. Water: Free of substances harmful to plant growth. Hoses or other methods of transportation
furnished by Contractor.
F. Stakes for Staking Trees: Hardwood, 2"x 4".
G. Braces for Palms: 2"x4".
H. Stakes for Guying: Hardwood, 2"x 2".
1. Guying/Staking Wire: No. 10 or 12 gauge galvanized wire.
1. Turnbuckles: Galvanized steel of size and gauge required to provide tensile strength equal to
that of the wire. Turnbuckle openings shall be at least 3".
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARI{
J. Staking and Guying Hoses: Two-ply, reinforced garden hose not less than W' inside diameter.
K. Fafard soil-less growing media: Provide Fafard 3B mix in original, unopened packaging.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Examine proposed planting areas and conditions of installation. Do not start planting work until
unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
3 .2 PREPARATION
A. Planting shall be performed only by experienced workmen familiar with planting procedures under
the supervision of a qualified supervisor.
B. Locate plants as indicated or as approved in the field after staking by the Contractor. If obstructions
are encountered that are not shown on the drawings, do not proceed with pl~ting operations until
alternate plant locations have been selected.
C. Excavate circular plant pits with vertical sides. Depth of pit shall accommodate the root system,
except as noted on the drawings. Scarify the bottom of the pet to a depth of 4".
3.3 INST ALLA TION
A. Set plant material in the planting pit to proper grade and alignment. Set plants upright, plumb, and
faced to give the best appearance or relationship to each other or adjacent structure. Set plant
material 2 " above the fmish grade. No filling will be permitted around trunks or stems. Backfill the
pit with planting mixture. Do not use frozen or muddy mixtures for backfilling.
B. After balled and burlapped plants are set, muddle planting soil mixture around bases of balls and fill
all voids.
C. Space ground cover plants in accordance with indicated dimensions. Adjust spacing as necessary to
evenly fill planting bed with indicated quantity of plant. Plant to within 12" of the trunks of trees
and shrubs within planting bed and to within 6" of edge of bed.
D. Mulching:
1. Mulch tree and shrub planting pits and shrub beds with required mulching material 3" deep
immediately after planting. Thoroughly water mulched areas. After watering, rake mulch to
provide a uniform fmished surface.
2. Mulch ground cover beds with mulch 3" deep immediately after planting.
E. Planting Tubs:
1. Backfill planting tubs with Fafard soil-less growing media to receive planting.
LANDSCAPING
02800-5
LANDSCAPING
02800-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
F. Staking/Guying:
1. Stake/guy all trees immediately after sodding operations and prior to acceptance. When high
winds or other conditions which may affect tree survival or appearance occur, the Architect
may require immediate staking/guying.
2. Stake trees under 3" caliper.
3. Guy trees over 3" caliper.
4. All work shall be acceptable to the Landscape Architect.
3.4 MAINTENANCE
A. Maintain plantings until completion and acceptance of the entire project.
B. Maintenance shall include pruning, cultivating, weeding, watering, mowing sod, and application of
appropriate insecticides and fungicides necessary to maintain plants free of insects and disease.
1. Re-set settled plants to proper grade and position. Restore planting saucer and adjacent
material and remove dead material.
2. Tighten and repair guy wires and stakes as required.
3. Correct defective work as soon as possible after deficiencies become apparent and weather
and season permit.
3.5 ACCEPTANCE
A. Inspection to determine acceptance of planted areas will be made by the Landscape Architect, upon
Contractor's request. Provide notification at least 10 working days before requested inspection date.
1. Planted areas will be accepted provided all requirements, including maintenance, have been
compiled with and plant materials are alive in a healthy and vigorous condition.
B. Upon acceptance, the Owner will assume responsibility for plant maintenance.
3.7 CLEANING
A. Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion of the work. Remove from
site all excess materials, soil, debris, and equipment. Repair damage resulting from planting
operations.
END OF SECTION 02800
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 02810 - IRRIGATION SYSTEM
PART I GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
The general provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions
and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section.
1.2
DESCRIPTION
A.
Provide an underground irrigation system as shown and specified. The work includes:
1. Automatic irrigation system including piping, fittings, sprinkler heads, and
accessories.
2. Valves, and fittings.
3. Controller, control wires.
4. Testing.
5. Excavating and backfilling irrigation system work.
6. Pipe sleeves.
7. Well installation.
B. Related work:
1. Section 02920:
2. Section 02930:
Sodding.
Landscaping.
1.3
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer's qualifications: Irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a
qualified irrigation subcontracting company that has satisfactorily installed irrigation systems
on at least five (5) other projects of comparable complexity.
B.
Materials, equipment, and methods of installation shall comply with the following codes and
standards:
1. All applicable local codes or regulations.
2. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM).
3. The Irrigation Association (IA).
4. Florida Irrigation Society.
C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with the
recognized standards of workmanship. The Landscape Architect reserves the right to reject
material or work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Rejected work shall be
removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the Contractor's expense.
D. Excavating, backfilling and compacting operations: Comply with Section 02200
requirements and as specified.'
IRRIGATION SYSTEM
02810-1
1.4
1.5
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
E.
Obtain Landscape Architect's acceptance of installed and tested irrigation system prior to
installing backfill materials.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each of the system
components.
B.
Submit shop drawings for the irrigation system. Include piping layout and details illustrating
location and types of sprinkler heads, valves, control systems and wiring, and list of fittings.
Show sprinkler head coverage.
C.
Upon irrigation system acceptance, submit a written Operations and Maintenance Manual.
The Contractor shall prepare and deliver this Manual to the Landscape Architect within ten
(10) calendar days prior to the completion of construction a minimum of three (3) hard cover,
three ring binders containing the following information:
1. Index sheet stating the Contractor's address and business telephone number, 24 hour
emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and
address( es) of local manufacturer's representative( s) and local supplier where
replacement equipment can be purchased.
2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract.
3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment.
4. Provide the Landscape Architect and the City of Clearwater maintenance staffwith
written and 'hands on' instructions for major equipment and show evidence in
writing to the Landscape Architect at the conclusion of the project that this service
has been rendered, including four-hour instruction (min.) for the Drip Emitter
equipment operation and maintenance and two-hour instruction (min.) for automatic
control
D. Provide irrigation system record drawings:
1. Legibly mark drawings to record actual construction.
2. Indicate horizontal and vertical locations referenced to permanent surface
improvements.
3. Identify field changes of dimension and detail and changes made by Change Order.
DELNERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver irrigation system components in manufacturer's original undamaged and unopened
containers with labels intact and legible.
B.
Deliver plastic piping in bundles, packaged to provide adequate protection of pipe ends, both
threaded or plain.
IRRlGA nON SYSTEM
02810-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C.
D.
1.6
A.
PART II
2.1
STATION SQUARE PARK
Store and handle materials to prevent damage and deterioration.
Provide secure, locked storage for valves, sprinkler heads and similar components that cannot
be immediately replaced to prevent installation delay.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Known underground and surface utility lines, if any, are indicated on the drawings. However,
the Contractor is responsible for locating all existing utilities: Call Sunshine at (800) 432-
4770 a minimum of two days and a maximum of five days prior to starting excavation,
trenching, etc. The Contractor is also responsible for avoiding! protecting new utility work
constructed during streetscape project. Reference submittals and as-built drawings.
B.
The Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground improvements,
the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation
24" diameter and larger with the Landscape Architect prior to installation of the main line(s).
C.
Promptly notify the Landscape Architect of unexpected subsurface conditions.
D.
The Contractor is responsible for maintaining the work area and equipment until fmal
acceptance by the Landscape Architect.
1. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing, as well as regular
maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the Contractor.
2. Promptly repair damage to adjacent facilities caused by irrigation system work
operations. The cost of these repairs shall be at Contractor's expense.
E. Irrigation system layout is diagrammatic. Exact locations or piping, sprinkler heads, valves
and other components shall be established by Contractor in the field at time of installation.
1. Space sprinkler components as indicated on plans.
2. Minor adjustments in system layout will be permitted to clear existing fixed
obstructions. However, larger changes in the irrigation system layout shall be
modified only with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Final system layout shall
be accepted by the Landscape Architect.
3. Valves and pipes shall be located in the turf/landscape areas except at road! paving
crossmgs.
4. All piping under paving shall be sleeved.
PRODUCTS
MATERIALS
A.
General:
IRRIGATION SYSTEM
02810-3
IRRIGA nON SYSTEM
02810-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
1. Provide only new materials without flaws or defects and of the highest quality of
their specified class and kind.
2. Comply with pipe sizes and types indicated. No substitution of smaller pipes will be
permitted. Larger sizes may be subject to acceptance of the Landscape Architect.
Remove damaged and defective pipe.
3. Provide pipe continuously and permanently marked with manufacturer's name or
trademark, size schedule and type of pipe, working pressure at 73 0 F.
B. Plastic pipe, fittings and connections:
1. Polyvinyl chloride pipe: ASTM D2241, rigid, unplasticized PVC, extruded from
virgin parent material. Provide pipe homogeneous throughout and free from visible
cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, wrinkles and dents.
a. Lateral lines: SDR 2; Class 160
b. Mainlines and sleeves; Schedule 40
2. PVC pipe fittings: ASTM D2241 schedule 40 PVC molded fittings suitable for
solvent weld, slip joint ring tite seal, or screwed connections. Fittings made of other
materials are not permitted.
3. All pipe under paved areas will be sleeved with Schedule 40 P.V.C. The Contractor
will provide a minimum of2" Schedule 40 P.V.C. under all paved areas to produce
access for electrical control wire.
4. Sleeves to be white in color, water pipes purple in color.
C. Sprinkler heads, valves and associated equipment:
1. Refer to drawing's materials lists.
a. Sprinklers: All Sprinkler heads shall be as indicated on the drawings. All
sprinkler heads on risers of 12 inches or more shall be secure in plumb
position using a 30 inch angle iron stake and stainless steel clamps. All
risers shall be painted; color to be determined by Landscape Architect.
D. Controls:
1. Refer to drawing's materials list.
a.
Controller: Irrigation contractor shall furnish electric controller as indicated
on the drawing. Controller shall be installed in the area shown on the
drawing. Power from the electrical panel to the irrigation controller shall be
furnished by others. All wiring from the irrigation controller to the remote
control valves shall be furnished and installed by the irrigation contractor in
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.3
2.2
PART ill
3.1
3.2
STATION SQUARE PARK
the same trench as the main line.
E. Electrical control wire:
1. Electrical control and ground wire: Type UF 600 volt A WG control cable # 14 or
larger.
2. Wire color code: Provide control or "hot" wires red in color. Provide common or
"ground" wires white ~ color.
ACCESSORIES
A.
Paint: Rust inhibitive paint, color to be determined by Owner.
B.
Valve access boxes: Tapered enclosure of rigid plastic material comprised of fibrous
components chemically inert and unaffected by moisture corrosion and temperature changes.
Provide lid of same material, purple in color.
EXECUTION
INSPECTION
A.
Examine final grades and installation conditions. Do not start irrigation system work until
unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
PREPARATION
A.
Layout and stake the location of each pipe run and all sprinkler heads and sprinkler valves.
Obtain Landscape Architect's acceptance of layout prior to excavating.
B.
Schedule 40 sleeves to be used under paved vehicular use areas shall be placed prior to
compaction of paved areas. Coordinate all sleeve placement with general contractor.
C.
Place sleeves as indicated for installation of piping and control wire.
INSTALLATION
A.
Excavating and backfilling:
1. Excavate trenches of sufficient depth and width to permit proper handling of
installation of pipe and fittings. Dig trenches straight. Trenching excavation shall
follow layout indicated on Drawings.
2. Excavate to depths required to provide 2" depth of earth fill or sand bedding for
piping when rock or other unsuitable bearing materials in encountered.
3. Maintain 6 in. horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and
between lines of all other trades. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another
line of any kind.
IRRIGATION SYSTEM
02810-5
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4. Maintain 6 in. vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45
degrees to 90 degrees.
5. Fill to match adjacent grade elevations with approved earth fill material. Place and
compact fill in layers not greater than 8" depth.
a. Provide approved earth fill or sand to a point 4" above the top of the pipe.
b. Fill to within 6" offmal grade with approved excavated fill materials free of
lumps or rocks larger than 3" in any dimension.
b. Provide clean topsoil fill free of rocks and debris for top 6" of fill.
c. Compact backfill according to Section 125 ofFDOT Specifications Book,
latest edition. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of mechanical
tampers or hand tampers with a face area of no more than 100 square inches.
Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for
compacting soil. Under landscaped area, compaction shf!.ll not exceed 95%
of maximum density.
6. Except as indicated, install irrigation mains with a minimum cover of 18" based on
finished grades. Install irrigation laterals with a minimum cover of 12" based on
finished grades.
7. Excavate trenches and install piping and fill during the same working day. Do not
leave open trenches or partially filled trenches open overnight.
B.
Plastic pipe:
1. Install plastic pipe in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions.
Provide for thermal expansion and contraction.
2. Saw cut plastic pipe. Use a square-in-sawing vice to ensure a square cut. Remove
burrs and shavings at cut ends prior to installation.
3. Make plastic to plastic joints with solvent weld joints or slip seal joints. Use only
solvent recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Allow welded j oints at least 15 min.
setup/ curing time before moving or handling. Install plastic pipe fittings in
accordance with pipe manufacturer's instructions. Contractor shall make
arrangements with pipe manufacturer for all necessary field assistance.
4. Make plastic to metal joints with plastic male adapters.
5. Make solvent weld joints in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
6. Allowjoints to set at last 24 hours before pressure is applied to the system.
.
C.
Sprinklers, fittings, valves and accessories:
IRRIGATION SYSTEM
02810-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,
STATION SQUARE PARK
1. Install fittings, valves, sprinkler heads, risers and accessories in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions, except as otherwise indicated.
a. Provide concrete thrust blocks where required at fittings and valves.
2. Set sprinkler heads perpendicular to fmished grades, except as otherwise indicated.
3. Obtain Landscape Architect's review and acceptance of height for proposed sprinkler
heads and valves prior to installation.
4. Locate sprinkler heads to assure proper coverage of indicated areas. Do not exceed
sprinkler head spacing distances indicated.
5. Install risers for spray heads in shrub or flower bed areas and planters of sufficient
height to prevent interruption of the stream by the plan material.
a. Provide risers of 1/2" PVC pipe, threaded each end.
d. Paint exposed galvanized risers with I coat black paint.
c. Set risers in a row with top level and in-line.
6. Install pop-up gear driven sprinklers with1/2" ribbed flex PVC pipe. Fabricate
double swing risers of schedule 80 PVC nipples and schedule 40 PVC elbows. The
horizontal nipple connected directly into the side of the lateral line shall be a
minimum of3" long. All other nipples of the swing joint riser shall be of length as
required for proper installation of the sprinkler head.
a. If the sprinkler heads have a side inlet, 2 street ells and a nipple may be used
instead ofa double swing joint assembly.
7. Install controller as detailed.
8. Install in-ground control valves in a valve access box as indicated.
9. Install valve access boxes on a suitable base of gravel to provide a level foundation at
proper grade and to provide drainage of the access box.
10. Seal threaded connections on pressure side of control valves with teflon tape or
approved plastic joint type compound.
D. Control wiring.
1. Install electric control cable in the piping trenches wherever possible. Place wire in
trench adjacent to pipe. Install wire with slack to allow for thermal expansion and
contraction. Expansion joints in wire may be provided at 200-foot intervals by
making 5-6 turns of the wire around a piece of 1/2" pipe instead of slack. Where
necessary to run wire in a separate trench, provide a minimum cover of 12".
IRRIGA nON SYSTEM
02810-7
~
2.
3.
4.
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
I
Provide sufficient slack at site connections at remote control valves in control boxes
and at all wire splices to allow raising the valve bonnet or splice to the surface
without disconnecting the wires when repair is required.
Connect each remote control valve to one station of a controller except as otherwise
indicated.
Connect remote valves to common ground wire system.
I
5. Make wire connections to remote control electric valves and splices of wire in the
field, using wire connectors and sealing cement in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
Sleeves:
I
I
I
6. Provide tight joints to prevent leakage of water and corrosion build-up of the joint.
E.
F.
IRRIGA nON SYSTEM
1. Install new sleeves prior to paving installation wherever possible. Coordinate with
general contractor.
2.
Install pipe sleeves under existing concrete or asphalt surface by jacking, boring, or
hydraulic driving of the sleeve. Remove and replace existing concrete and asphalt
surfaces where cutting is necessary. Obtain Owner's permission before cutting
existing concrete and asphalt surfaces. Where piping is shown under paved areas
that are adjacent to turf areas, install the piping in the turf areas.
I
I
Flushing, testing and adjustment:
I
1.
After sprinklerpiping and risers are installed and before sprinkler heads are installed,
open control valves and flush out the system with full head of water.
I
I
I
I
2.
Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four (4) hours has elapsed for
solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent
manufacturer. When temperature is above 80 degrees Fahrenheit, allow soluble weld
joints at least 24 hrs. curing time before water is introduced under pressure.
3.
Perform system testing upon completion of each section. Make necessary repairs and
retest repaired sections as required.
4.
Adjust sprinklers after installation for proper and adequate distribution of the water
over the coverage patter. Adjust for the proper arc of coverage.
5.
Tighten nozzles on spray type sprinklers after installation. Adjust sprinkler adjusting
screw on lateral line or circuit as required for proper radius. Interchange nozzles'
patterns as directed by the Landscape Architect to give best arc of coverage.
I
I
6.
Adjust all electric remote control valve flow control stems for system balance.
7.
Test and demonstrate the controller by operating appropriate day, hour, and station
selection features as required to automatically start and shut down irrigation cycles to
I
02810-8
r
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.4
3.5
3.6
STATION SQUARE PARK
accommodate plant requirements.
DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS
A.
Stockpile, haul from site, and legally dispose of waste materials, including unsuitable
excavated materials, rock, trash, and debris.
ACCEPTANCE
A. Test and demonstrate to the Landscape Architect and Owner the satisfactory operation of the
system free of leaks. All main lines shall be hydrostatically tested at a pressure of 100 psi for a
period of time not less than 3 hours. Should any leaks be found, it shall be repaired. The line
shall then be retested until satisfactory.
B. Instruct the Owner's designated personnel in the operation of the system, including adjustment of
sprinklers, controller(s) and valves.
C. Upon acceptance, the Owner will assume operation of the system.
GUARANTEES
A.
The irrigation contractor shall furnish warranties in writing certifying that the quality and
workmanship of all materials and installation furnished is in accordance with these
specifications and in accordance with the original manufacturers' warranties. Irrigation
contractor shall further see to the fulfillment of all manufacturers' warranties. Irrigation
contractor shall warrant the installation workmanship for a period of one (1) year from date of
completion of acceptance of the job or any accepted portion ofthe job. Should any problems
develop within the warranty period due to inferior or faulty materials, they shall be corrected
at no expense to the City of Clearwater.
3.7
CLEANING
A.
Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion of the work. Remove
from site all excess materials, soil, debris, and equipment. Repair damage resulting from
irrigation system installation.
END OF SECTION 02810
IRRIGATION SYSTEM
02810-9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 02870 - SITE FURNISIDNGS
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. All site furnishings described herein shall be purchased by the Owner for installation
by the Contractor. Furnishings shall be delivered to the site. Provide all labor,
materials, equipment and incidentals to install site furnishings, shown on the
drawings and as specified. Items of work are:
1. Trash Receptacle
2. Planter Pots
3. Removable Bollards
4. Moveable Tables in Station Square Park, with Umbrella
5. Moveable Tables in Station Square Park, without Umbrella
6. Street Clock in Station Square Park
B. Related work:
1. Section 02751: Cement Concrete Pavement
1.2
SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated include construction details, material
descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, fmishes, field-assembly
requirements, and installation details.
B. Maintenance Data: For site and street furnishings to include in maintenance manuals.
1.3
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All furnishings described herein shall be installed by qualified tradesmen.
B. All installation work and materials to be per manufacturer's specifications, or as
directed by the Landscape Architect.
1.4
PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Store in a secure and weather-protected area.
B. Return all damaged products to the manufacturer/distributor for replacement.
C. Any product damaged by Contractor will be replaced at the Contractor's cost
(shipping and product) at no additional cost to the Owner.
D. All products shall be inspected by the Landscape Architect for damage and chipped
or marred finish prior to installation.
1.5
PROJECT CONDITIONS
SITE FURNISHINGS
02870-1
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A. Verify all work to field locations and dimensions and coordinate work being done by
others.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
SITE FURNISHINGS
A. Trash Receptacle
1. Metal trash receptacle by Landscape Forms, through GAP
Architectural Products at (407) 645-4857, or approved equal.
2. Model 'SCARBOROUGH', side-opening, vertical strap, 25"x40",
keyed lock, sand pan on top, black powdercoat finish.
3. Quantity: 34
B. Planter Pots
1. Stone decorative pots by Dura Art Stone, through GAP
Architectural Products at (407) 645-4857, or approved equal.
2. Model 'CALLAWAY' style, 'CA' round, cast stone, LSB-light
sandblast, 'S-12 rust' color. Three sizes:
a. 5 ft. dia. X 30" ht.
b. 3 ft. dia. X22" ht.
c. 3ft. dia. X 17" ht.
3. Quantity:
a. Pot 'A': 5 ft. dia. X 30" ht. = 5
b. Pot 'B': 3 ft. dia. X 22" ht. = 5
c. Pot 'C': 3 ft. dia. X 17" ht. = 2
C.
Removable Bollards
1. Removable and lockable cast iron bollards by Urban Accessories,
(877) 487-0488 or approved equal
2. Model 'SAN FRANSICO' bollard, powdercoat black.
3. Quantity: 7
D.
Umbrella Table in Station Square Park
1. Free-standing round table with four (4) chairs each by landscape
forms or approved equal (Gap 407-645-2854).
2. Chairs: 'Verona' grid chair without arms, color: black. Tables: 36"
diameter steelhead table with quad, surface mount supports, color:
black. 'Equinox' umbrella with plain edge, color to be determined
by landscape architect.
3. Quantity: 8
E.
Four top Table in Station Square Park
1. Free-standing round table with four (4) chairs each by landscape
forms or approved equal (Gap 407-645-2854).
2. Chairs: 'Verona' grid chair without arms, color: black. Tables: 36"
02870-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART 3
3.1
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
3.2
A.
B.
3.3
A.
3.4
STATION SQUARE PARK
diameter steelhead table with quad, surface mount supports, color:
black.
3. Quantity: 7
F. Street Clock in Station Square Park
1. 10' -9" tall aluminum street clock by Verdin Design (407) 843-7020
(Veazey Group) or approved equal.
2. Model 'Howard Replica 11,' two-faced, 24", legible, 22", rear
illuminations, face with spade hands, aluminum post, color: black.
3. Quantity: 1
EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Install furnishings in locations as indicated on the plans and as per manufacturer's
specifications.
Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions, unless more stringent
requirements are indicated. Complete field assembly of site and street furnishings, where
required.
Unless otherwise indicated, install site and street furnishings after landscaping and paving
have been completed.
Install site and street furnishings level, plumb, true, and securely anchored at locations
indicated on Drawings.
Mount bike rack, benches, etc. as indicated on the plans.
Assure that all furnishings are installed plumb and level and in accordance with the plans and
details.
ACCEPTANCE
The Landscape Architect will review each installation to determine compliance with plans
and specifications prior to fmal acceptance of the work.
Any work not installed in accordance with the plans and specifications and rejected by the
Landscape Architect shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
GUARANTEES
The contractor shall furnish warranties in writing certifying that the quality and workmanship
of all materials and installation. furnished is in accordance with these specifications and in
accordance with the original manufacturers' warranties. The Contractor shall warrant the
installation workmanship for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the job,
or any accepted portion of the job.
CLEANING
SITE FURNISHINGS
02870-3
SITE FURNISHINGS
02870-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
A. Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion of the work. Remove
from site all excess materials, soil, debris, and equipment. Inspect components. Repair
damaged finishes to match original finish or replace component.
END OF SECTION 02870
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 03300 - CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide cast-in-p1ace concrete as shown and specified. The work includes:
1. F ormwork.
2. Reinforcing and accessories.
3. Cast-in-place concrete foundations, footings and miscellaneous structural
concrete.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing and inspection: Performed by a qualified independent testing laboratory.
B. Provide and pay for testing and inspection during concrete operations. Laboratory shall
be acceptable to the Landscape Architect.
C. Materials and methods of construction shall comply with the following standards:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials, (ASTM).
2. American Concrete Institute, (ACI).
D. Maintain field record of time, date of placing, curing, and removal of forms of concrete
in each portion of work.
E. Do not change source or brands of cement and aggregate materials during the course of
the work.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit concrete mix designs. Obtain approval before placing concrete.
B. Product data:
1. Submit complete materials list of items proposed for the work. Identify materials
source.
2. Submit admixture and accessory item product data.
3. Submit material certificates for aggregates and reinforcing.
C. Submit concrete delivery tickets. Show the following:
1. Batch number.
CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
03300-1
CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
03300-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
2. Mix by class or sack content with maximum size aggregate.
3. Admixtures.
4. Air content.
5. Slump.
6. Time of loading.
D. Submit concrete test reports.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Work notification: Notify Landscape Architect and Owner at least 48 hours prior to
installation of concrete.
B. Establish and maintain required lines, sl,lrfaces, and elevations.
C. Do not install concrete work over wet, saturated, muddy, or frozen subgrade.
D. Do not install concrete when air temperature is below 40 degrees F. Use of calcium
chloride, salt, or any other admixture to prevent concrete from freezing is prohibited.
E. Protect adjacent work.
F. Provide temporary barricades and warning lights as required for protection of project
work and public safety.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Portland cement: ASTM C150, Type 1, natural color.
B. Aggregate: Provide ASTM C33 normal weight aggregates, 1" maximum size, clean,
uncoated crushed stone or gravel coarse aggregate free of materials which cause staining
or rust spots; fine aggregate shall be clean natural sand.
C. Water: Clean, fresh, and potable.
D. Water-reducing admixture: ASTM C494.
2.2 MIXES
A. Provide ASTM C94 ready-mixed concrete. Batch mixing at site not is acceptable. Use
ACI 301 Method 1 or Method 2 to determine mix proportions.
1. Strength: 3,000 psi minimum at 28 days.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
2. Slump range: 2" to 4" maximum for consolidation by vibration.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Forms: Wood or plywood, of sufficient strength to resist concrete placement pressure
and to maintain horizontal and vertical alignment during concrete placement. Provide
forms straight, free of defects, and distortion. Minimize joints by using largest practical
sizes.
1. Provide form ties, formwork accessories, and anchorages of size required and of
sufficient strength to maintain formwork in proper alignment and tolerances
while placing concrete.
B. Form release agent: Non-staining chemical form release agent free of oils, waxes, and
other materials harmful to concrete.
C. Reinforcing bars: ASTM A6l5, A6l6, or A6l7, Grade 60, new domestic deformed steel
bars, sizes indicated. .
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Examine sub grades and installation conditions. Do not start concrete work until
unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
B. Place no concrete in footings before inspection and acceptance of bearing surfaces.
3.2 PREP ARA TION
A. Verify lines, levels, and locations of formed concrete work. Verify that form dimensions
comply with drawing dimensions. .
B. Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork to support all applied vertical and
lateral loads. Construct formwork to provide correct size, shape, alignment, elevation,
and position of concrete work.
C. Design and erect formwork to permit removal without damage to cast-in-place concrete
surfaces and adjacent materials during stripping.
D. Install, align, and level forms. Support and brace forms in place. Maintain following
maximum tolerances:
1. Horizontal and vertical lines: 1/4" in 10'-0".
2. Location dimensions indicated: 1/4".
3. Cross sectional dimensions: Plus or minus 1/4".
CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
03300-'3
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
E. Coat form surfaces in contact with concrete with form release agent. Clean forms after
each use and coat with form release agent as necessary to assure separation from
concrete without damage. Apply prior to placing reinforcing steel, anchoring devices,
and embedded items.
F. Locate, place, and support reinforcement as indicated.
1. Provide reinforcing bars adequately supported and secured to prevent
displacement.
G. Install, set, and build-in items furnished by other trades. Provide adequate notification
for installation of necessary items.
3.3
INSTALLA nON
A. Concrete placement: Comply with ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring,
Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete", and as specified.
B. Protect concrete from physical damage or reduced strength due to weather extremes
during mixing, placing, and curing. In cold weather comply with ACI 306,
"Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting". In hot weather comply withACI
305, "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting".
E. Curing: Moist cure formed concrete surface with forms in place for 7 days. If forms are
removed prior to 7 days, apply liquid membrane-forming curing compound complying
with ASTM C309.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C. Place all footings full thickness in one operation, without change In proportions;
screeded to proper elevation; and floated.
D. Consolidate installed concrete using mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented with
hand rodding and tamping. Work concrete thoroughly around reinforcement and other
embedded items and into all parts of formwork.
F. Acceptance: The presence of serious honeycomb or excessive misalignment of forms
shall be sufficient cause for rejection and replacement of the concrete affected at the
Contractor's expense.
3.4
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Provide field quality control testing and inspection during concrete operations.
C.
Testing:
I
I
B.
Contractor shall provide adequate notice, cooperate with, provide access to the work,
obtain samples, and assist test agency and their representatives in execution of their
function.
1. Provide slump test on first load of concrete delivered each day and whenever
requested due to changes in consistency of appearance of concrete.
CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
03300-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
2. Strength testing:
a. Provide 1 sample of test specimens for concrete placed in anyone day.
Each sample shall consist of one set of two standard cylinder specimens.
Secure samples in accordance with ASTM C 172 and mold specimens in
accordance with ASTM C3l.
b. Test 1 set at 7 days and 2 sets at 28 days in accordance with ASTM C39.
c. Furnish copies of field records and test reports as follows:
2 copies to Landscape Architect
1 copy to Owner
1 copy to Contractor
3. Record the exact location of the concrete in the work represented by each set of
cylinders and show on test reports.
4. Provide an insulated moist box for protection of the test cylinders until shipped
to the laboratory.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect concrete work from damage until final acceptance.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion of the work.
Remove from site all excess materials, debris, and equipment. Repair damage resulting
from concrete operations.
END OF SECTION 03300
CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
03300-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 04810 - UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES
PART1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes unit masonry assemblies consisting of the following:
1. Concrete masonry units.
1.2
SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each masonry unit, accessory, and other manufactured product indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: For masonry reinforcing bars; comply with ACI 315, "Details and
Detailing of Concrete Reinfo~cement."
C. Material Test Reports: For each type of masonry unit, mortar, and grout required.
D. Material Certificates: For each type of masonry unit required.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform
preconstruction testing on each type of unit required per test method indicated.
1. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 140.
2. Mortar: For properties per ASTM C 270 UBC Standard 21-16.
3. Grout: For compressive strength per ASTM C 1019 UBC Standard 21-18.
B. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide materials and construction identical to
those of assemblies with fife-resistance ratings determined per ASTM E 119 by a testing
and inspecting agency, by equivalent concrete masonry thickness, or by another means, as
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit
masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold-weather
construction requirements in ACI 530.1/ ASCE 6/TMS 602.
B. Hot-Weather Requirements: When ambient temperature exceeds 100 deg F (38 deg C), or
90 deg F (32 deg C) with a wind velocity greater than 8 mph (13 kmIh), do not spread
mortar beds more than 48 inches (1200 mm) ahead of masonry. Set masonry units within
one minute of spreading mortar.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MASONRY UNITS
A. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90.
UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES
04810-1
UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES
04810-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
1. Unit Compressive Strength: 1900-psi- minimum, average net-area compressive
strength.
2. Weight Classification: Normal weight.
3. Type: I, moisture-controlled units.
4. Special Shapes: Provide for comers, control joints, headers, bonding, and other
special conditions.
2.2 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-weather
construction.
B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.
C. Ready-Mixed Mortar: Cementitious materials, water, and aggregate complying with
requirements specified in this article, combined with set-controlling admixtures to produce
a ready mixed mortar complying with ASTM C 1142.
D. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91.
E. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144; except for joints less than 1/4 inch (6.5 mm) thick,
use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16 (1.18-mm) sieve.
1. Colored-Mortar Aggregates: Natural-colored sandor ground marble, granite, or
other sound stone; of color necessary to produce required mortar color.
a. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404.
F. Water: Clean and Potable.
2.3 REINFORCING
A. Uncoated Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M; Grade 60.
B. Masonry Joint Reinforcement: ASTM A 951; mill galvanized, carbon-steel wire for
interior walls and hot-dip galvanized, carbon-steel wire for exterior walls.
1. Wire Size for Side Rods: 0.148-inch (9 gage) diameter.
2. Wire Size for Cross Rods: 0.148-inch (9-gage) diameter.
3. Single-Wythe Masonry: Use either ladder or truss type with single pair of side rods
and cross rods spaced not more than 16 incheso.c.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES
A. Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain
lateral stability in masonry wall. Made from styrene-butadiene-rubber compound
complying with ASTM D 2000, Designation M2AA-805.
B. Bond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226,
Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt).
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
2.5 MASONRY CLEANERS
A. Job-Mixed Detergent Solution: Solution of 1/2-cup (0.14-L) dry measure tetrasodium
polyphosphate and 1/2-cup (0. 14-L) dry measure laundry detergent dissolved in 1 gal. (4 L)
of water.
B. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard-strength cleaner designed for
removing mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new
masonry without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces. Use product approved for
intended use by cleaner manufacturer and manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned.
2.6 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES
A. General: Do not use admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. Do not use calcium chloride
in mortar or grout.
B. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification.
C. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Property Specification.
1. Extended-Life Mortar for Unit Masonry: Mortar complying with ASTM C 1142 may
be used instead of mortar specified above, at Contractor's option.
2. Limit cementitious materials in mortar to Portland cement, mortar cement, and lime.
3. For masonry below grade, in contact with earth, and where indicated, use Type S or
RS.
4. For exterior, above-grade, load-bearing and non-load-bearing and for other
applications where another type is not indicated, use Type N.
D. Pigmented Mortar: Select and proportion pigments with other ingredients to produce color
required. Limit pigments to the following percentages of cement content by weight:
1. For Portland cement-lime mortar, not more than 10 percent.
2. For masonry cement or mortar cement mortar, not more than 5 percent.
E. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476.
1. Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that
will comply with Table 5 of ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for dimensions of grout spaces
and pour height.
2. Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches (200 to 280 mm) as measured according
to ASTM C 143.
2.7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Concrete Masonry Unit Tests: For each type, class and grade of concrete masonry unit
indicated, units will be tested by qualified independent testing laboratory for strength,
absorption, and moisture content according to ASTM C 140.
UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES
04810-3
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
PART 3 - EXECUTION
1. For the record, prepare a written report, endorsed by the installer, listing conditions
detrimental to performance of unit masonry
2. Examine rough-in and built-in construction to verify actual location of piping
connections prior to installation.
3. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
I
I
I
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine conditions, with installer present, for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances and other specific conditions, and other conditions affecting
performance of unit masonry:
A. Comply with referenced unit masonry standard and other requirements indicated applicable
to each ~e of installation included in Project.
B. Thickness: Build single-wythe walls to the actual thickness of the masonry units, using
units of nominal thickness indicated.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
C. Build chases and recesses as shown or required to accommodate items specified in this and
other sections of the specifications. Provide not less than 8 inches of masonry between
chase or recess and jamb of openings and between adjacent chases and recesses.
D. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completion of masonry. After
installation of equipment, complete masonry to match construction immediately adjacent to
the opening.
E. Cut masonry units with motor-driven saws to provide clean sharp unchipped edges. Cut
units as required to provide continuous pattern and to fit adjoining construction. Use full
size units without cutting where possible. Allow units cut with water-cooled saws to dry
before placing, unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and,
where possible, cut edges concealed.
3.3 LAYING MASONRY WALLS
A. Layout walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint
thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and
offsets. Avoid using less-than-half-size units, particularly at comers, jambs, and, where
possible, at other locations.
B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Lay exposed masonry in bond pattern indicated; do
not use units with less than nominal4-inch (100-mm) horizontal face dimensions at comers
or jambs.
I
I
C. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified under this and other
Sections ofthe Specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items.
UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES
04810-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
3.4 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING
A. Lay hollow masonry units as follows:
1. With full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells.
2. Bed webs in. mortar.. in starting course on footings and in all courses of piers,
columns, and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be filled with grout.
3. For starting course on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar
bed, including areas under cells.
B. Cut joints flush masonry walls to be concealed or to be covered by other materials, unless
otherwise indicated. Exterior exposed joints to be raked, interior exposed joints to be
concave where seen.
3.5 MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT
A. Provide continuous masonry joint reinforcement as indicated. Install with a minimum
cover of 5/8 inch (16 mm) on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch (13 mm) elsewhere. Lap
reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm).
B. Cut or interrupt joint reinforcement at control or expansion joints, unless otherwise
indicated.
C. Provide continuity at comers and wall intersections by using prefabricated"L" and "T"
sections. Cut and bend reinforcement units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at
returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures and other special conditionS.
3.6 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION
A. Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores to support reinforced
masonry elements during construction.
1. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened .
sufficiently to carry their own weight and other temporary loads that may be placed on
them during construction.
B. Placing Reinforcement: Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ ASCE 6/TMS 602.
C. Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained
sufficient strength to resist grout pressure.
1. Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for cleanouts and for
grout placement, including minimum grout space and maximum pour height.
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Contractor will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform field quality-
control testing indicated below.
1. Concrete Masonry Unit Tests: For each type of concrete masonry unit indicated,
units will be tested according to ASTM C 140.
UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES
04810-5
UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES
04810-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
3.8 REPAIRING AND CLEANING
A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained or otherwise
damaged or if units do not match adjoining units and in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to
eliminate evidence of replacement.
B. Clean unit masonry by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints,
as work progresses.
C. After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows:
1. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for
comparison purposes.
2. Protect adjacent surfaces from contact with cleaner.
3. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by
rinsing the surfaces thoroughly with clear water.
4. CI€(an masonry with a proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's
written instructions.
5. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8-2 applicable
to type of stain on exposed surfaces.
D. Protection: Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner' acceptable to
installer, that ensureunitmasonry is without damage and deterioration at time of
Substantial Completion.
3.10 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL
A. Masonry Waste Disposal: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including broken masonry
units, waste mortar, and excess or soil-contaminated sand, by crushing and mixing with fill
material as fill is placed.
1. Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within 18 inches (450 mm) of finished grade.
2. Remove excess, clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as described above,
and other masonry waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 04810
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Decorative arch at Station Square Park.
2. Trellis (Additive Alternate #1)
3. Decorative aluminum fencing.
B. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section include the following:
1. Anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, and wedge-type inserts indicated to be cast into concrete
or built into unit masonry.
C. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for installing anchor bolts and other items
indicated to be cast into concrete.
2. Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry" for installing anchor bolts, and other items indicated
to be built into unit masonry.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Thermal Movements: Provide exterior metal fabrications that allow for thermal movements
resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by
preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and
other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due
to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.
1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, specifications, component performance data
and installation instructions. Submit samples of selected aluminum finish for approval by the
Landscape Architect, prior to commencement of work.
B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for metal fabrications.
METAL FABRICATIONS
05500 - 1
METAL FABRICATIONS
05500 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their
connections. Include details of concrete footing and column anchorage.
2. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other Sections.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the following except as otherwise indicated:
1. Welding: American Welding Society, (A WS).
2. American Society for Testing and Materials, (ASTM).
3. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers, (NAAMM).
B. Installer Qualification: Not less than three (3) years experience in installation of structure types,
quantity and installation methods similar to work of this section.
C. Shop Assembly: Preassemble structures in shop to greater extent possible and disassemble as
necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark for reassembly and coordinated
installation.
D. Welding: Comply with American Welding Society (A WS) Structural Welding Code. Qualify
welding procedures, welders, and welding operations in accordance with A WS Standard
Qualification Procedure.
E. System Performance: Provide picnic shelters, cabanas, bleacher cover structures, concession
shade structure, dig shade structure, softball bleachers and trellises that have been designed,
produced, fabricated and installed to withstand normal temperature changes as well as live
loading, dead loading and wind loading in compliance with Standard Building Code
requirements for geographic area in which work is located and as follows:
1. Live Load: 30 p.s.f. minimum.
2. Wind Load: 130 mph.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with
metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop
Drawings.
1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying
the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with. fabricating metal fabrications without
field measurements. Coordinate wall and other contiguous construction to ensure that
actual dimens~ons correspond to established dimensions.
2. Provide allowance for trimming and fitting at site.
1.7 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal fabrications. Furnish setting drawings,
templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete ormasonry. Deliver
such items to Project site in time for installation.
B. Coordinate installation of steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete that are specified
in this Section but required for work of another Section. Deliver such items to Project site in
time for installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 METALS, GENERAL
A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces, unless otherwise
indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials
without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes.
2.2 NONFERROUS METALS
A. Aluminum Plate and Sheet: ASTM B 209, Alloy 6061-T6.
B. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T6.
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to A WS specifications for metal alloy
welded.
B. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout
complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for
interior and exterior applications.
C. Concrete Materials and Properties: Comply with requirements in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-
Place Concrete" for normal-weight, air-entrained, ready-mix concrete with a minimum 28-day
compressive strength of 3000 psi, unless otherwise indicated.
2.4 F ABRICA nON, GENERAL
A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units
only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain
structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated
installation.
B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of
approximately 1132 inch, unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed
surfaces.
C. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or
otherwise impairing work.
METAL F ABRICA nONS
05500 - 3
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
D. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges.
METAL F ABRICA nONS
05500 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
E. Weld comers and seams continuously to comply with the following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion
resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed,welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no
roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent
surface.
F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners
where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat-head (countersunk)
screws or bolts, unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous.
G. Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude
water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws,
and similar items.
I. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring
devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads.
1. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with
integrally welded steel strap anchors, 1/8 by 1-1/2 inches, with a minimum 6-inch
embedment and 2-inch hook, not less than 8 inches from ends and comers of units and 24
inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated.
2.5
ALUMINUM FINISHES
A.
Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum
Association for designating aluminum finishes.
B.
As-Fabricated Finish: AA-MlO (Mechanical Finish: as fabricated, unspecified).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A.
Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing
metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with
edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and
levels.
B.
Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are
not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after
fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.
C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion
resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, fmish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no
roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent
surface.
D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal
fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. Provide threaded fasteners for
use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and
other connectors.
E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete,
masonry, or similar construction.
F. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with
grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with a heavy coat of bituminous paint.
3.2 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported,
including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings.
B. Install pipe columns on concrete footings with grouted baseplates. Position and grout column
baseplates as specified in "Installing Bearing and Leveling Plates" Article.
3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and
abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop
painting to comply with SSPC-P A 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces.
1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil dry film thickness.
B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair
galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION 05505
METAL F ABRICA TIONS
05500 - 5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 09900 - PAINTING
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior items and
surfaces.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each product indicated.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Benchmark Samples (Mockups): Provide a full-coat benchmark finish sample for each type of
coating and substrate required. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P5.
1. Wall Surfaces: Provide samples on at least 100 sq. ft.
2. Small Areas and Items: Landscape Architect will designate items or areas required.
3. Final approval of colors will be from benchmark samples.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum
ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain storage containers in a clean condition,
free of foreign materials and residue.
B. Apply waterborne paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air
are between 50 and 90 deg F (10 and 32 deg C).
C. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding
air are between 45 and 95 deg F (7 and 35 deg C).
D. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or
at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in other Part 2
articles.
B. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown m parentheses) of the following
manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles:
1.
2.
3.
Benjamin Moore & Co.
Coronado Paint Company
M. A. B. Paint
PAINTING
09900-1
PAINTING
09900-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
4. PPG Industries, Inc. (Pittsburgh Paints).
5. Sherwin-Williams Co.
6. Matthews Paint Co.
2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish-coat materials that are
compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and
application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality paint material of the various coating
types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application
indicated. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will
not be acceptable.
C. Colors: match samples.
2.3 PREPARATORY COATS
A. Concrete Unit Masonry Block Filler: High-performance latex block filler of finish coat
manufacturer and recommended in writing by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on
substrate indicated.
B. Exterior Primer: Exterior latex-based primer of finish coat manufacturer and recommended in
writing by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on substrate indicated.
1. Ferrous-Metal and Aluminum Substrates: Rust-inhibitive metal primer.
2. Stucco Finish: Oil based exterior primer.
2.4 EXTERIOR FINISH COATS
A. Exterior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel:
1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex House & Trim Paint No. 170.
2. Coronado; 12-Line Supreme Acrylic Semi-Gloss.
3. ICI Dulux Paints; 2406-XXXX Dulux Professional Exterior 100 Percent Acrylic Semi-
Gloss Finish.
4. Kelly-Moore; 1250 Acry-Lustre Exterior Semi-Gloss Acrylic Finish.
5. M. A. B. Paint; Sea ShorelFour Seasons Acrylic Latex Trim Enamel 024 Line.
6. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-900 Series SpeedHide Exterior House & Trim Semi-Gloss Acrylic
Latex Paint.
7. Sherwin-Williams; A-I00 Latex Gloss A8 Series.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICA nON
A. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure
compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on
characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.2
I
I
PAINTING
STATION SQUARE PARK
B.
Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and
similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible
because of size or weight of the item, provide surface-applied protection before surface
preparation and painting.
1. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed"using
workers skilled in the trades involved.
C.
Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's
written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified.
1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime.
D.
Material Preparation:
1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of
foreign materials and residue.
2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required
during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface
film and strain material before using.
E.
Sand lightly. between each succeeding enamel coat.
F.
Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or
otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent
surface deterioration.
1. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted.
2. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply
additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance.
G.
Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators
according to manufacturer's written instructions.
H.
Minimum Coating Thickness:
recommended spreading rate.
recommended by manufacturer.
Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's
Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as
I.
Prime Coats: Before applying fmish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended by
manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime
coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or
unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn-through or other defects
due to insufficient sealing.
CLEANING AND PROTECTING
A.
At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint
materials from Project site.
B. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting.
Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect.
09900-3
PAINTING
09900-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
C. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting
operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work.
1. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted
surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA Pl.
3.3 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE
A. Concrete, Stucco, and Masonry (Other Than Concrete Unit Masonry):
1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
a. Primer: Exterior concrete and masonry primer.
b. Finish Coats: Exterior semi-gloss acrylic enamel for concrete and masonry.
END OF SECTION 09900
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 16000 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this and other section of Division 16.
SUMMARY
This Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements for electrical installations. The
following administrative and procedural requirements are included in this Section to expand the
requirements specified in Division I:
A. Submittals.
B. Coordination drawings.
C. Record documents.
D. Maintenance manuals.
E Rough-ins.
F. Electrical installations.
G. Cutting, patching, and painting.
H. Standards
RELATED SECTIONS:
The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section:
Division 16 Section "BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS," for materials and
methods common to the remainder of Division 16, plus general related specifications including:
Access to electrical installations.
Excavation for electrical installations within the building boundaries and from building to utility
connections.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
GENERAL:
Follow the procedures specified in Division I Section "SUBMITTALS."
Product Data: I additional copy of each item.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
16000-1
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
I
RECORD DOCUMENTS:
Prepare record documents in accordance with the requirements in Division 1 Section "PROJECT
CLOSE-OUT." In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, installed conditions for:
1. Major raceway systems, size and location, for both exterior and interior; locations of
control divides; distribution and branch electrical circuitry; fuse; and circuit breaker size
and arrangements.
I
I
2.. Equipment locations (exposed and concealed), dimensioned from prominent building
lines.
I
I
I
I
3. Approved substitutions, Contract Modifications, and actual equipment and materials
installed.
MAINTENANCE MANUALS:
Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Division 1, Section "PROJECT CLOSE-OUT." In
addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, include the following information for equipment
items:
1. Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performances curves,
engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of replacement
parts.
I
I
2. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly,
repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions.
3. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules.
I
I
I
I
I
I
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
Delivery products to the project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades,
compliance labels, and other information needed for identification. Store in clean dry conditions. Handle
in careful workman like manner to prevent damage.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
ROUGH-IN
Verify final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual
equipment to be connected.
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
16000-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
A. Coordinate electrical systems, equipment, and materials installation with other building
components and site work.
B Verify all dimensions by field measurements.
CUTTING, P A TCBING AND PAINTING
General: Perform cutting and patching in accordance with Division 1 Section "CUTTING AND
PATClllNG." In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, the following requirements apply:
1. Perform cutting, fitting, and patching of electrical equipment and materials required to:
Uncover Work to provide for installation of ill-timed Work.
Remove and replace defective Work.
Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents.
2. Firestop all penetrations resulting from this project.
3 Return areas of cutting and patching to original surface finish, i.e. paint, tile, etc.
STANDARDS
Compliance with the following standards is required for this project.
National Electrical Code
NEMA Standards: As applicable
UL Standards: As applicable.
END OF SECTION 16000
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
16000-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1- GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
Requirements specified in Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Requirements" apply to this Section.
SUBMITTALS
General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification
Sections.
Shop drawings detailing fabrication and installation for metal fabrications, and wood supports and
anchorage for electrical materials and equipment.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer for the installation and application of joint
sealers, access panels, and doors.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
JOINT SEALERS
General: Joint sealers, joint fillers, and other related materials compatible with each other and with joint
substrates under conditions of service and application.
Colors: As selected by the Architect from manufacturer's standard colors.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
PREPARATION FOR JOINT SEALERS
Surface Cleaning for Joint Sealers: Clean surfaces of joints immediately before applying joint sealers to
comply with recommendations of joint sealer manufacturer.
ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGE
Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to
support and anchor electrical materials and equipment.
APPLICATION OF JOINT SEALERS
General: Comply with joint sealer manufacturers' printed application instructions applicable to products
and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply.
END OF SECTION 16050
BASIC ELECTICAL MATERIALS & METHODS,
16050-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 16110 - RACEWAYS
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
Requirements of the following Division 16 Sections apply to this Section:
"Basic Electrical Requirements."
"Basic Electrical Materials and Methods."
SUMMARY
This Section includes raceways for electrical wiring. Types of raceways in this section include the
following:
Electrical metallic tubing (EMT).
Electrical nonmetallic tubing (ENT).
Flexible metal conduit.
Intermediate metal conduit.
Liquidtight flexible conduit.
Underground plastic utilities duct.
Rigid metal conduit.
Rigid nonmetallic conduit.
Surface raceways.
SUBMITTALS
General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
Product Data for the following products:
Surface raceway and fittings.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Electrical Component Standard: Components and installation shall comply with NFP A 70
"National Electrical Code."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Conduit Bodies:
RACEWAYS
16110-1
RACEWAYS
16110-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
Adalet-PLM
American Electric
Appleton Electric Co.
Carlon
Surface Metal Raceway:
Allied Tube & Conduit
American Electric
Butler Mfg. Co.
Erickson Electrical Equipment Co.
Square D Co.
METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING
Rigid Steel. Conduit: ANSI C80.1.
Electrical Metallic Tubing and Fittings: ANSI C80.3.
Flexible Metal Conduit: UL 1, zinc-coated steel.
Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit and Fittings: UL 360. Fittings shall be specifically approved
for use with this raceway.
PVC Conduit and Tubing Fittings:NEMA TC 3
NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND DUCTS
Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing (ENT): NEMA TC 13.
Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNe): NEMATC 2 and UL 651,
Schedule 40 or 80 PVC.
PVC Conduit and Tubing Fittings: NEMA TC 3 : match to conduit or tubing type and material.
Underground PVC and ABS Plastic Utilities Duct: NEMA TC 6, Type I for encased burial in
concrete, Type II for direct burial.
PVC and ABS Plastic Utilities Duct Fitttings: NEMA TC 9; match to duct type and material.
Liquidtight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit and Fittings: UL 1660. Fittings shall be specifically
approved for use with this raceway.
Conduit, Tubing, and Duct Accessories: Types, sizes, and materials complying with
manufacturer's published product information. Mate and match accessories with raceway.
CONDUIT BODIES
General: Types, shapes, and sizes as required to suit individual applications and NEC
requirements. Provide matching gasketed covers secured with corrosion-resistant screws.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
Metallic Conduit and Tubing: Use metallic conduit bodies. Use bodies with threaded hubs for
threaded raceways.
Conduit Bodies 1 Inch and Smaller: Use bodies with compression-type EMT connectors.
Nonmetallic Condit and Tubing: Use nonmetallic conduit bodies conforming to UL 514 B.
SURFACE RACEWAYS
General: Provide fittings that match and mate with raceway.
Surface Nonmetallic Raceway: Two-piece construction, manufactured of rigid PVC compound
with Matte texture and manufacturer's standard color. Raceway and system components shall
meet UL 94 requirements for nonflammable, self-extinguishing characteristics.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
General: Install electrical raceways in accordance with manufacturer's written installation
instructions, applicable requirements ofNEC.
Conceal Conduit and Electrical Tubing, unless indicated otherwise, within finished walls, ceilings,
and floors. Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot
water pipes. Install raceways level and square and at proper elevations.
Elevation of Raceway: Where possible, install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam
piping.
Complete installation of electrical raceways before starting installation of conductors within
raceways.
Provide supports for raceways as specified elsewhere in Division 16.
Prevent foreign matter from entering raceways by using temporary closure protection.
Protect stub-ups from damage where conduits rise from floor slabs. Arrange so curved portion of
bends is not visible above the finished slab.
Use raceway fittings that are of types compatible with the associated raceway and suitable for the
use and location.
Tighten set screws of threadless fittings with suitable tool.
Terminations: Where raceways are terminated with locknuts and bushings, align the raceway to
enter squarely and install the locknuts with dished part against the box. Where terminations
cannot be made secure with one locknut, use two locknuts, one inside and one outside the box.
RACEWAYS
16110-3
RACEWAYS
16110-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use no. 14 A WG zinc-coated steel or monofilament plastic
line having not less than 200-LB tensile strength. Leave not less than 12 inches of slack at each
end of the pull wire.
Flexible Connections: Use short length (maximum of 6 ft.) of flexible conduit for recessed and
semirecessed lighting fixtures, for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or
movement; and for all motors. Use liquidtight flexible conduit in wet locations. Install separate
ground conductor across flexible connections.
ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
Upon completion of installation of raceways, inspect interiors of raceways; clear all blockages and
remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris.
END OF SECTION 16110
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 16120 - WIRES AND CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplemen1lary Conditions
and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
Requirements of the following Division 16 Sections apply to this section:
Basic Electrical Requirements.
SUMMARY
This Section includes wires, cables, and connectors for power, lighting, signal, control and related
systems rated 600 volts and less.
Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this section:
Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for trenching and backfilling.
Division 16 Section "Electrical Boxes and Fittings" for connectors for Terminating Cables in
boxes and other electrical enclosures.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data for electrical wires, cables and connectors.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with provisions of the following code:
NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code."
UL Compliance:
standards.
UL Std. 83
Provide components which are listed and labeled by UL under the following
Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables.
UL Std. 486A
Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use
with Copper Conductors.
NEMAlICEA Compliance: Provide components which comply with the following standards:
I
WC-7
Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable
for the Transmission and Distribution of
Electrical Energy
CrossLinked Thermosetting Polyethylene-
Insulated Wire and Cable for the
Transmission and Distribution of
WC-5
I
WIRES AND CABLES
16120-1
STATION SQUARE PARK
Electrical Energy
IEEE Compliance: Provide components which comply with the following standard.
Std. 82 Test procedures for Impulse Voltage Tests
on Insulated Conductors.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
Wire and Cable:
American Insulated Wire Corp.
Brintec Corp.
Carol Cable Co. Inc.
Senator Wire and Cable Co.
Southwire Company.
Connectors for Wires and Cable Conductors:
Scotch Lock
3M Company.
O-Z/Gedney Co.
Square D Company.
WIRES AND CABLES
General: Provide wire and cable suitable for the temperature, conditions and location where
indicated.
Conductors: Provide solid conductors for power and lighting circuits no. lOA WG and smaller.
Provide stranded conductors for sizes no. 8 A WG and larger.
Conductor Material: copper for all wires and cables.
ALUMINUM NOT ACCEPTABLE
Insulation: Provide TlllIN/THWN insulation for all conductors size 500MCM and larger, and no.
8 A WG and smaller. For all other sizes provide THW, TlllINlTHWN or XHHW insulation as
appropriate for the locations where installed.
Color Coding for phase identification in accordance with Table 1 in Part 3 below.
Jackets: Factory-applied nylon or PVC external jacketed wires and cables for pulls in raceways
over 100-feet in length, for pulls in raceways with more than three equivalent 90 deg. bends, for
pulls in conduits underground or under slabs on grade, and where indicated.
WIRES AND CABLES
16120-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
Cables: Provide the following type(s) of cables in NEC approved locations and applications where
indicated. Provide cable UL listed for particular application:
Portable Cord: Type S.
CONNECTORS FOR CONDUCTORS
Provide UL-listed factory-fabricated, solderless metal connectors of sizes, ampacity ratings,
materials, types and classes for applications and for services indicated. Use connectors with
temperature ratings equal to or greater than those of the wires upon which used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION OF WIRES AND CABLES
General: Install electrical cables, wires, and connectors in compliance with NEC.
Coordinate cable installation with other Work.
Pull conductors simultaneously where more than one is being installed in same raceway.
Use UL listed pulling compound or lubricant, where necessary.
Use pulling means including, fish tape, cable, rope, and basket weave wire/cable grips which will
not damage cables or raceways. Do not use rope hitches for pulling attachment to wire or cable.
Install exposed cable parallel and perpendicular to surfaces or exposed structural members, and
follow surface contours, where possible.
Keep conductor splices to minimum.
Install splice and tap connectors which possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and
insulation rating than conductors being spliced.
Use splice and tap connectors which are compatible with conductor material.
Provide adequate length of conductors within electrical enclosures and train the conductors to
terminal points with no excess. Bundle multiple conductors, with conductors larger than no. 1 0
A WG cabled in individual circuits. Make terminations so there is no bare conductor at the
terminal.
Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with
manufacturer's published torque tightening values. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements
are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torque specified in
UL 486A.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Prior to energizing, check installed wires and cables with megohm meter to determine insulation
resistance levels to assure requirements are fulfilled.
WIRES AND CABLES
16120-3
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Prior to energizing, test wires and cables for electrical continuity and for short-circuits.
Subsequent to wire and cable hook-ups, energize circuits and demonstrate proper functioning.
Correct malfunctioning units, and retest to demonstrate compliance.
TABLE 1: Color Coding for Phase Identification:
Color code secondary service, feeder, and branch circuit conductors with factory applied color as
follows:
208y/120 Volts
Black
Red
Blue
White
Green
Phase
A
B
C
Neutral
Ground
END OF SECTION 16120
I
I
I
WIRES AND CABLES
16120-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 16143 - WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
Requirements of the following Division 16 Sections apply to this section:
Basic Electrical Requirements.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
Receptacles
Plugs
Plug Connectors
Wall Plates
Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section:
Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification" for requirements for legends to be engraved on wall
plates.
Division 16 Section "Lighting Control Equipment" for dimmers other than those covered by this
section.
SUBMITTALS
Product data for each type of product specified.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with provisions of the following codes.
NFP A 70 "National Electrical Code."
UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide wiring devices which are listed and labeled by UL and
comply with applicable UL and NEMA standards.
SEQUENCE AND SCHEDULING
Schedule installation of finish plates after the surface upon which they are installed has received
final finish.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
WIRING DEVICES
16143-1
WIRING DEVICES
16143-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Crouse-Hinds Co.
Eagle Electric Mfg Co.
General Electric Co.
Hubbell Inc.
Pass and Seymour Inc.
Square D Co.
Steel City; Midland-Ross Corp.
Walker Division-Butler Mfg. Co.
WIRING DEVICES
General: Provide wiring devices, in types, characteristics, grades, colors, and electrical ratings for
applications indicated which are UL listed and which comply with NEMA WD 1 and other
applicable UL and NEMA standards. Provide ivory color devices and wall plates except as
otherwise indicated.
Receptacles: As scheduled in Table 1 in Part 3 below. Comply with UL 498 and NEMA WD 1.
Plugs: 20-amperes, I2S-volts, 3-wire, grounding, armored cap plugs, parallel blades with cord
clamp, and 0.4 inch cord hole; match NEMA configuration with power source's.
Plug Connectors: IS-amperes, 12S-volts, bakelite-body armored connectors, 3-wire, grounding,
parallel blades, double wipe contact, with cord clamp, and 0.4 inch cord hole, match NEMA
configuration to mating plug's. Arrange as indicated.
Wall plates: single and combination, of types, sizes, and with ganging and cutouts as indicated;
Provide plates which mate and match with wiring devices to which attached. Provide metal screws
for securing plates to devices with screw heads colored to match finish of plates. Provide wall
plate color to match wiring devices except as otherwise indicated. Provide wall plates with
engraved legend where indicated. Conform to requirements of Section "Electrical Identification."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES AND ACCESSORIES
Install wiring devices and accessories as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written
instructions, applicable requirements ofNEC and in accordance with recognized industry practices
to fulfill project requirements.
Coordinate with other work, including painting, electrical boxes and wiring installations, as
necessary to interface installation of wiring devices with other Work.
Install wiring devices only in electrical boxes which are clean; free from excess building materials,
dirt, and debris.
Install wiring devices after wiring work is completed.
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
Install wall plates after painting work is completed.
I
Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment
manufacturer's published torque tightening values for wiring devices. Where .manufacturer's
torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with
tightening torques specified in UL Standard 486A. Use properly scaled torque indicating hand
tool.
I
PROTECTION
I
Protect installed components from damage. Replace damaged items prior to final acceptance.
I
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
I
Testing: Prior to energizing circuits, test wiring for electrical continuity, and for short-circuits.
Ensure proper polarity of connections is maintained. Subsequent to energizing, test wiring devices
and demonstrate compliance with requirements, operating each operable device at least six times.
I
Test ground fault interrupter operation with both local and remote fault simulations in accordance
with manufacturer recommendations.
I
END OF SECTION 16143
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WIRING DEVICES
16143-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
SECTION 16452 - GROUNDING
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
Requirements of the following Division 16 Sections apply to this Section:
"Basic Electrical Requirements."
"Basic Electrical Materials and Methods."
SUMMARY
This Section includes solid grounding of electrical systems and equipment. It includes basic
requirements for grounding for protection of life, equipment, circuits, and systems. Grounding
requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented in other sections of these
Specifications.
Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
Division 16 Section "Wires and Cables."
SUBMITTALS
General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
Product data for ground rods, connectors and connection materials, and grounding fittings.
Field-testing organization certificate, signed by the Contractor, certifying that the organization
performing field tests complies with the requirements specified in Quality Assurance below.
Report of field tests and observations certified by the testing organization.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. The
terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be defined as they are in the National Electrical Code, Article
100.
Electrical Component Standard: Components and installation shall comply with NFP A 70,
"National Electrical Code" (NEC).
UL Standard: Comply with UL 467, "Grounding and Bonding Equipment."
GROUNDING
16452-1
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
I
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
I
A.B. Chance Co.
Engineered Products Co.
GB Electrical, Inc.
I
GROUNDING AND BONDING PRODUCTS
I
Products: Of types indicated and of sizes and ratings to comply with NEC. Where types, sizes,
ratings, and quantities indicated are in excess of NEC requirements, the more stringent
requirements and the greater size, rating, and quantity indications govern.
I
Conductor Materials: Copper.
I
General: Comply with Division 16 Section "Wires and Cables." Conform to NEC Table 8, except
as otherwise indicated, for conductor properties, including stranding.
I
Equipment Grounding Conductor: Green insulated:
I
Grounding Electrode Conductor: Stranded cable.
Bare Copper Conductors: Conform to the following:
I
Solid Conductors: ASTM B-3.
Assembly of Stranded
Conductors: ASTM B-8.
Tinned Conductors: ASTM B-33.
I
I
MUSCELLANEOUSCONDUCTORS
Ground Bus: Bare annealed copper bars of rectangular cross section.
I
I
Braided Bonding Jumpers: Copper tape, braided No. 30 gage bare copper wire, terminated with
copper ferrules.
Bonding Strap Conductor/Connectors: Soft copper, 0.05 inch thick and 2 inches wide, except as
indicated.
I
CONNECTOR PRODUCTS
I
General: Listed and labeled as grounding connectors for the materials used.
GROUNDING
16452-2
I
I
Pressure Connectors: High-conductivity-plated units.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
Exothermic Welded Connections: Provided in kit form and selected for the specific types, sizes,
and combinations of conductors and other items to be connected.
GROUNDING ELECTRODES
Ground Rods: Copper-clad steel with high-strength steel core and electrolytic-grade copper outer
sheath, molten welded to core.
Size: 3/4 inch by 10 feet.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
APPLICATION
Equipment Grounding Conductor Application: Comply with NEC Article 250 for sizes and
quantities of equipment grounding conductors, except where larger sizes or more conductors are
indicated.
Use raceway as the equipment ground conductor where feasible and permitted by NEC for the
following:
Feeders and branch circuits except as otherwise indicated
Lighting circuits.
Receptacle circuits.
Nonmetallic Raceways: Install an insulated equipment ground conductor in nonmetallic raceways
unless they are designated for telephone or data cables.
Underground Conductors: Bare, tinned, stranded copper except as otherwise indicted.
Signal and Communications: For telephone, alarm, and communication systems, provide a #4
A WG minimum green insulated copper conductor in raceway from the grounding electrode system
to each terminal cabinet or central equipment location.
Separately derived systems required by NEC to be grounded shall be grounded in accordance with
NEC paragraph 250-26.
INSTALLATION
General: Ground electrical systems and equipment in accordance with NEC requirements except
where the Drawings or Specifications exceed NEC requirements.
CONNECTIONS
General: Make connections in such a manner as to minimize possibility of galvanic action or
electrolysis. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so
metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Ground/resistance maximum values shall be as follows:
GROUNDING
16452-3
GROUNDING
16452-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATION SQUARE PARK
Equipment rated 500 kV A and less: 10 Ohms
Deficiencies: Where ground resistance exceeds specified value, and if directed, modify the
grounding system to reduce resistance values. Where measures are directed that exceed those
indicated the provisions of the Contract, covering changes will apply.
Report: Prepare test reports, certified by the testing organization, of the ground resistance at each
test location. Include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results.
Describe measures taken to improve test results.
END OF SECTION 16452
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
. SECTION V
CONTRACT BOND
1
FRONT PAGE OF
PUBLIC PAYMENT BOND
Florida Statute 255.05
BOND NO. 105096678
CONTRACTOR: Angle & Schmid, Inc.
P.O. Box 40907
St. Petersburg, FL 33743
727-530-1467
SURETY: Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America
7870 Woodland Center Boulevard
Tampa, FL 33614
813-890-4400
AGENT: Nielson, Wojtowicz, Neu & Associates, Inc.
1126 Central Avenue, Suite 200
St. Petersburg, FL 33705
727-209-1803
OBLIGEE: City of Clearwater, Florida
1650B Arcturas Avenue North
Clearwater, Florida 33765
727-562-4950
PROJECT: Station Square Park Project (08-0007-EN)
612 Cleveland Street, Clearwater, FL 33755
~.._-~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
This bond is given to comply with
section 255.05 Florida Statutes, and any
action instituted by a claimant
under this bond for payment must
be In accordance with the notice
and time limitation provisions in
Section 255.05(2), Florida
Statutes.
\..
,
BOND NUMBER: 1 0509 <O~ 1 ~
CONTRACT BOND .
STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY OF PINELLAS
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we ANGLE & SCHMID. INC. Contractor
and TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA (Surety) whose
home address is 7870 WOODLAND CENTER BOULEVARD. TAMPA. FLORIDA 33614.
HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety", are held and firmly bound into the City of Clearwater,
Florida (hereinafter called the "Owner") in the penal sum of: ONE MILLION TWO HUNDRED
SIXTY-SIX THOUSAND FIFTY SIX DOLLARS AND THIRTY-FIVE CENTS
($1,266,056.35) for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators,
successors, and assigns for the faithful performance of a certain written contract, dated the I~ay
of~ 2008, entered into b~tween the Contractor and the City of Clearwater for:
U I. STATION SQUARE PARK PROJECT (08-0007-EN)
a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully
copied herein.
NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the
Contractor shall in all respects comply with the terms and conditions of said contract, including the
one-year guarantee of material and labor, and his obligations thereunder, including the contract
documents (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Form of Proposal, Form of Contract, Form of
Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Specifications) and the
Plans and Specifications therein referred to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be
made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for, and shall indemnify and save harmless
the said Owner against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct, want of care or
skill, negligence or default, including patent infringements on the part of the said Contractor agents
or employees, in the execution or performance of said contract, including errors in the plans
furnished by the Contractor, and further, if such "Contractor" or "Contractors" shall promptly make
payments to all persons supplying him, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly or
indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub-Contractor, or Sub-Contractors, in the prosecution of
the work provided for in said Contract, this obligation shall be void, otherwise, the Contractor and
Surety jointly and severally agree to pay to the Owner any difference between the sum to which the
said Contractor would be entitled on the completion of the Contract, and that which the Owner may
be obliged to pay for the completion of said work by contract or otherwise, & any damages, direct or
indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may sustain on account of such work, or on account of
the failure of the said Contractor to properly and in all things, keep and execute all the provisions of
said contract.
Page 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,.:",
CONTRACT BOND
(2)
And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executors,
administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully protect the said
Owner against, and will pay any and all amounts, damages, costs and judgments which may be
recovered against or which the Owner may be called upon to pay to any person or corporation by
reason of any damages arising from the performance of said work, or of the repair or maintenance
thereof, or the manner of doing the same or the neglect of the said Contractor or his agents or
servants or the improper performance of the said work by the Contractor or his agents or servants, or
the infringements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any material furnished or work done; as
aforesaid, or otherwise.
And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, heirs,
executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, to repay the owner any sum which the
Owner may be compelled to pay because of any lien for labor material furnished for the work,
embraced by said Contract.
And the said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of
time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or
the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it
does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of
the contract or to the work or to the specifications.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this
day of , 2008.
ANGLE & SCHMI~( IN~;-.... ..-.
By: Z;?rJ/4~' ~-:-~;/
'ROl28Q.T p A~G.t.€~v~;
s~
C;;t::;~ 02.. ~C~f"f\l[D\ 3&.
tr~ve\e.rs G\.SWL\~ 0... h4 Sur-t'+':)
ornpn, b{: l\W\t" riCA...
:~~
. A ORNEY-IN-FACT JDhn P-.NCLl
FL.. Li cer'l!O(."J. RE'sic:len+.A ~en+-
w~ "
J2.11-cL L"ZDTiJ.~
COUNTERSIGNED:
N/A
Page 2
.....
TRAVELERSJ
POWER ~TTORNEY
WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER
Farmington Casualty Company
Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company
Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc.
Seaboard Surety Company
St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company
Attorney-In Fact No.
219594
St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company
St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America
United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company
Certificate No. 0 0 2 3 7 9 6 7 5
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York, that St. Paul
Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws
of the State of Minnesota, that Farmington Casualty Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America are
corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the
laws of the State of Maryland, that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and
Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that
the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint
Kevin Wojtowicz, and John R. Neu
of the City of St. Petersburl!; , State of Florida , their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact,
each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and
other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their. business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of
contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or any aCtions or ~roceedings allowed by law.
IN WITN~Jly WHEREOF, the Com~aB~8 have caused this
day of ,.
their corPorate seals to be hereto affixed, this
15th
,
Farmington Casualty CQ~P.Y.. ,. '. .' . .,
Fidelity and Guaranty I..shra,~ G,ompa~l.
Fidelity and Guaranty Insu~eUnderwrlters, Inc.
Seaboard Surety Company
St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company
o
~
State of Connecticut
City of Hartford ss.
St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company
St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America
United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company
e
By:
15th May 2008 .
On this the day of , before me personally appeared George W. Thompson, who acknowledged hImself
to be the Senior Vice President of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc.,
Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers
Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, and that he, as such, being
authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer.
In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.
My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2011.
58440-5-07 Printed in U.SA
'\f\w c. j~
"- Marie C. Tetreault, Notary Public
WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER
WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER
This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resollli~en~ IIdonled by the Boards of Directors of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity
and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company,
St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of
America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows:
RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice
President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf
of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the
Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any
of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may
delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy
thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is
FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking
shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice
President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the
Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents pursuant to the power
prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President. any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President,
any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate
relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and
undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be
valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the
Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached.
I, Kori M. Johanson, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance
Underwriters, Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance
Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Sur~tl"CompanypfAmerica, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company do hereby
certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Pow~r9~A:ttorneyexecuted by said Companies, which is in full force and effect and has not been
revoked. .
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand andaffrxed
'" -:"'.,,"
of said :<;qfupanies this
day of
,20
Kori M. Johans
o
~
~",,\\\II\\\\IIIIIIII'
U.~.'''~.':''~?
~ ~. _I
"". ~.
't/~VI\^ NC~ Ci
11111111I!11\I\\I1'>'
...~..:;;;~.9'-.
/;.,~~...........~ojo~\
I ~/~o",'orM.,.t''''' I'" \
i~: _._ :01
h\SE~L./!'
~.~.....~.....~~~
.....
To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1-800-421-3880 or contact us at www.travelersbond.com. Please refer to the Attorney-In-Fact number, the
above-named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached.
WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CONTRACT
This CONTRACT made and entered into this J ~day of
City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, herei
ANGLE & SCHMID. INC. of the City of LARGO,
FLORIDA, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor".
2008 by and between the
fter esignated as the "City", and
unty of PINELLAS and State of
WITNESSETH:
That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements
on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows:
The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the
sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at
their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the
following:
STATION SQUARE PARK PROJECT (08-0007-EN) FOR THE SUM OF: ONE MILLION
TWO HUNDRED SIXTY-SIX THOUSAND FIFTY SIX DOLLARS AND THIRTY-FIVE
CENTS ($1,266,056.35)
In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special
provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any
advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, proposal and bond, which may be hereto
attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this
contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and
assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City.
If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as
contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the
Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided ouits behalf
and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in
accordance with the provisions as contained herein.
THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY
AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE
BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES
ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF
THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES
TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR
DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY
. CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE
CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB-CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS
OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTMTIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED
CONTRACTOR, SUB-CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES.
Page 3
I
I
I
I
I
.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CONTRACT
(2)
In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements:
In connection with the performance of work Wlder this contract, the Contractor agrees not to
discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or
national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay-off or
termination; rates of payor other forms of compensation; and selection for training,. including
apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees
or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the
provisions of the non-discrimination clause.
The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereWlder, including
contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub-contractors for
standard commercial supplies or raw materials.
It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the
event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated
herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensatiQn as may be
due to the Contractor the sum of $1.000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the
Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1.000.00 per
day. shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of
the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is
not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the
Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract.
It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of
this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and
conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or
sureties upon such performance bond to be Wlsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to
be adequate in amoWlt to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own
expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional
bond or bonds in such term and amoWlts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the
City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor Wlder the terms and
provisions of this contract Wltil such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful
performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form
satisfactory to it.
Page 4
I
I
f
r
r
r
f
r
(
,I"
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CONTRACT
(3)
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and
have executed this Agreement, in duplicate, the day and year first above written.
CITY OF CLEARWATER
IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA
By: -4~ f3./k......::u:
William B. Home, II
City Manager
Countersigned:
By: ~~ftl ~....~h/cb/
Frank1Iibbard,
Mayor-Councilmernber
(Contractor must indicate whether Corporation,
Partnership, Company or Individual.)
(The person slgnmg shall, in his own
handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own
name, and his title; where the person is signing
for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show
his authority to bind the Corporation).
Page 5
(Seal)
Attest:
Camilo Soto.
Assistant City Attorney
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT
(CORPORATION FORM)
STATE OF
COUNTY OF
On this day personally appeared before me, the undersigned authority, duly authorized to
administer oaths and take acknowledgments, , who after being duly sworn,
deposes and says:
That he is the . (TITLE) of ANGLE & SCHMID.
INC. a Missouri Corporation, with its principal place of business located at 2150 34TH WAY NORTH.
LARGO. FLORIDA 33771 (herein, the "Contractor"),
That the Contractor was the general contractor under a contract executed on the day of
. 2008, with the CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, a municipal corporation, as
Owner, and that the Contractor was to perform the construction of:
STATION SQUARE PARK PROJECT (08-0007-EN)
That said work has now been completed and the Contractor has paid and discharged all sub-contractors,
laborers and material men in connection with said work and there are no liens outstanding of any nature
nor any debts or obligations that might become a lien or encumbrance in connection with said work
against the described property,
That he is making this affidavit pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 713, FloridaStatutes,
and upon consideration of the payment of (Final Full Amount of Contract) in
full satisfaction and discharge of said contract
That the Owner is hereby released from any claim which might arise out of said Contract
The word "liens" as used in this affidavit shall mean any and all arising under the operation of
the Florida Mechanic's Lien Law as set forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes,
Sworn and subscribed to before me
ANGLE & SCHMID. INC.
AFFIANT
This _ day of
, 2008 ,
BY:
NOTARY PUBLIC
My Coinmission Expires:
PRESIDENT
Page 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PROPOSAL BOND
(Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted)
KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENT: That we, the undersigned,
Anqle & Schmid. Inc. :::IS Principal, and
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America as Sur~ty,are held
and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of Ten Percent of Amount Bid
Dollars ($ 10% ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractors total bid amount) for the
payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind
ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of Anqle &
Schmid, Inc. as Principal, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America -as Surety, for
~ol1:< specified as: Construction of Station Square Park
all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with
the 'plans and specifications provided heretofore, all within Pinellas County, is accepted
and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten
days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required
Performance Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this
obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the
full amount of this Proposal Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated
damages.
Signed this
day of
May
2008 .
12th
(Principal must indicate whether
corporation, partnership, company or
individual.) Corporation
Angle & Schmid, Inc.
The person signing shall, in his own
handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his
own name and his title; the person
signing for a corporation must, by
affidavit. show his authority to bind the
corporation.
~"id Inc. '., .
By: Prlncip ~
Title Gerard R. Schmid, Vice President
Travelers Casualty and
S,",ty CO")P."~ of Ame''''
By: M /?1hA/
S~ty (
John R. Neu, Licensed Agent Attorney-in-Fact
WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVAliD WITHOUT THE RED BORDER
~
I'TRAVELERSJ
POWER OF ATTORNEY
'.
I
Farmington Casualty Company
Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company
Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Ine.
Seaboard Surety Company
St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company
St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company
St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America
United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company
I
Attorney-In Fact No.
219594
Certificate No. 00 218 6 2 36
I
KNOW ALL MEN BY TIlESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a cOlporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York. that SI. Paul
Fire and Marine Insurance Company. St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and SI. Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws
of the State of Minnesota, that Fannington Casualty Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America are
corporations duly organized under the laws of the Slate of Connecticut, that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the
laws of the Slate of Maryland, that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and
Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that
the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint
I
I
Kevin Wojtowicz, and John R. Neu
I
I
of the City of St. Petersburg , State of Florida , their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact,
each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign,execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances. conditional undertakings and
other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business o(..guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the perfonnance of
contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or, ~~, in a~1\tions qr,',~, :n,ceedings allowed by law. '
.....\,\..... .~~ \,j 'i '\ ,
1l..1.." '" '- ',~.' ~., ~'i<, \. ,I
~ ~~~.~ .: __~~, :~:','~ "", "'~"1<lf1, ":: ~"ff,. .~~<, ~::~~:
~ "'}\~J ,,' \...,-, 'ii'
IN WITN~Jb~OF, the Comp~b~ve caused this in~t,~tX;&i(ne\~~ t~\cJ>rt>"';rate seals to be hereto affixed, this
day of ' , , .,\..~ ~\;; .., '\ '" U
,""""-' ~ )- ':\: ,.."
Farmington Casualty CQtlii)~~,;' f-",\\.) \., i!..~) ", .
Fidelity and Guarantylhtsbra~'~l1lpa~l) '"
Fidelity and Guaranty insu~)UnderwM~, Ine.
Seaboard Surety Company
SL Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company
5th
I
I
I
St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company
St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America
United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company
I
@
I
State of Connecticut
I City of Hartford ss,
5th February 2008
On this the day of , before me personally appeared George W, Thompson, who acknowledged himself
I to be the Senior Vice President of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guar, anty Insurance u,nderwriters. Inc..
Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, SI. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, SI. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers
Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, and that he. as such. being
authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer.
I
By:
In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.
I My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 20] I.
'<<\w C. j~
'- Marie C. Tetreault. Notary Puhlic
158440-5-07 Printed in U.S.A.
WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER
This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity
and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty. Insurance Underwriters, Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, SI. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company,
St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and' Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of
America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: .
RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive. Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice
President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf
of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the
Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any
of said officers or the Board of Directors at any. time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may
delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy
thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is
FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking
shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice
President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the
Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents pursuant to the power
prescribed in his or her certificate or their. certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President,
any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate
relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and
undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be
valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be. valid and binding on the
Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached.
I, Kori M. Johanson, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance
Underwriters, Inc., Seaboard Surety. Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine InsuranCe( CompanYl St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance
Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and su~tO$n;an~.<{~meriS.\'flj -lIfd United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company do hereby
certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the po~e~~:y~ellu&:a ~Yt~~ompanies, which is in full force and effect and has not been
revoked.. .! '':;:''r. ..." \.J,:", ., ....,
... ~ ; i~;' ", . .~.; >'1-" . \1.
..,.~ '_' __'''. ""~1"'-_'~' "_'~'._ . _ ' '_:~.~ ~:_"k" ~
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I ha~e h~reunto set my hand~~<\~~ ~~~~ :}7~d:~Jf:'thiS JL day of
: ':;:.;;'(~st"'~~" ~, .
~.~\ :~-
h\~
, 20 rib
Kori M. Johans
o
~
Eb~:;;;
~~
.~
To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1-800-421-3880 or contact us at www.travelersbond.com. Please refer to the Attorney-In-Fact number, the
above-named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached.
WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER
I
I-
I
I
I
I . 1
I
I '-1
I I
I j
I I
.] )
. :J
. J
. J
.,1
.1
. J
.J )
I J
.1
AFFIDAVIT
(To be filled in and executed itthe bidder is a corporation)
STATE OF FLORIDA )
COUNTY OF PINELLAS )
Gerard R. Schmid being duly swom, deposes and says that he/she is
S~Uuy~~ and Vice President of Angle & ,Schmid, Inc.
a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having
its principal office at:
2150 34th Way North
Street & Number
Largo,
City
Pinellas
County
FL
State
Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of
ANGLE & SCHMID, INC.
(Name of Corporation)
~ Vice President/Secretary
(Title)
& Schmid, Inc.
Affiant further says that Gerard R. Schmid
(Officer's Name)
o:fthe corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for Angle
for said corporation by virtue of Corporate By-Laws
(state whether a provision of by laws or a olution of the Boar<i of
Directors. Ifby Resoluti give date of adop' n).
Sworn to before me this 29th day of May
Affiant
Gerard R. Schmid, Secretary/
Vice President
,2008
.
\''''~, J I' S B
,,~'!.;W,fIIf, U 18 . yers
"0.':&'''"'
g~ .~~ Commission # 00439897
~""..,..ti Expires July 24, 2009
~w.~ _TNr'....'_.....1I4 8IIO-M6-7019
. .
.-J"~
~OtaryPubliC
--
~l ia. ~ ~eA/))
Type/print/stamp name of Notary
Title or rank, and Serial No., if any
Section V - Contract Bond-doc
Page 8
Revised4/412008
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
STATE OF FLORIDA )
COUNTY OF )
being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is
of
the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that
said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other
bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly
or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain
from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or
communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to
fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of.any other bidder, or to secure any
advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed
contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder
has n9t directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data
relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof.
Affiant
Sworn to and subscribed before me this _ day of
, 2008
Notary Public
Section V - Contract Bond.doc
Page 9
Revised4/4/2008
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PROPOSAL
(1)
T.O THE C1TY OF CLEARW A~ FLORIDA, for
STATION SQUARE PARK (08-0007-EN)
arId lloing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked
STATION SQUARE PARK, CITY OF CLEARWATER, DATED 3-26-08
100% PLANS FOR CONSTRUCTION
1::',itery bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents
signe.d by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of
the Ciry of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract
'Nith01.1.7. a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to
be;: Jone, or without the approval of the City A.ttorney as to the, form and legality of the contract and all
the p<.:;rrinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is
~lereby charged with this notice.
The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties'
imerested in this 'Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the
A.avcrosement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications,
Genr~,1l.l Conditions, Special ProVisions, and Contract Bond, that he or his representative has made such
investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and
agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form
of contract; hereto arinexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or
apparatus, do all the work required to 'complete 'the contract within the time mentioned in the General
Conditions and according to the requirements of the, City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and
herellafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit:
Se~tjon V - Contract Bond-doc
Page 10
Revised4/4/2008
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PROPOSAL
(2)
If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall
fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may,
at its option determine that the Undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal
shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to
become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be
retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of Such bond shall be paid to the
City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond. or certified check accompanying this-
Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein.
Attachedheretoisabondor~on TRAVELERS CASUALTY ANn ~TT1H'TY
COMPANY OF AMERICA --. for the sum of 10 percent of
amount of bid
(being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount).
($
10% .
)
The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows:
(If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the
names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the
name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements,
enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub-contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or
employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder).
Robert P. Angle, President
ADDRESSES:
P.O. Box 40907
St. PetersburR, FL 33743-0907
P.O. Box 40907 .
St. Petersburg, FL 33743-0907
NAMES:
Gerard R. Schmid, Secretary
~
Signature ofBi. ... .
Gerard R. Schmid, Vic~ President
(1be bidder must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Individual).
Section V - Contract Bond.doc
Page II
Revised4/412003
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PROPOSAL
(3)
The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title.
Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice-President, he must, by
affi.ffida>i_ sho7authori;, ~~ oorporati= .
~ Title: Vice President
Gerard R. Schmid
Business Address of Bidder: P.O. Box 40907
City and State: St. Petersburg, FL
Zip Code 33743...,.0907
Dated at Pinellas County
, this 29th day of May
, A.D., 2008
Section V - Contract Bond.doc
Page 12
Revised4l4/l008
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CITY OF CLEARWATER
ADDENDUM SHEET
PROJECT:
STATION SQUARE PARK (08-0007-EN)
Aclmowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and
Specifications. .
Addendmn No. 1 Date: 5-21-08 .
Addendmn No. Date:
Addendmn No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendmn No. - Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. .:..-.- Date:
Page 13
Section V - Contract Bond.doc
. ... ...~. & SCHMID.,. INC. .
~mn.~
(Signature of Officer)
Gera.rd R. Schmid, Vice President
(fitle of Officer)
May 29, 2008
(Date)
Revised4/412008
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5/29/2008
STATION SQUARE PARK
Date: May 29, 2008
Contractor: Angle & Schmid, Inc.
12:40 PM
BIDDER'S PROPOSAL
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
-
GENERAL CONDITIONS
1 Mobilization 1 LS $28,875.00 $28,875.00
2 General Conditions 1 LS $99,892.82 $99,892.82
3 Demobilization 1 LS $7,350.00 $7,350.00
4 Bonds & Insurance 1 LS $31,394.55 $31,394.55
5 Project Sign 1 LS $525.00 $525.00
DEMOLITION
6 Tree Barricades 1 LS, $1,470.00 $1,470.00
7 Demolition 1 LS $18,060.00 $18,060.00
8 Earthwork & Grading 1 LS $31,627.05 $31,627.05
LIGHTING
9 Conductor 26,000 LF $1.66 $43,134.00 ~
10 Conduit .. 8,000 LF $1.47 $11,760.00
11 120 V Outlet 19 EA $90.91 $1,727.27 1...1
12 208 V Outlet 4 EA $145.69 $582.75
13 Fountain Electrical Connection 1 EA $4,455.15 $4,455.15
14 Clock Electrical Connection 1 EA $564.90 $564.90
15 Pull Box . 2 EA $1,819.13 $3,638.25 ~(
16 Load Center 2 EA $11,149.62 $22,299.24
17 Pole Lights w/J Box @ Base 5 EA $5,778.78 $28,893.90
18 Step Light 32 EA $355.07 $11,362.18 \ If
19 Ramp Light 20 EA $527.78 $10,555.65 0,
20 Sign Reflector Lights @ Arch 5 EA $3,598.35 $17,991.75
HARDSCAPE
21 8" Wide Concrete Flush Curb @ Trees/Entry Planters 103 LF $16.80 $1,730.40
22 Paver, Type "P-1" on Compacted Base 196 SY $58.26 $11,419.84 ((
23 Paver, Type "P-2" on Compacted Base 1,145 SY $58.26 $66,712.33 ~.
24 Paver, Type "P-2" on 6" Concrete Base 184 SY $91.10 $16,762.03 I~
25 Paver, Type "V-1" on 8" Cone. Base & Limestone Base $118.79 ,
86 SY $10,215.64 to
26 18" Wide Stained Concrete Band 48 SY $65.63 $3,150.00 "3,1
27 Stage Seating-Curved 24" Treads, 3 Steps/Stained 274 LF $104.93 $28,749.86 t.8
28 Stage Seating-Curved 24" Treads, 1 Step/Stained 112 LF $285.06 $31,927.22 ~I,
Concrete & Cast Stone Cap
29 Steps-Straight, 12" Treads, 4 Steps/Stained Concrete 24 LF $755.43 $18,130.39 18,
30 Upper & Lower Plaza Access Ramp, Straight 1 LS $5,699.57 $5,699.57
31 Upper & Lower Plaza Access Ramp, Curved 1 LS $9,040.19 $9,040.19
,l~
27
58?_
c",?:
,?b
5S
4H
lc
<
1e
2,(
,
50
,1~
92i
l~
r---1
Cc~S ~.
G~ tz. SOWf\\D
O~vOl.' 08
ANGLE & SCHMID, INC.
10f3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.
-
5/29/2008
STATION SQUARE PARK
Date: May 29, 2008
Contractor: Angle & Schmid, Inc.
12:40 PM
. BIDDER'S PROPOSAL
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
.
SITE AMENITIES
32 Planter Pot "C"-3' Dia., 17" High 2 EA $339.21 $678.42
33 Planter Pot "B"-3' Dia., 22" High 5 EA $680.25 $3,401.26 '3,
34 Planter Pot "A"-5' Dia., 30" High 5 EA $1,427.87 $7,139.37 1,
35 trash Receptacle 6 EA $1,365.53 $8,193.16 8,
36 Umbrella Table 8 EA $3,299.82 $26,398.57 U:.
37 Four-top Table 7 EA $2,019.98 $14,139.89 ~
38 Removeable Bollards 7 EA $1,197.00 $8,379.03 8,
39 Drinking Fountain 1 EA $4,935.00 $4,935.00
40 Street Clock 1 EA $16,229.59 $16,229.59
41 Fountain 1 LS $55,238.40 $55,238.40
42 Decorative Entry Arch 1 LS $21,910.33 $21,910.33
43 SlidinQ Entry Gate 1 LS $21,256.20 $21,256.20
44 6" Wide Swing Gate wrrransitional Fence Sections 3 EA $4,027.80 $12,083.40
45 Picket Fence on Stucco Wall . 210 LF $373.99 $78,537.27 78
46 Picket Fence on Existing Wall 21 LF $165.90 $3,483.90
47 Wall 1-Planter Wall, One-Sided Stucco-Retainino 146 LF $195.57 $28,553.66 1l3,
48 Wl:ill 2-Planter Wall, Two-Sided Stucco 17 LF $205.34 $3,490.75 3,
49 Wall 3-Seatwall-One Sided Stucco,. Retaining 153 LF $276.43 $42,294.33 49..
50 Wall 4-Seatwall, Two-Sided Stucco 193 LF $282.00 $54,425.71 54
51 Wall 5-Wing Wall, Two-Sided "Reef Veneer" 36 LF $374.47 $13,480.99 l~,
52 Skate Stop 163 EA $58.00 $9,454.33 9~
LANDSCAPE & IRRIGATION
53 Lavender Crape Mvrtle-30 GaL 2 EA $194.78 $389.55 ~
54 Highrise Live Oak-15' Ht., 3" CaL 9 EA $339.47 $3,055.19 3-
55 Washingtonia Palm-14' C.T. 1 EA $345.03 $345.03
56 Washingtonia Palm-18' C.T. 1 EA $383.99 $383.99
57 Giant Spider Lily-4' Sprd. 24 EA $63.44 $1,522.58 l
58 Arfican Iris-1 GaL 153 EA $5.01 $766.30 76
59 Liriope-"Big Blue"-1 GaL 317 EA $5.29 $1,675.90 I,lt
60 Dwarf Indian Hawthom-3 GaL 154 EA $10.41 $1,602.61 I,GJ
61 Podocarpus-7 GaL 59 EA $72.35 $4,268.36 4-
62 Xanadu-3 GaL 69 EA $17.25 $1,190.35 I, I
63 Dwarf Confederate Jasmine- 1 GaL 353 EA $5.01 $1,768.00 1/(
64 Awabuki Viburnum-3 GaL 24 EA $10.75 $258.04 "2..
65 Viburnam-3 GaL 5 EA $10.75 $53.76 5
66 Mulch-Mini Pine Bark Nuggets 61 CY $42.53 $2,594.03 ~.
67 Dry Well 4 EA $210.00 $840.00
68 Irrigation 1 LS $6,195.00 $6,195.00
UTILITIES
69 Water Service-3/4" PE in 1-112" Conduit, Incl Hose 455 LF $9.46 $4,305.00 4;
70 Water Service~ 1" Complete to Meter 1 LS $3,392.55 $3,392.55
71 Station Square Park-Fountain Vault Service-Complete 1 EA $5,250.00 $5,250.00
Subtotal-lltems 1-71) I 0'5'3 't~O.IC $1,053,256.68
72 10% Contingency (Items 1-71) . I 0lS,1348.02 $105,325.67
Total (Items 1-72) I, l S8, ~'3.l1. $1,158,582.34
4a'
13c
1<);
,~9
.r~
37
,?'
SC:
4.Q(
/>..q
J4
~
4G
ro.
Of;~
;;t~
b.
1G
0:
2~
9(
,t
~
3:l
'5<<1.
?o
f
,
ANGLE & SCHMID, INC.
2of3
~
Lo~~ TLok..:> S tJ3 't
<:q~~otz. 5~'0,\A
0<0.02., 08
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
..5/29/2008
STATION SQUARE PARK
Date: May 29, 2008
Contractor: Angle & Schmid, Inc.
12:40 PM
BIDDER'S PROPOSAL
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
DRAINAGE
73 RCP-18" 74' LF $47.53 $3,517.50 -3,51
74 12" PVC Drainage Pipe 168 LF $25.20 $4,233.60
75 Ditch Bottom Inlet-Type D 1 EA $2,940.00 $2,940.00
76 12" Yard Drain w/Decorative Metal cover 4 EA $787.50 $3,150.00
77 Adjust Manhole Ring & Cover Elevation 1 EA $787.50 $787.50
78 Trench Drain 44 LF $240.76 $10,593.45 10,
79 Erosion Control Measures 1 LS $1,575.00 $1,575.00
Subtotal-(Items 73-79) '2..4 ~9c;,:1" $26,797.05
80 10% Contingency (Items 73-79) ~"19. "8 $2,679.71
Total (Items 73-80) Z9 ~ (0. tt-q. $29,476.76
.. Subtotal (Items 1-71 & 73-79) ( ~ 016.lll $1,080,053.73
Total Contingency (Items 72 & 80) t08.007.t09 $108,005.37
TotalContract (Items 1-80) LleB 004-,(,0 $1,188,059.10
ADDITIVE AL TERNA TE BID ITEMS
1 Decorative Aluminum Trellis w/Post and Cone. Base 1 LS $70,883.41 $70,883.41
& Wing Walls
10% Contingency-Bid Item #1 $7,088.34
Total Bid-Alternate #1 $77,971.75
2 6" Concrete Over Compacted Sub Base 1 LS $38,766.85 $38,766.85
10% Contingency-Bid Item #2 $3,876.69
Total Bid-Alternate #2 $42,643.54
GRAND TOTAL \ )"'O8~...91 $1,308,674.39 ~~
CONTRACTOR: Angle & Schmid, Inc. 25,50 I~
Ou e lNtH.. L. \ 0 U "1\.U t) ~lJcrCl -So; ( "Ie. - - ..'" Thl ~ co I-L.l&...IIU. A '-t D ~ '3' c.=-- --v.s ~ ~
v~
BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL (numbers): $ $1,308,674.39
OW& M\L,I.,lO..... -nt\JCb~.-uJ....,ro~1O ~~T' "r11.OO-~tD
BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL (written): <;;t'lttU.NDV2I=O S~~N-~U.~ AI>oJO "'39hoo ~i..u..l2:.S
t-J01EQ c.o~S Lf?(
@.~~_~~(.IDt'~
. t9<b~o '2..-(9 e
THE BIDDERiS TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND
THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF
OPENING THE BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM
BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT
PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN.
9-
ANGLE & SCHMID, INC.
3of3
.
-'"
~
ACORQA CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE I DATE lMM/DDJYYYYj
07/01/2008
PRODUCER (813)637-8877 FAX (813)637-8484 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION
Insurance Office of America, Inc. ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE
4915 W. Cypress Street HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR
ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
Suite 100
< INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC#
Tampa, FL 33607
INSURED Angle & Schmi d . Inc. INSURER A: Valley Forge Insurance Co. 20508C
P.O. Box 40907 INSURER B: Continental Casualty Co. 20443C
St. Petersburg, FL 33743 INSURER c: Transportation Insurance Co. 20494C
INSURER 0: Bridgefield Employers Ins. Co. 10701
INSURER E:
COVERAGES
THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR
MAY PERTAIN. THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH
POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
I~$i: ~9.~~ TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMI!IER P.?^L.).~Y 'EffECTIVE Pgk~"v EXPIRATION LIMITS
GENERAL LIABILITY 2092757494 03/31/2008 03/31/2009 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000
- . g~~~JO RENTED
X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY $ 300,000
= ~ CLAIMS MADE I1J OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) $ 5,000
A X X $3,000 PO Oed , PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000
X XCU Included GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,00
GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES pEiE) NTRACTUAL & BROAD 'FORM included PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000
I POLICY [Xl ~f8T . n LOC
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY 2092757480 03/31/2008 03/31/2009 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
- (Ea accident) $
~ ANY AUTO 1,000,000
ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY
f-- (Per person) $
SCHEDULED AUTOS
B f--
HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY
f-- (Per accidenl) $
NON-OWNED AUTOS
f-- $1,000 Comp Oed
~ PROPERTY DAMAGE S
X $1,000 Co11 Oed (Per accldenl)
GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACClDENT $
R ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC $
AUTO ONLY: AGG $
EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY 2092757477 03/31/2008 03/31/2009 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5 , 000 , OOC
tKI OCCUR 0 CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $ 5,OOO,OOC
C $
M DEDUCTIBLE $
X RETENTION $ ( $
WORKERS COMPENSATION AND 0830-23705 06/30/2007 06/30/2008 X we STATU- 101~-
EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 500,000
D ANY PROPRIETORlPARTNERlEXECUTIVE
OFFICERlMEMBER EXCLUDED? E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 500,000
If yes, describe under E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 500,000
SPECIAL PROVISIONS below
OTH'ER 2092757480 03/31/2008 03/31/2009 $41,031 Scheduled Equipment
A ontractors Equip $100,000 leased/rented equip
$1,000 ded.
p~ESCRIPT10N OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES I EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT I SPECIAL PROVISIONS
roject: Station Square Park - Project No. 08-0007-EN
he City of Clearwater is additional insured with coverage including completed operations with respects
1,-0 general liability per form# G-17957-G and includes a waiver of subrogation.
~10 day notice applies to non payment of premium.
CERTIFICATE HOLDEh! CANCELLATION
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE
EXPIRATION DATE THER'EOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL 'ENDEAVOR TO MAIL
City of Clearwater 30~' DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEfT,
Attn: Purchasing Manager BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY
100 South Myrtle Avenue OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATNES.
Clearwater, FL 33756 AUTHORIZED R'EPRESElNTATIVEl tJ. 46"'--8l.-
J. Bryan Yoho/DAYD
ACORD 25 (2001/08)
@ACORDCORPORATION 1988
,4
IMPORTANT
If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement
on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the p,olicy, certain policies may
require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate
holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
DISCLAIMER
The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between
the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it
affirmatively or negatively amend, ~xte!1d or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon.
ACORD 25 (2001108)
eNA
G-17957-G
(Ed. 01/01)
IMPORTANT: THIS ENDORSEMENT CONTAINS DUTIES THAT APPLY TO THE ADDITIONAL
INSURED IN THE EVENT OF OCCURRENCE, OFFENSE, CLAIM OR SUIT. SEE PARAGRAPH
C.1. OF THIS ENDORSEMENT FOR THESE DUTIES. .
AL.SO, THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY COVERAGE WITH
REspeCTS TO THE "BOOIL Y INJURY" OR 4'PROPERTY DAMAGE" ARISING OUT OF THE
<<PRODUCTS~COMPLETED OPERATIONS HAZARD".. see PARAGRAPH 8.3. OF THIS
ENDORSEMENT FOR THIS COVERAGE CHANGE.
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.
CONTRACTOR'S SCHEDULED AND BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED
ENDORSEMENT WITH LIMITED PRODUCTS-COMPLETED OPERATIONS
COVERAGE
This endorsement modifies Insurance provlaQd 4ndertha following:
COMMERCIAL eENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
SCHEDULE
Name of Person or OrganIzation:
Deslgnatad Project:
(c.overage under ~15 endorsement Is not affected by an entry ur laok of entry In the Schedule above.)
m
$i
I
m
....
A. WHO IS AN INSURED (Section II) Is amehded to
Include as an Insured any person or organization.
Inclut:llng any parson or organization shown In the
sohedule above, (oalled addItional Insured) whom you
are required to add as an addltlonal Insured on this
policy under a written contract or written agreement;
but the written contract or written agreement must be:
1. Currently In effect or becoming effective during the
term of this policy; and
2. . Exeouted prior to the "bodily Injury," "property
damage,lI or "personal and advertisIng InJuryu.
The Insurance provIded to the additional Insured Is
limited as follows:
1. That person or organization Is an additional
Insured solely for \lability due to your neg\ltlsnce
specifically resulting from "your work" for the
addItional Insured which Is the subject of the
wrllten contract or written agreement. No
,ooverage applies to liability resulting from the sole
negllgenoe of the additional Insured.
i:ii
;;;;
;;
=
a
""
~ B.
=
~
.....
....
g
...
i!
-
<3..17957-(3
(Ed. 01/01)
2, The L1mtts of Insurance applicable to the
additional Insured are those speclllad In. the
written oontract or written agreement or In the
Declarations of this polley, whichever 18 less.
These LimIts of Insurance are Inclusive of, and not
In addItion, to, the LImits of Insurance shown In the
Declarallons.
3. The coverage provided to the addlllonal Insured
by this endorsement and paragraph, 1. of tha
defInition of "Insured contract" under
DEFINITIONS (SectIon V) do not apply to "bodily
Injury" or "property. damage" arising out of the
"produots-completed operations hazard" unless
required by the written {l~ntraot or written
agreement. When coverage does apply to "\:lodlly
Injury" or "property damage" arlaln9 out 01 the
"products.compleled operations hazard" such
coverage will not apply beyond:
11. ,The period of tIme required by fhe written
contract or wrlllen agreement; or
Page 1 012
b. 5 years from lhe complellon of "Your work" on
the'proJect which Js Iha subject ot, iha written
confract or wrltlsn agreement,
whlohever Is less.
4. The Insuranoe provIded to ilia, additional Insurad
does not apply to ,J/bodlly InjUlY,' uproperty
damage,' or "personal and edvarllslng In.!ury'
, . arIsIng out of an a.rllhltect's, engineer's, or
surveyor's rendering of or failure to render any
professional selVlcas Including:
, 3. 1he preparlng, approvIng, or falbog to prepare
or approve maps, shop drawlnss, oplJllons,
rap'orts. SUN~YS. field orders, chpnga ordars
or drawings and specUlca110nsj and
b. SupelVIsotY, or Inspection acllvllles performed
as part 01 any ralated :aroh.llectural or
englnaetln~ acllvll1~.. . , ,
C; As respeCts '1he ,coverage provided 'under thIs
endorsement. SECTION. IV - COMMERCIAl.
GENERAl. LIABILITY CONDITIONS ara amended as
follows: .
. '
1. The following Is &laded to the Duties In The Event
of Occurrenoil. ~ffense, ClaIm or Suit Condition:
8. An addillonallnsured under thIs endorsement
wlll as soon as practicable:
G-17951-G
(Ed. 01101)
G-17957-6
(Ed. 01/01)
(1) GIve wrlUen.nollca of an ooourrenoe or an
offense to us whloh may result In a lllalm
or "suit" undlilr this Insurance;
f2} Tender 1ha defanSD and Indemnity oj any
olaim or "suit" to' any other Insurer whIch
al90 h'as Insurance for a loss we cover
under this Coverage Partj and
(3) Agree .to make aval!able any other
Insuran(l8 which the a.ddltlonal Insured
has for a loss we cover, under thIs
Covel~ge Part.
f. We hav~ no duty to defend or Indemn\ly an
addlllonal Insured under . this ensjorsement
until W/!J ralli'llve writlmn notJee of a olil1m or'
n~!U]r' from the additional insured.
, .
2. Paragraph 4.b. of the Olhsr .Insurance Oonditlon Is
deleti?d and replaced with, the 'followIng:
4. oilier InsuratlOa
b. Exc&sslnsuranea
rhls .Insurance Is eXcess over any. other
Insurance namIng 1119 additional Insured
'as an Insurad whether prImary, OX06lSS,
contingent or on any other baal!! unless 0.
written contract or wrJtlen agreement
apaollloally req'ulres 1hal1hls Insuranoe be
either prlmary or primary and
nonoonlributrng.
Page 20f 2